Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
of Ships
Effective from 1 January 2015
Part A
Classification and Surveys
RINA
Via Corsica, 12 - 16128 Genova - Italy
Tel. +39 01053851 - Fax: +39 0105351000
E-MAIL info@rina.org - WEB www.rina.org
Editor: Marcello Lucentini
CHAPTER 4
Section 3: [6.5.1];
Section 4: [4.5.1];
Section 5: [6.5.1];
Section 6: [7.2.9];
Section 8: [1.1.1];
Section 10: [1.1.1], [17] (NEW), [18] (NEW), [19] (NEW);
CHAPTER 5
Section 11: [1.1.1], [17] (NEW), [18] (NEW), [19] (NEW) and
[20] (NEW), Table 1 (NEW);;
RULES FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF SHIPS
Part A
Classification and Surveys
Chapters 1 2 3 4 5 6
Section 1 General
1 General 205
1.1
2 Service notations subject to additional surveys 205
2.1
Section 1 General
1 General 351
1.1
2 Additional class notations subject to additional surveys 351
2.1
Section 9 Arrangements for Navigation in Ice - Ice Class and Polar Class
1 General 366
1.1
2 Class renewal survey 366
2.1 Thickness measurements
2.2 Sea chests
Section 1 General
1 General 377
1.1
1.2 List of retroactive rule requirements
Section 4 Passenger Ships, Ro-ro Passenger Ships and Ro-ro Cargo Ships
1 General 394
1.1 Application
2 Increased stability and watertight integrity 394
2.1
3 Side Shell Doors, Stern Doors, Bow Doors and Inner Doors 395
3.1 Side Shell Doors and Stern Doors
3.2 Bow Doors and Inner Doors
Chapter 1
ular regard to the provisions relating to the maintenance nor do they create any right or claim in relation to the Soci-
of class laid down in Chapter 2 ety with regard to such responsibilities, obligations and lia-
• Approval means the examination and acceptance by the bilities. In particular, the Society does not declare the
Society of documents, procedures or other items related acceptance or commissioning of a ship or any part of it, this
to classification, verifying solely their compliance with being the exclusive responsibility of the Owner.
the relevant Rules requirements, or other references
1.3.3 Unless otherwise specified, the Rules do not deal
where requested
with structures, pressure vessels, machinery and equipment
• Type approval means an approval process for verifying which are not permanently installed and used solely for
compliance with the Rules of a product, a group of operational activities such as dredging or heavy load lifting,
products or a system, and considered by the Society as workshops or welding equipment, except for their effect on
representative of continuous production the classification-related matters, as declared by the Inter-
• Essential service is intended to mean a service necessary ested Party, such as fire protection and ship’s general
for a ship to proceed at sea, be steered or manoeuvred, strength.
or undertake activities connected with its operation, and During periods of construction, modification or repair, the
for the safety of life, as far as class is concerned. unit is solely under the responsibility of the builder or the
repair yard. As an example, the builder or repair yard is to
1.3 Meaning of classification, scope and ensure that the construction, modification or repair activi-
limits ties are compatible with the design strength of the ship and
that no permanent deformations are sustained.
1.3.1 The classification consists of: Note 1: Refer to [3.3] as regards the Owner’s responsibility for
• the development of Rules, guides and other documents maintenance and operation of the ship in relation to the mainte-
relevant to the ship, structure, material, equipment, nance of class.
machinery and any other item covered by such docu-
ments 1.4 Request for services
• the examination of plans and calculations and the sur-
veys, checks and tests intended to ensure that the ship 1.4.1 Requests for interventions by the Society, such as
meets the Rules (refer to Ch 2, Sec 1) suveys during construction, surveys of ships in service, tests,
etc., are in principle to be submitted in writing and signed
• the assignment of class (see Ch 2, Sec 1) and issue of a by the Interested Party. Such request implies that the appli-
Certificate of Classification, where the above Rules are cant will abide by all the relevant requirements of the Rules,
met including its “General Conditions”.
• the periodical, occasional and class renewal surveys The Society reserves the right to refuse or withdraw the class
performed to verify that the ship in service meets the of any ship for which any applicable requirement of the
conditions for maintenance of class (see Ch 2, Sec 2). Rules is not complied with.
1.3.2 The Rules, surveys performed, reports, certificates
and other documents issued by the Society, are in no way 1.5 Register of ships
intended to replace or alleviate the duties and responsibili-
ties of other parties such as Administrations, Designers, 1.5.1 A Register of Ships is published periodically by the
Shipbuilders, Manufacturers, Repairers, Suppliers, Contrac- Society. This publication, which is updated by the Society,
tors or Sub-contractors, actual or prospective Owners or contains the names of ships which have received the Certif-
Operators, Charterers, Brokers, Cargo-owners and Under- icate of Classification, as well as particulars of the class
writers. The Society cannot therefore assume the obligations assigned and information concerning each ship.
arising from these functions, even when the Society is con-
sulted to answer inquiries concerning matters not covered 2 Rules
by its Rules, or other documents.
The activities of such parties which fall outside the scope of 2.1 Equivalence
the classification as set out in the Rules, such as design,
engineering, manufacturing, operating alternatives, choice 2.1.1 The Society may consider the acceptance of alterna-
of type and power of machinery and equipment, number tives to these Rules, provided that they are deemed to be
and qualification of crew or operating personnel, lines of equivalent to the Rules to the satisfaction of the Society.
the ship, trim, hull vibrations, spare parts including their
number, location and fastening arrangements, life-saving 2.2 Effective date
appliances, and maintenance equipment, remain therefore
the responsibility of those parties, even if these matters may 2.2.1
be given consideration for classification according to the The effective date of entry into force of any amendments to
type of ship or additional class notation assigned. the Rules is indicated on the inside front page of each Part
of the Rules.
The classification-related services and documents per-
formed and issued by the Society do not relieve the parties 2.2.2 (1/7/2007)
concerned of their responsibilities or other contractual obli- In principle, the applicable Rules for assignment of class to
gations expressed or implied or of any liability whatsoever, a new ship are those in force at the date when the contract
for construction between the Owner and the shipbuilder is 2.3 Novel features
signed (see Note 1).
Note 1: 2.3.1 The Society may consider the classification of ships
a) The date of "contract for construction" of a ship is the date on
based on or applying novel design principles or features, to
which the contract to build the ship is signed between the pro- which the Rules are not directly applicable, on the basis of
spective Owner and the shipbuilder. This date and the con- experiments, calculations or other supporting information
struction numbers (i.e. hull numbers) of all the ships included provided to the Society. The specific limitations may then
are to be declared to the Society by the party applying for the be indicated on the Certificate of Classification.
assignment of class to a new building.
b) The date of "contract for construction" of a series of ships, 2.4 Interpretation
including specified optional ships for which the option is ulti-
mately exercised, is the date on which the contract to build the
series is signed between the prospective Owner and the ship- 2.4.1 The Society alone is qualified to decide upon the
builder. For the purpose of this issue, ships built under a single meaning, interpretation and application of the Rules and
contract for construction are considered a "series of ships" if other classification-related documents. No reference to the
they are built to the same approved plans for classification pur- Rules or other classification-related documents has any
poses. However, ships within a series may have design altera- value unless it involves, accompanies or follows the inter-
tions from the original design provided: vention of the Society.
1) such alterations do not affect matters related to classifica-
tion, or
2.5 Disagreement and appeal
2) if the alterations are subject to classification requirements,
either these alterations comply with the classification 2.5.1 Any technical disagreement with the Surveyor in
requirements in effect on the date on which the alterations
connection with the performance of his duties should be
are contracted between the prospective Owner and the
shipbuilder or, in the absence of the alteration contract, raised by the Interested Party as soon as possible.
they comply with the classification requirements in effect The Interested Party may appeal in writing to the Society,
on the date on which the alterations are submitted to the which will subsequently consider the matter and announce
Society for approval.
its decision according to its established procedure.
The optional ships will be considered part of the same series of
sister ships, if the option is exercised not later than one year
after the contract to build the series was signed. 3 Duties of the Interested Parties
c) If a contract for construction is later amended to include addi-
tional ships or additional options, the date of "contract for con- 3.1 International and national regulations
struction" for such ships is the date on which the amendment to
the contract is signed between the prospective Owner and the 3.1.1 (1/7/2001)
shipbuilder. The amendment to the contract is to be considered The classification of a ship does not absolve the Interested
as a "new contract" to which a) and b) above apply.
Party from compliance with any requirements issued by
d) If a contract for construction is amended to change the ship Administrations and any other applicable international and
type, the date of "contract for construction" of this modified national regulations for the safety of life at sea and protec-
ship, or ships, is the date on which the revised contract or new tion of the marine environment.
contract is signed between the Owner, or Owners, and the
shipbuilder.
3.1.2 Where requirements of International Conventions,
2.2.3 Special consideration may be given to applying new such as SOLAS, ILLC, MARPOL, ILO or of IMO Assembly
or modified rule requirements which entered into force sub- Resolutions, are quoted as excerpts, they are printed in
sequent to the date of the contract, at the discretion of the italic type replacing the word “Administration” with “Soci-
Society and in the following cases: ety”.
• when a justified written request is received from the When these requirements are quoted from such Interna-
party applying for classification tional Conventions, they are printed in italic type.
• when the keel is not yet laid and more than one year has In the event of disputes, the text of the International Con-
elapsed since the contract was signed ventions will prevail.
• where it is intended to use existing previously approved
plans for a new contract. 3.1.3 When authorised by the Administration concerned,
the Society will act on its behalf within the limits of such
2.2.4 The above procedures for application of the Rules authorisation. In this respect, the Society will take into
are, in principle, also applicable to existing ships in the case account the relevant national requirements, survey the ship,
of major conversions and, in the case of alterations, to the report and issue or contribute to the issue of the corre-
altered parts of the ship. sponding certificates.
The above surveys do not fall within the scope of the classi-
2.2.5 The rule requirements related to assignment, mainte- fication of ships, even though their scope may overlap in
nance and withdrawal of the class of ships already in opera- part and may be carried out concurrently with surveys for
tion, are applicable from the date of their entry into force. assignment or maintenance of class.
• ask the Society to perform an occasional survey in order the Surveyor’s decisions, are subject to the acceptance of
to verify that the deficiencies, when related to the class the Society, as deemed necessary.
of the ship or to the statutory certificates issued by the The equipment used during tests and inspections in work-
Society on behalf of the flag Administration, are recti- shops, shipyards and on board ships, the results of which
fied and/or the necessary repair work is carried out may form the basis for the Surveyor’s decisions, is to be cus-
within the due time. tomary for the checks to be performed. Firms are to individ-
ually identify and calibrate to a recognised national or
Should the Owners fail to notify the Society of detention of
a ship, the Society reserves the right to suspend or withdraw international standard each piece of such equipment.
its classification. 3.5.2 Simple measuring equipment
The Surveyor may accept simple measuring equipment (e.g.
3.4.2 Co-operation with and assistance to
inspecting Authorities (1/7/2008) rulers, tape measures, weld gauges, micrometers) without
individual identification or confirmation of calibration, pro-
The Society will co-operate during Port State Control
vided it is of standard commercial design, properly main-
inspections by:
tained and periodically compared with other similar
a) liaising with Port State Control Authorities to ensure that equipment or test pieces.
Surveyors are called in as appropriate when deficiencies
related to class and statutory matters are found; 3.5.3 Shipboard measuring equipment
The Surveyor may accept measuring equipment fitted on
b) liaising with Port State Control Officers to ensure uni-
board a ship (e.g. pressure, temperature or rpm gauges and
formity of interpretation of class and statutory require-
meters) and used in examination of shipboard machinery
ments;
and/or equipment based either on calibration records or
c) providing Port State Control Officers, upon request, with comparison of readings with multiple instruments.
background information, extracts from reports pertinent
to the inspection, and details of outstanding conditions 3.5.4 Other equipment
of class and statutory items; The Surveyor may request evidence that other equipment
(e.g. tensile test machines, ultrasonic thickness measure-
d) liaising with the flag State in accordance with any prior
ment equipment, etc) is calibrated to a recognised national
agreement, and the Owner's representative and/or Com-
or international standard.
pany, in order to ensure that both parties are fully aware
of actions being taken that affect safety-related matters
of either a class or statutory nature. 3.6 Spare parts
Any request received from a Port State to attend on board a 3.6.1 It is the Owner’s responsibility to decide whether
ship is dealt with promptly and efficiently by the Society in and which spare parts are to be carried on board.
order to assist in the rectification of reported hardware defi-
ciencies or other discrepancies. 3.6.2 As spare parts are outside the scope of classification,
Before attending on the ship, the Society will inform the the Surveyor will not check that they are kept on board,
Company, either directly or through the Owner's represent- maintained in a satisfactory condition, or suitably protected
ative, of the purpose of the visit. and lashed.
However, in the case of repairs or replacement, the spare
parts used are to meet the requirements of the Rules as far
3.5 Use of measuring equipment and of
as practicable; refer to Ch 2, Sec 2, [6.4.2].
service suppliers
3.1.2 One of the construction marks defined below is tion, according to the request for classification signed by
assigned separately to the hull of the ship and its append- the Interested Party. At least one service notation is to be
ages, to the machinery installation, and to some installa- assigned to every classed ship.
tions for which an additional classification notation (see [6] Note 1: The service notations applicable to existing ships conform
below) is assigned. to the Rules of the Society in force at the date of assignment of
The construction mark is placed before the symbol HULL class. However, the service notations of existing ships may be
for the hull, before the symbol MACH for the machinery updated according to the current Rules, as far as applicable, at the
installations, and before the additional class notation request of the Interested Party.
granted, when such a notation is eligible for a construction 4.1.2 (1/4/2006)
mark.
The assignment of any service notation to a new ship is sub-
When the same construction mark is assigned to both hull ject to compliance with general Rule requirements laid
and machinery, the construction mark is assigned globally down in Part B, Part C and Part D of the Rules and, for some
to the ship without indication HULL and MACH after the service notations, the additional requirements laid down in
main class symbol. Part E and in the Common Structural Rules for bulk carriers
If the ship has no machinery installations covered by classi- and double hull oil tankers.
fication, the symbol MACH is not granted and the construc-
tion mark will be placed before the symbol HULL. 4.1.3 A ship may be assigned several different service
notations. In such case, the specific rule requirements appli-
3.1.3 The construction marks refer to the original condi- cable to each service notation are to be complied with.
tion of the ship. However, the Society may change the con- However, if there is any conflict in the application of the
struction mark where the ship is subjected to repairs, requirements applicable to different service notations, the
conversion or alterations. Society reserves the right to apply the most appropriate
requirements or to refuse the assignment of one of the
3.2 List of construction marks requested service notations.
Table 1 : List of service notations assigned in accordance with the requirements of these Rules (1/7/2014)
Table 2 : List of service notations assigned in accordance with the requirements of separate Rules (1/7/2013)
HSC (1) (2) (3) Rules for the Classification of High Speed Craft
MODU Rules for the classification of floating offshore units at fixed locations and mobile offshore
drilling units
Fixed platform Rules for the Classification of Steel Fixed Offshore Platforms
(1) The notation is completed by one of the following additional service features, specifying the category of the craft in accordance
with the IMO "International Code of Safety for High Speed Craft" :
• A for a passenger craft which can be defined according to the Code as category A
• B for a passenger craft which can be defined according to the Code as category B
• C for a cargo craft which can be defined according to the Code as category C.
(2) The notation may also be completed by one of the following additional service features specifying the type of construction:
• MON if the craft is a monohull
• CAT if the craft is a catamaran
• HYF if the craft is a hydrofoil
• ACV if the craft is an air-cushion vehicle
• SES if the craft is a surface effect ship
• SWATH if the craft is a twin hull small waterplane vehicle.
(3) The notation may be followed by the service notations specified in [4], as applicable; for example by the notation ro-ro passen-
ger ship for a passenger craft specially equipped to load trains or wheeled vehicles.
(4) The notation is to be completed by at least one of the following additional service features:
• supply
• tug
• salvage tug
• fire-fighting
• oil recovery
• diving support
• cable laying
• pipe laying.
(5) The notation may be completed by the following additional service features:
• 12 m SI for boats of 12-metre international rating class
• 6 m SI for boats of 6-metre international rating class.
racing sailing boat (5) Rules for the construction and classification of racing sailing boats
(1) The notation is completed by one of the following additional service features, specifying the category of the craft in accordance
with the IMO "International Code of Safety for High Speed Craft" :
• A for a passenger craft which can be defined according to the Code as category A
• B for a passenger craft which can be defined according to the Code as category B
• C for a cargo craft which can be defined according to the Code as category C.
(2) The notation may also be completed by one of the following additional service features specifying the type of construction:
• MON if the craft is a monohull
• CAT if the craft is a catamaran
• HYF if the craft is a hydrofoil
• ACV if the craft is an air-cushion vehicle
• SES if the craft is a surface effect ship
• SWATH if the craft is a twin hull small waterplane vehicle.
(3) The notation may be followed by the service notations specified in [4], as applicable; for example by the notation ro-ro passen-
ger ship for a passenger craft specially equipped to load trains or wheeled vehicles.
(4) The notation is to be completed by at least one of the following additional service features:
• supply
• tug
• salvage tug
• fire-fighting
• oil recovery
• diving support
• cable laying
• pipe laying.
(5) The notation may be completed by the following additional service features:
• 12 m SI for boats of 12-metre international rating class
• 6 m SI for boats of 6-metre international rating class.
4.2.2 (1/7/2014) - general cargo ships of double side-skin construction, with dou-
ble side-skin extending for the entire length of the cargo area,
general cargo ship, for ships intended to carry general
and for the entire height of the cargo hold to the upper deck.
cargo.
Note 1: With respect to the survey requirements of Ch 4, Sec 8, The service notation may be completed by the following
"General Dry Cargo Ships" are those self-propelled general cargo additional service features, as applicable:
ships of 500 gt and above carrying solid cargoes other than:
- bulk carriers and combination carriers of single side skin con-
• equipped for carriage of containers, where the ship’s fixed
struction or double skin bulk carriers arrangements comply with the applicable rule require-
ments in Part E, Chapter 2
- dedicated container carriers
- ro-ro cargo ships • heavycargo [ AREA1, X1 kN/m2 - AREA2, X2 kN/m2 - ... ],
- refrigerated cargo ships when the double bottom and/or hatch covers and/or other
- dedicated wood chip carriers cargo areas designed to support heavy cargoes fulfil the
appropriate rule requirements. The values Xi indicate the
- dedicated cement carriers
maximum allowable local pressures on the various zones
- livestock carriers AREAi where the cargo is intended to be stowed.
- deck cargo ships (a "deck cargo ship" is a ship that is designed
to carry cargo exclusively above deck without any access for The requirements for the assignment of this additional
cargo below deck), service feature are given in Pt B, Ch 5, Sec 6, [4.1.2].
• nonhomload, when the ship has been designed in such a 4.2.9 (1/1/2013)
way that the cargo spaces may be loaded non-homogene- deck cargo ship, for ships intended to carry solid general
ously, including cases where some holds may be empty, at a cargo exclusively above deck without any access for cargo
draught up to the scantling draught and fulfil the appropriate below deck.
rule requirements for general strength, and when the corre-
sponding loading conditions are listed in the reviewed load- The service notation may be completed by the following
ing manual. This notation can be completed with the additional service features, as applicable:
indication of the different maximum loads allowed in each • equipped for carriage of containers, where the ship's
hold and which holds may be empty, if appropriate. fixed arrangements comply with the applicable rule
requirements in Part E, Chapter 2
4.2.3 ro-ro cargo ship, for ships specially intended to carry
• heavycargo [ AREA1, X1 kN/m2 - AREA2, X2 kN/m2 - ...
vehicles, trains or loads on wheeled beds. The additional
], when the cargo areas intended to support heavy car-
requirements of Part E, Chapter 1 are applicable to these
goes fulfill the appropriate rule requirements. The values
ships. The service notation may be completed by the addi-
Xi indicate the maximum allowable local pressures on
tional service feature equipped for carriage of containers,
the various AREAs where the cargo is intended to be
where the ship’s fixed arrangements comply with the appli-
stowed. The requirements for the assignment of this
cable rule requirements in Part E, Chapter 2.
additional service feature are given in Pt B, Ch 5, Sec 6,
[4.1.2].
4.2.4 refrigerated cargo ship, for ships specially intended
to carry refrigerated cargo. No additional requirements are 4.2.10 (1/1/2013)
specified in Part E for this service notation; however, the
general cargo ship - double side-skin, for ships intended to
requirements of Part F, Chapter 8 for the assignment of the
carry solid general cargo of double side-skin construction,
additional class notation REF-CARGO are to be applied.
with double side-skin extending for the entire length of the
The service notation may be completed by the additional
cargo area, and for the entire height of the cargo hold to the
service feature equipped for carriage of containers, where
upper deck.
the ship’s fixed arrangements comply with the applicable
rule requirements in Part E, Chapter 2. The service notation may be completed by the following
additional service features, as applicable:
4.2.5 container ship, for ships specially intended to carry • equipped for carriage of containers, where the ship's
containers in holds or on decks. The additional require- fixed arrangements comply with the applicable rule
ments of Part E, Chapter 2 are applicable to these ships. requirements in Part E, Chapter 2
• heavycargo [ AREA1, X1 kN/m2 - AREA2, X2 kN/m2 - ...
4.2.6 livestock carrier, for ships specially intended to ], when the cargo areas intended to support heavy car-
carry livestock. The additional requirements of Part E, goes fulfill the appropriate rule requirements. The values
Chapter 3 are applicable to these ships. Xi indicate the maximum allowable local pressures on
the various AREAs where the cargo is intended to be
4.2.7 (1/7/2006)
stowed. The requirements for the assignment of this
cement carrier, for ships specially intended to carry cement additional service feature are given in Pt B, Ch 5, Sec 6,
in bulk in holds and equipped with fixed arrangements for [4.1.2]
that purpose. The additional requirements of Part E, • nonhomload, when the ship has been designed in such
Chapter 23 are applicable to these ships. a way that the cargo spaces may be loaded non-homo-
The service notation may be completed by the following geneously, including cases where some holds may be
additional service feature, as applicable: empty, at a draught up to the scantling draught and ful-
fill the appropriate rule requirements for general
• nonhomload, when the ship has been designed in such strength, and when the corresponding loading condi-
a way that the cargo spaces may be loaded non-homo- tions are listed in the reviewed loading manual. This
geneously, including cases where some holds may be notation can be completed with the indication of the
empty, at a draught up to the scantling draught and fulfil different maximum loads allowed in each hold and
the appropriate Rule requirements for general strength, which holds may be empty, if appropriate.
and when the corresponding loading conditions are
listed in the reviewed loading manual. This notation can 4.2.11 (1/1/2013)
be completed with the indication of the different maxi- wood chip carrier, for ships intended for the carriage of
mum loads allowed in each hold and which holds may wood chip.
be empty, if appropriate.
compressed natural gas carrier, for ships specially intended 4.3.1 (1/4/2006)
to carry compressed natural gas (CNG ships) in specifically The service notations related to self-propelled ships (see
designed cargo tanks. The additional requirements of Part E, Note 1) intended for the carriage of dry cargo in bulk are
Chapter 24 are applicable to these ships. listed in [4.3.2] to [4.3.7] below.
The service notations described in this item are always com- 4.3.4 (1/4/2006)
pleted by the additional service feature ESP, which means The service notations in [4.3.2] and [4.3.3] may be com-
that these ships are submitted to the Enhanced Survey Pro- pleted by the following additional service features, as appli-
gram as laid down in Ch 4, Sec 2. cable:
Example: ore carrier ESP • heavycargo [HOLDi, Xi kN/m2, ρi kN/m3 - HATCHi, Y i
Note 1: Self-propelled ships are ships with mechanical means of kN/m2], when the ship's structure designed to support
propulsion not requiring assistance from another ship during nor- heavy cargoes fulfils the appropriate Rule requirements.
mal operation.
The values Xi and Yi indicate, respectively, the maxi-
The service notation bulk carrier is completed by the addi- mum allowable local pressures on the inner bottoms of
tional service feature CSR for bulk carriers built in accord- the various HOLDi and on the hatch covers HATCHi
ance with the "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers" where the cargo is intended to be stowed and ρi is the
(i.e. single side skin and double side skin bulk carriers with maximum density of the bulk cargo allowable for car-
unrestricted worldwide navigation, having length L of 90 m riage in the relevant HOLDi. The requirements for the
or greater, contracted for construction on or after 1 April assignment of this additional service feature are given in
2006). Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [4.8];
Example: bulk carrier ESP CSR • nonhomload, when the ship has been designed in such
4.3.2 (1/4/2006) a way that the cargo spaces may be loaded non-homo-
bulk carrier ESP, for self-propelled ships which are con- geneously, including cases where some holds may be
structed generally with single deck, double bottom, hopper empty, at a draught up to the scantling draught and fulfil
side tanks and topside tanks and with single or double side the appropriate Rule requirements for general strength,
skin construction in cargo length area and intended prima- and when the corresponding loading conditions are
rily to carry dry cargoes in bulk (see Note 1). Typical mid- listed in the reviewed loading manual. This notation can
ship sections are given in Fig 1. However, other midship be completed with the indication of the different maxi-
section arrangements may be accepted, if deemed equiva- mum loads allowed in each hold and which holds may
lent by the Society. be empty, if appropriate.
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 4 are appli- • double skin, when the ship is constructed in accordance
cable to these ships. with the definition given in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.20].
Note 1: For bulk carriers with hybrid cargo hold arrangements, i.e. 4.3.5 (1/1/2005)
with some cargo holds of single side skin and others of double side The notation ore carrier ESP, or equivalent, is to be
skin, the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 2 are to apply to cargo holds of
assigned to self-propelled ships which are constructed gen-
single side skin and those of Ch 4, Sec 9 to cargo holds of double
erally with single deck, two longitudinal bulkheads and a
side skin.
double bottom throughout the cargo length area and
4.3.3 (1/4/2006) intended primarily to carry ore cargoes in the centre holds
bulk carrier ESP CSR, for self-propelled ships which are only. Typical midship sections are given in Fig 2. However,
constructed generally with single deck, double bottom, other midship section arrangements may be accepted, if
hopper side tanks and topside tanks and with single or dou- deemed equivalent by the Society.
ble side skin construction in the cargo length area and The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 5 are appli-
intended primarily to carry dry cargoes in bulk (see Note 1), cable to these ships.
with unrestricted worldwide navigation, having length L of
90 m or greater, contracted for construction on or after 1 Figure 2 : Typical midship section of ship
April 2006. Typical midship sections are given in Fig 1. with service notation ore carrier ESP (1/1/2005)
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 4 are appli-
cable to these ships with the limitations indicated therein.
Note 1: For bulk carriers with hybrid cargo hold arrangements, i.e.
with some cargo holds of single side skin and others of double side
skin, the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 2 are to apply to cargo holds of
single side skin and those of Ch 4, Sec 9 to cargo holds of double
side skin.
given in Fig 3. The additional requirements of Part E, Ch 1, Sec 2, [3.1] of 150 m or greater and contracted for
Chapter 6 are applicable to these ships. new construction on or after 1 July 2003.
Note 1: Combination carriers/OBO that do not comply with MAR- For bulk carriers ESP CSR, as defined in [4.3.3], having
POL I/19 may be subject to international and/or national regula- length as defined in Pt B, Ch 1, Sec 2, [3.1] of 150 m or
tions requiring phase out. greater and contracted for new construction on or after 1
April 2006, the requirements of the "Common Structural
Figure 3 : Typical midship section of ship Rules for Bulk Carriers", Ch 1, Sec 1, [3] apply instead.
with service notation combination carrier/OBO
ESP (1/1/2005) 4.4.2 (1/7/2003)
The loading conditions listed in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [4.1],
Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [4.2] and Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [4.3] are to be
used for the checking of rule criteria regarding longitudinal
strength (as required by Pt B, Ch 6, Sec 2, [3] and Pt E,
Ch 4, Sec 3, [5]), local strength, capacity and arrangement
of ballast tanks and stability. The loading conditions listed
in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [4.8]) are to be used for the checking of
rule criteria regarding local strength.
4.4.3 (1/7/2003)
Left: Single side skin construction For the purpose of applying the conditions for the assign-
ment of the harmonised notations, maximum draught is to
Right: Double side skin construction
be taken as moulded summer load line draught.
4.3.7 (1/1/2012)
4.4.4 (1/7/2003)
combination carrier/OOC ESP, for self-propelled ships
Bulk carriers are to be assigned one of the following addi-
intended to carry both oil and dry cargoes in bulk; these
tional service features.
cargoes are not carried simultaneously, with the exception
of oily mixture retained in slop tanks. This notation is a) BC-A: for bulk carriers designed to carry dry bulk car-
assigned to ships which are constructed generally with sin- goes of cargo density 1,0 t/m3 and greater with specified
gle deck, two longitudinal bulkheads and a double bottom holds empty at maximum draught in addition to BC-B
throughout the cargo length area, and intended primarily to conditions.
carry ore cargoes in the centre holds and oil cargoes in the
centre holds and wing tanks. Typical midship sections are b) BC-B: for bulk carriers designed to carry dry bulk car-
given in Fig 4. The additional requirements of Part E, goes of cargo density of 1,0 t/m3 and greater with all
Chapter 6 are applicable to these ships. cargo holds loaded in addition to BC-C conditions.
Note 1: Combination carriers/OOC that do not comply with MAR- c) BC-C: for bulk carriers designed to carry dry bulk car-
POL I/19 may be subject to international and/or national regula- goes of cargo density less than 1,0 t/m3.
tions requiring phase out.
The following additional service features are to be provided
giving further detailed description of limitations to be
Figure 4 : Typical midship sections of ships with observed during operation as a consequence of the design
service notation combination carrier/OOC
loading condition applied during the design in the follow-
ESP (1/1/2005)
ing cases:
• maximum cargo density (in t/m3) for notations BC-A and
BC-B, if the maximum cargo density is less than 3.0 t/m3
• no MP for all notations, when the vessel has not been
designed for loading and unloading in multiple ports in
accordance with the conditions specified in Pt E, Ch 4,
Sec 3, [4.5.4]
• allowed combination of specified empty holds for nota-
tion BC-A.
Note 1: The requirements of this item [4.4] are not intended to pre-
vent any other loading conditions being included in the loading
manual, for which calculations are to be submitted as required; nor
4.4 Additional service features and corre- are they intended to replace in any way the required loading man-
sponding design loading conditions for ual/instrument.
bulk carriers Note 2: A bulk carrier in actual operation may be loaded differently
4.4.1 (1/4/2006) from the design loading conditions specified in the loading man-
ual, provided limitations for longitudinal and local strength as
The requirements of item [4.4] are applicable to bulk carri- defined in the loading manual and loading instrument on board
ers as defined in [4.3.2], having length as defined in Pt B, and applicable stability requirements are not exceeded.
4.5 Ships carrying liquid cargo in bulk assigned to tankers of both single and double hull construc-
tion, as well as tankers with alternative structural arrange-
4.5.1 (1/5/2013)
ments, provided they are deemed equivalent by the Society.
The service notations related to self-propelled ships (see
Note 1) intended for the carriage of liquid cargo in bulk are For chemical tankers with integral cargo tanks, the service
listed in [4.5.2] to [4.5.10] below. notation chemical tanker is always completed by the addi-
Note 1: Self-propelled ships are ships with mechanical means of tional service feature ESP (i.e. chemical tanker ESP), which
propulsion not requiring assistance from another ship during nor- means that these ships are submitted to the Enhanced Sur-
mal operation. vey Program as laid down in Ch 4, Sec 5.
The service notations related to assisted propulsion units The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 8 are appli-
(see [4.9.4]) intended for the carriage of liquid cargo in bulk cable to these ships.
are listed in [4.5.11] and [4.5.12] below.
The list of products the ship is allowed to carry is attached
4.5.2 (1/1/2012) to the Certificate of Classification or the Certificate of Fit-
oil tanker, for self-propelled ships which are intended pri- ness, where issued by the Society, including, where neces-
marily to carry in bulk crude oil or other oil products having sary, the maximum allowable specific gravity and/or
any flash point, liquid at atmospheric pressure and ambient temperature.
temperature (or thus maintained by heating).
The service notation may be completed by the additional
This notation is to be assigned to tankers of both single and service feature IMO 1, IMO 2 or IMO 3, when the ship
double hull construction, as well as tankers with alternative complies with the requirements for the assignment of type
structural arrangements, provided they are deemed equiva- 1, type 2 or type 3, respectively, in accordance with Chap-
lent by the Society. ter 2 of the IBC Code.
For oil tankers with integral cargo tanks, the service nota-
tion oil tanker is always completed by the additional serv- 4.5.5 liquefied gas carrier, for ships specially intended to
ice feature ESP (i.e. oil tanker ESP), which means that these carry liquefied gases or other substances listed in Pt E, Ch 9,
ships are submitted to the Enhanced Survey Program as laid Sec 1 of the Rules. The additional requirements of Part E,
down in Ch 4, Sec 3 or Ch 4, Sec 4, as applicable. Chapter 9 are applicable to these ships.
Note 1: Oil tankers that do not comply with MARPOL I/19 may be The list of products the ship is allowed to carry is attached
subject to international and/or national regulations requiring phase to the Certificate of Classification or the Certificate of Fit-
out under MARPOL I/20 and/or MARPOL I/21. ness, where issued by the Society, including, where neces-
The service notation may be completed by the following sary, the conditions of transportation (pressure, temperature,
additional service features, as applicable: filling limits).
• flash point > 60°C, where the ship is intended to carry 4.5.6 (1/4/2006)
only such type of products, under certain conditions
FLS tanker, for ships specially intended to carry in bulk
• double hull, when the ship is constructed in accordance flammable liquid products other than those covered by the
with the definition given in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.17] service notations oil tanker ESP, oil tanker ESP CSR, chemi-
• double hull (heavy grades), when the ship is con- cal tanker ESP or liquefied gas carrier
structed in accordance with the definition given in Ch 2,
The list of products the ship is allowed to carry may be
Sec 2, [2.2.19]
attached to the Certificate of Classification, including,
• double hull (independent tanks), when the ship is con- where necessary, the maximum allowable specific gravity
structed in accordance with the definition given in Ch 2, and/or temperature.
Sec 2, [2.2.18]
The service notation may be completed by the additional
• product, where the ship is intended to carry only prod-
service feature flash point > 60°C, where the ship is
ucts other than crude oil.
intended to carry only such type of products, under certain
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are appli- conditions.
cable to these ships. For ships intended to carry only one type of cargo, the serv-
4.5.3 (1/7/2011) ice notation may be completed by the additional service
The service notation oil tanker ESP is always completed by feature indicating the type of product carried, e.g. FLS
the additional service feature CSR for oil tankers built in tanker-acetone.
accordance with the "Common Structural Rules for Double The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are appli-
Hull Oil Tankers" (i.e. double hull oil tankers having length cable to these ships.
L of 150 m or greater, contracted for construction on or after
1 April 2006). 4.5.7 tanker, for ships intended to carry non-flammable
Example: oil tanker ESP CSR liquid cargoes in bulk other than those covered by the serv-
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are appli- ice notations in [4.5.2] to [4.5.6] above, such as wine or
cable to these ships with the limitations indicated therein. water.
4.5.4 (1/7/2011) The list of cargoes the ship is allowed to carry may be
chemical tanker, for self-propelled ships which intended attached to the Certificate of Classification.
primarily to carry in bulk chemical products presenting For ships intended to carry only one type of cargo, the serv-
safety and/or pollution hazards. This notation is to be ice notation may be completed by the additional service
feature indicating the type of product carried, e.g. tanker- hull construction, as well as ships with alternative structural
potable water. arrangements, provided they are deemed equivalent by the
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 10 are appli- Society.
cable to these ships. The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 26 are appli-
4.5.8 (1/7/2011) cable to these ships with the limitations indicated therein.
asphalt tanker, for self-propelled ships which are con-
structed with independent, non-integral cargo tanks, 4.6 Ships carrying passengers
intended to only carry such type of products, under certain
conditions. The maximum cargo temperature will be indi- 4.6.1 The service notations related to ships specially
cated on the Certificate of Classification. intended for the carriage of passengers are listed in [4.6.2]
to [4.6.3] below.
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are appli-
cable to these ships. 4.6.2 passenger ship, for ships intended to carry more than
4.5.9 (1/7/2011) 12 passengers. The additional requirements of Part E,
For asphalt tankers intended to only carry such type of prod- Chapter 11 are applicable to these ships.
ucts under certain conditions, but with integral cargo tanks, The service notation may be completed by the additional
the service notation asphalt tanker is always completed by service feature < 36 passengers, where the ship is intended
the additional service feature ESP (i.e. asphalt tanker ESP), to carry only such a limited number of passengers.
which means that these ships are submitted to the Enhanced
Survey Program as laid down in Ch 4, Sec 3. The maximum 4.6.3 ro-ro passenger ship, for ships intended to carry
cargo temperature will be indicated on the Certificate of more than 12 passengers and specially equipped to load
Classification. trains or wheeled vehicles. The additional requirements of
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 7 are appli- Part E, Chapter 12 are applicable to these ships.
cable to these ships. The service notation may be completed by the additional
service feature < 36 passengers, where the ship is intended
4.5.10 Refer also to [4.3.6] and [4.3.7] for combination to carry only such a limited number of passengers.
carrier intended to carry alternatively oil products and dry
cargo in bulk in cargo holds/tanks. 4.7 Ships for dredging activities
4.5.11 (1/5/2013)
Oil carrier, for assisted propulsion ships (see [4.9.4]) of lim- 4.7.1 The service notations related to ships specially
ited size (DWT<10000 tonnes) which are intended prima- intended for dredging activities are listed in [4.7.2]. The
rily to carry in bulk crude oil or other oil products having additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 13 are applicable
any flash point, liquid at atmospheric pressure and ambient to these ships.
temperature (or thus maintained by heating) in restricted
areas. 4.7.2 The following notations are provided:
This notation is to be assigned to ships of both single and a) dredger, for ships specially equipped only for dredging
double hull construction, as well as ships with alternative activities (excluding carrying dredged material)
structural arrangements, provided they are deemed equiva- b) hopper dredger, for ships specially equipped for dredg-
lent by the Society. ing activities and carrying spoils or dredged material
The service notation may be completed by the following c) hopper unit, for ships specially equipped for carrying
additional service features, as applicable: spoils or dredged material
• flashpoint > 60°C, where the ship is intended to carry d) split hopper unit, for ships specially equipped for carry-
only such type of products, under certain conditions ing spoils or dredged material and which open longitu-
• double hull, when the ship is constructed in accordance dinally, around hinges
with the definition given in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.17]
e) split hopper dredger, for ships specially equipped for
• double hull (heavy grades), when the ship is con- dredging and for carrying spoils or dredged material and
structed in accordance with the definition given in Ch 2, which open longitudinally, around hinges.
Sec 2, [2.2.19]
• product, where the ship is intended to carry only prod- 4.7.3 These ships which are likely to operate at sea within
ucts other than crude oil. specific limits may, under certain conditions, be granted an
operating area notation. For the definition of operating area
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 25 are appli- notation, reference should be made to [5.3].
cable to these ships with the limitations indicated therein.
4.5.12 (1/5/2013) 4.8 Working ships
Palm oil carrier, for assisted propulsion ships (see [4.9.4]) of
limited size (DWT<10000 tonnes) which are intended pri- 4.8.1 The service notations related to ships specially
marily to carry in restricted areas palm oil in bulk. This intended for different working services are listed in [4.8.2]
notation is to be assigned to ships of both single and double to [4.8.8] below.
This service notation may be completed by the additional 4.10 Fishing vessels
service feature tug combined when units are designed to be
connected with tugs, and comply with the relevant require- 4.10.1 The service notation fishing vessel is assigned to
ments of Pt E, Ch 14, Sec 3. The tugs to which the barge ships specially equipped for catching and storing fish or
can be connected are specified in an annex to the Certifi- other living resources of the sea. The additional require-
cate of Classification. ments of Part E, Chapter 20 are applicable to these ships.
In the case of barges equipped with specific arrangements Note 1: Units solely dedicated to service in a fishing flotilla by
for accommodating on board, when moored, persons other means of cold storage and/or transformation of fish are not covered
than crew, the additional service feature accommodation is by the service notation fishing vessel. They will be considered with
added to the notation barge (i.e. barge-accommodation). It the service notation special service.
covers units such as floating hotels used for different pur-
poses like offshore industry support or other commercial 4.11 Units intended for the transhipment of
uses. The notation barge accommodation is completed by
dry cargo in bulk
the additional class notation MOORING.
4.11.1 (1/7/2014)
4.9.2 Pontoon (1/7/2013)
The following service notations are assigned to non-pro-
The service notation pontoon is assigned to non-propelled
pelled and assisted propulsion units specially intended for
units intended to carry cargo and/or equipment on deck
the transhipment of dry cargo in bulk:
only. When a cargo lifting appliance, such as crane or der-
rick, is permanently fitted on board, the cargo lifting appli- a) transhipping unit, for units specially intended to tran-
ance is to be certified by the Society according to the "Rules ship the cargo from one delivering unit to one receiving
for loading and unloading arrangements and for other lifting unit; these units may either have or not have cargo stor-
appliances on board of ships", or certified by another QSCS age capability
Classification Society according to its equivalent rules; in b) transhipping floating terminal, for units specially
such a case the service notation pontoon - crane is granted. intended to tranship the cargo between more than one
The additional requirements of Part E, Chapter 19 are appli- delivering and receiving units simultaneously; these
cable to these ships. units are normally to have cargo storage capability.
4.9.3 Other units These service notations may be completed by the following
Any non-propelled units other than those covered by the service features:
service notations listed above will be assigned the addi- • buffer [X t, HOLD/DECK] when the unit has bulk cargo
tional service feature no propulsion, to be added to their storage capacity and is thus able to allow significant
own service notation, e.g. dredger - no propulsion. buffer capacity, ensuring continuous operation. The X
value indicates the cargo mass, in t, which can be stored
4.9.4 Assisted propulsion units
in holds or on deck (HOLD/DECK)
Any units having a propulsion system not enabling them to
proceed at a speed greater than 7 knots, used for short tran- • heavycargo [HOLDi, Xi kN/m2, σi kN/m3 - DECK, Yi
sit voyages, will be assigned the additional service feature kN/m2] when the ship structure designed to support
assisted propulsion to be added to their own service nota- heavy cargoes fulfils the appropriate Rule requirements.
tion, e.g. dredger - assisted propulsion. The values Xi and Yi indicate, respectively, the maxi-
mum allowable local pressures on the inner bottoms of
4.9.5 Sailing ships (1/7/2009) the various HOLDi and on the deck areas DECKi, where
The additional service feature sailing ships is assigned to the cargo is intended to be stowed and σi is the maxi-
ships having no means of propulsion other than sails. These mum density of the bulk cargo allowable for carriage in
ships are to comply with the requirements of the "Rules for the relevant HOLDi. The requirements for the assign-
masting and rigging of sailing ships", issued separately by ment of this additional service feature are given in Pt E,
the Society. Ch 27, Sec 3, [3.2].
4.9.6 Engine assisted sailing ship (1/7/2009) The service notation of units operating permanently
The additional service feature engine assisted sailing ship is anchored or moored in a fixed location is competed by the
assigned to ships having sails as main means of propulsion additional class notation “MOORING“.
which may also be propelled by internal combustion
The service notation of units provided with at least one
engines enabling the navigation of the ship without sails if
crane, fitted with a grab or a bucket, is completed by the
necessary.
additional class notation “CARGO HANDLING”.
4.9.7 Engine powered sailing ship (1/7/2009)
The additional service feature engine powered sailing ship 4.12 Miscellaneous units
is assigned to ships propelled primarily by internal combus-
tion engines of power adequate to maintain a speed of at 4.12.1 The service notation special service is assigned to
least 7 knots (at continuous service rating, when the ship is ships which, due to the peculiar characteristics of their
fully loaded, in smooth water) when not under sail, but activity, are not covered by any of the notations mentioned
which are provided with sails as an emergency means of above. The classification requirements of such units are
propulsion. considered by the Society on a case by case basis.
This service notation may apply, for instance, to ships 5.2.6 (1/7/2009)
engaged in researc h, expeditions and survey, ships for The navigation notations defined in these items [5.2.1] to
training of marine personnel, whale and fish factory ships [5.2.5] are those considered as "normal". Where particular
not engaged in catching, ships processing other living cases of navigation are to be assigned which are not
resources of the sea, and other ships with design features included among those so defined, the navigation notation
and modes of operation which may be referred to the same special is assigned, followed by specified restrictions (such
group of ships. as the designation of the geographical area, distance from
An additional service feature may be specified after the the shore and/or the most unfavourable sea conditions con-
notation (e.g. special service - training, special service - sidered).
ship lift, special service - fish factory) to identify the partic- 5.2.7 (1/7/2009)
ular service in which the ship is intended to trade. The The Society may assign navigation notations provided by
scope and criteria of classification of such units are indi- the regulations of the flag Administration, which may be dif-
cated in an annex to the Certificate of Classification. ferent from those defined in [5.2.1] to [5.2.6].
6.2 System of Trace and Analysis of When the auxiliary propulsion system is designed for use in
Records (STAR) conditions other than an emergency, the additional class
notation AVM-APS-NS is assigned.
6.2.1 General (1/7/2008)
6.3.3 AVM-IAPS (Independent alternative
STAR is a System of Trace and Analysis of Records integrat- propulsion system) (1/7/2008)
ing rational analysis with data and records from ship-in- The additional class notation AVM-IAPS is assigned to ships
service concerning planned inspection and ship mainte- which are fitted with an independent propulsion system
nance. enabling them to maintain operating conditions with some
The requirements for the assignment of these notations are limitations in power, speed, range and comfort, in the case
given in Part F, Chapter 1. of any single failure of items relative to the propulsion.
The requirements for the assignment of these notations are 6.4.3 Centralised control station (AUT-CCS)
given in Part F, Chapter 2. The additional class notation AUT-CCS is assigned to ships
which are fitted with machinery installations operated and
6.3.2 AVM-APS (Alternative propulsion monitored from a centralised control station.
system) (1/7/2008)
The additional class notation AVM-APS or AVM-APS-NS are 6.4.4 Automated operation in port (AUT-PORT)
assigned to ships which are fitted with systems and/or The additional class notation AUT-PORT is assigned to ships
arrangements enabling them to maintain operating condi- which are fitted with automated installations enabling the
tions with some limitations in speed, range and comfort, in ship’s operation in port or at anchor without personnel spe-
the case of any single failure of items relative to the propul- cially assigned for the watch-keeping of the machinery in
sion. service.
6.5 Integrated ship systems (SYS) 6.6.3 Tailshaft monitoring system (MON-SHAFT)
The additional class notation MON-SHAFT is assigned to
6.5.1 General ships which are fitted with a temperature monitoring system
The notations dealt with under this heading are relevant to for the tailshaft sterntube bearings. The assignment of this
operation of integrated systems regarding navigation, notation allows the ship to be granted a reduced scope for
machinery, communication and specific cargo, as applica- complete tailshaft surveys, see Ch 2, Sec 2, [5.5.4].
ble.
In compliance with [6.1.3], these notations are assigned a 6.7 Comfort on board ships (COMF)
construction mark, as defined in [3].
6.7.1 General
The requirements for the assignment of these notations are The notations dealt with under this heading are relevant to
given in Part F, Chapter 4. the assessment of comfort on board ships with regard to the
level of noise, vibration and/or air temperature/humidity.
6.5.2 Centralised navigation equipment (SYS-NEQ)
The parameters which are taken into consideration for the
The additional class notation SYS-NEQ is assigned to ships
evaluation of the comfort such as the level of noise, the
which are fitted with a centralised navigation control system
level of vibration and the air temperature and/or humidity
so laid out and arranged that it enables normal navigation
will be indicated in the Certificate of Classification.
and manoeuvring operation of the ship by two persons in
cooperation. These parameters are only verified once for all when the
ship is classed.
The additional class notation SYS-NEQ-1 is assigned when,
in addition to the above, the installation is so arranged that The requirements for the assignment of these notations are
the navigation and manoeuvring of the ship can be oper- given in Part F, Chapter 6.
ated under normal conditions by one person, for periodical
one man watch. This notation includes specific require- 6.7.2 Comfort with regard to noise (COMF-
NOISE) (1/7/2014)
ments for prevention of accidents caused by the operator’s
unfitness. The additional class notation COMF-NOISE is assigned to
ships satisfying levels of noise defined in Pt F, Ch 6, Sec 1.
6.5.3 Integrated bridge system (SYS-IBS) The assessment of noise levels is only carried out through
design review and sea trials.
The additional class notation SYS-IBS is assigned to ships
which are fitted with an integrated bridge system which The notation is completed by a letter A, B or C which repre-
allows simplified and centralised bridge operation of all sents the merit level achieved for the assignment of the
main functions of navigation manoeuvring and communi- notation, the merit A corresponding to the lowest level of
cation, as well as monitoring from bridge of other functions acceptable noise. The notation COMF-NOISE is only
related to specific cargoes and pollution ; for passenger assigned if at least the merit level C is reached.
ships, heating, ventilation and air conditioning are also When the merit levels achieved for the passenger spaces (if
included in the monitored functions. any) and the crew spaces are different, the notation is com-
pleted by the suffix:
6.5.4 Communication system (SYS-COM) (1/7/2009)
• PAX, for passenger spaces, and
The additional class notation SYS-COM is assigned to ships
which are fitted with a local area network including the • CREW, for crew spaces.
alarm, monitoring and control systems and computers used For crew spaces, the following comfort noise notations are
for management operations and external communication equivalent to the noise level limits stated in IMO Resolution
devices for reporting ashore navigation, maintenance and MSC.337(91) "Adoption of the code on noise levels on
operational information. board ships", as follows:
• for ships with gross tonnage equal to or greater than
6.6 Monitoring equipment (MON) 10,000 GT: COMF-NOISE CREW A
When the merit levels achieved for the passenger spaces (if Convention, as well as additional requirements related to
any) and the crew spaces are different, the notation is com- low emissions to the air as follows:
pleted by the suffix: • prevention of air pollution by exhaust gas (particles,
• PAX, for passenger spaces, and COx, NOx, SOx) by means of low emission engines,
• CREW, for crew spaces. use of low sulphur content fuels and incinerators
• use of refrigerants and fixed fire fighting means with
6.7.4 Comfort with regard to air zero ozone depleting potential and low global warming
temperature/humidity (COMF-AIR) potential
The additional class notation COMF-AIR is assigned to • control of release of refrigerants to the atmosphere by
ships fitted with a combined heating-ventilation-air condi- means of leak detection and evacuation systems
tioning system (HVAC) satisfying levels of air temperature
• recovery of vapours emitted from cargo systems of ships
and humidity defined in Pt F, Ch 6, Sec 3. The assessment
carrying dangerous liquid cargoes in bulk.
of air temperature/humidity levels is only carried out
through design review and sea trials in Winter and Summer Note 1: For ships with the service notation oil tanker, combination
conditions. carrier/OBO, combination carrier/OOC, chemical tanker, FLS
tanker,excluding those intended for the carriage of products having
The notation may be completed by one of the letters W or S
flashpoint > 60°C or liquefied gas carrier, the assignment of the
when the HVAC system has been satisfactorily tested only
notation VCS (Vapour Control System) is a prerequisite for the
in Winter or in Summer conditions respectively. assignment of the notation CLEAN-AIR. However, the notation VCS
may also be assigned as a single notation as described in [6.14.7].
6.8 Pollution prevention
6.8.4 Sea and air pollution prevention (GREEN
6.8.1 General PLUS - GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN - GREEN
STAR 3) (1/7/2013)
The notations dealt with under this heading are assigned to
ships fitted with equipment and arrangements enabling a) GREEN PLUS
them to reduce the pollution of the sea and/or air caused by The additional class notation GREEN PLUS is assigned
release of solid waste and liquid and/or gaseous effluents. to ships designed and provided with systems, compo-
The requirements for the assignment of these notations are nents and procedural means to control and prevent the
given in Part F, Chapter 7. emission of polluting substances into the sea, the air and
more in general the environment, in accordance with
6.8.2 Sea pollution prevention the requirements in Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1.
(CLEAN-SEA) (1/7/2006) b) GREEN PLUS T
The additional class notation CLEAN-SEA is assigned to The additional class notation GREEN PLUS T is assigned
ships provided with construction and procedural means to to units:
prevent pollution of the sea.
• intended to operate at a fixed location;
This is achieved by compliance with the applicable require-
• provided with facilities to load and unload other
ments of Annex I, Annex II, Annex III, Annex IV and Annex
units (e.g. bulk carriers, dry cargo ships carrying
V of MARPOL Convention, relevant to ship’s liquid and
solid materials in bulk)
solid releases, as well as additional requirements related to
prevention of sea pollution as follows: complying with the provision in a) and provided with
solid bulk cargo handling systems designed to minimize
• prevention of accidental pollution by means of location
their environmental impact according to Pt F, Ch 7,
of fuel and lube oil tanks above the double bottom and
Sec 6.
away from ship sides
c) GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN
• prevention of operational pollution by means of bilge
water separation and filtering, holding tanks for treated When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and
sewage and grey water CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded
by the cumulative additional class notation GREEN
• prevention of transfer of harmful organisms and patho-
STAR 3 DESIGN.
gens in the ballast water
• prevention of pollution by tributyltin by means of TBT d) GREEN STAR 3
free antifouling paints The additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 is assigned
• prevention of pollution by solid garbage (resulting from to ships provided with equipment and procedural
the compacting device and incinerators) by means of means to prevent pollution of the sea and of the air. This
proper storage of such waste is achieved by compliance with the applicable require-
ments of Annexes I to VI of MARPOL Convention, rele-
• ship recycling. vant to ship's liquid, solid and gas releases, as well as
6.8.3 Air pollution prevention additional requirements related to prevention of sea and
(CLEAN-AIR) (1/7/2009) air pollution as follows:
The additional class notation CLEAN-AIR is assigned to • prevention of accidental pollution by means of on
ships provided with construction and procedural means to board equipment to combat oil spills;
prevent pollution of the air. This is achieved by compliance • prevention of operational pollution by means of pro-
with the applicable requirements of Annex VI of MARPOL cedures, bilge water separation and filtering, hold-
ing tanks for treated sewage and grey water, carry cargoes, with the condition that the number and the
development of an Environmental Management Plan power of the refrigerating units are such that the specified
and availability on board of an Environmental Ship temperatures can be maintained with one unit on standby.
Manager, use of refrigerants and fixed fire-fighting
means with zero ozone depleting potential and low 6.9.3 Refrigerating installations for insulated
global warming potential, and use of procedures to containers (REF-CONT)
control leakage; The additional class notation REF-CONT is assigned to
ships fitted with refrigerating plants intended to supply
• prevention of transfer of harmful organisms and
refrigerated air to insulated containers carried in holds of
pathogens in the ballast water;
container ships.
• prevention of pollution by tributyltin by means of
TBT free antifouling paints; 6.9.4 Refrigerating installations for domestic
• prevention of pollution by solid garbage by means of supplies (REF-STORE)
proper storage of such waste, and for passenger The additional class notation REF-STORE is assigned to
ships other than ro-ro passenger, by means of a strat- ships fitted with refrigerating plants and spaces exclusively
egy of waste recycling; intended for the preservation of ship’s domestic supplies.
• ship recycling. 6.9.5 The above may also be completed by the following
Note 1: For ships with the service notation oil tanker, combination notations:
carrier/OBO, combination carrier/OOC, chemical tanker,
FLS tanker, excluding those intended for the carriage of prod-
a) -PRECOOLING when the refrigerating plants are
ucts having flashpoint > 60°C or liquefied gas carrier, the designed to cool down a complete cargo of fruit and/or
assignment of the notation VCS (Vapour Control System) is a vegetables to the required temperature of transportation
prerequisite for the assignment of the notation GREEN STAR 3. b) -QUICKFREEZE for the refrigerating plants of fishing
However, the notation VCS may also be assigned as a single vessels and fish factory ships where the design and
notation as described in [6.14.7].
equipment of such plants have been recognised suitable
to permit quick-freezing of fish in specified conditions
6.8.5 LowSOx(N) (1/7/2010)
The sulphur content of any fuel oil used on board ships is c) -AIRCONT when the refrigerating plants are equipped
not to exceed the percentage by mass as required by MAR- with controlled atmosphere installations or any other
POL 73/78 Annex VI. The class notation LOWSOx(N) is indication related to the specific features of the installa-
assigned to ships that use on board fuel oil having sulphur tion, when these features have been specially examined
content (average percentage calculated on a yearly basis) by the Society
less than 3%. The value N in brackets is the maximum per-
centage of sulphur content in fuel oils used on board 6.10 Navigation in ice (ICE CLASS)
according to ship's procedures.
6.10.1 The notations dealt with under [6.10.2] are relevant
6.8.6 Green and certified cargo handling systems to ships strengthened for navigation in ice in accordance
(GC CARGO HANDLING) (1/7/2013) with the “Finnish-Swedish Ice Class Rules 2010” as
The additional class notation GC CARGO HANDLING is adopted on 23 November 2010 by the Finnish Transport
assigned to ships provided with systems for handling solid Safety Agency (TRAFI).
bulk cargo which may be a source of sea or air pollution The requirements for the assignment of these notations are
(e.g. those handling coal, iron ore, sulphur, etc), designed to given in Part F, Chapter 9.
minimize their environmental impact. The requirements for These requirements reproduce the provisions of the Finnish-
the assignment of this notation are given in Pt F, Ch 7, Swedish Ice Class Rules cited above.
Sec 6.
6.10.2 The following additional class notations are
6.9 Refrigerating installations assigned:
a) ICE CLASS IA SUPER, for navigation in extreme ice con-
6.9.1 General ditions
The notations dealt with under this heading are relevant to
b) ICE CLASS IA, for navigation in severe ice conditions
refrigerating installations fitted on board ships, including
machinery and storing equipment or arrangements. c) ICE CLASS IB, for navigation in medium ice conditions
In compliance with [6.1.3], these notations are assigned a d) ICE CLASS IC, for navigation in light ice conditions.
construction mark, as defined in [3]. Note 1: Attention is drawn to paragraph 9 of the 1985 Finnish-
Swedish Ice Class Rules, where it is stated that these notations are
The requirements for the assignment of these notations are assigned to the maximum permissible draught according to the
given in Part F, Chapter 8. Tonnage and Loadline Certificates.
Note 2: Attention is drawn to paragraph 2 of the above Rules,
6.9.2 Refrigerating installations for cargo (REF-
where it is stated that the requirements of Finnish-Swedish Ice Class
CARGO)
Rules published on 6th April 1971 are still in force for ships whose
The additional class notation REF-CARGO is assigned to keel was laid, or at a similar stage of construction, before
ships fitted with refrigerating plants and holds intended to November 1st 1986.
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are In compliance with [6.1.3], this notation is assigned a con-
given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 2. struction mark, as defined in [3].
However, this does not preclude ships not assigned with The scope of the notation, including the additional keys for
this notation from being loaded/unloaded with grabs. the description of capability of the installation and the
requirements for assignment, are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 6.
b) The additional class notation GRAB [X] may be assigned
to ships with hold tank tops designed for load- 6.14.7 Vapour control system (1/10/2000)
ing/unloading cargoes by means of grabs having a maxi- The additional class notation VCS (Vapour Control System)
mum mass of [X] tonnes. may be assigned to ships equipped with cargo vapour con-
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are trol systems both in way of midship cargo crossovers and in
given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 2 (see also Note 2). way of stern cargo manifolds. The notation -MIDSHIP is
added to the notation where the ship is equipped with
Note 1: These additional class notations may only be assigned to
cargo vapour control systems only in way of cargo midship
ships with the service notation general cargo ship (intended to
carry dry bulk cargoes), bulk carrier, ore carrier, combination car- crossovers. The notation -TRANSFER is added to the nota-
rier/OBO or combination carrier/OOC. tion where, in addition, the ship is fitted with specific
arrangements for transferring cargo vapours to another ship.
Note 2: The specific requirements for the assignment of the nota-
tion GRAB [X] to bulk carriers with the service feature CSR are This notation is assigned only to ships having the service
given in the Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers notation oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combina-
tion carrier/OOC, liquefied gas carrier, chemical tanker or
6.14.3 In-water survey FLS tanker.
The additional class notation INWATERSURVEY may be The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
assigned to ships provided with suitable arrangements to given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 7.
facilitate the in-water surveys as provided in Ch 2, Sec 2,
[5.4.4]. 6.14.8 Cofferdam ventilation (1/7/2001)
The additional class notation COVENT (Cofferdam Ventila-
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are tion) may be assigned to ships having all cofferdams
given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 3. (including ballast tanks) in the cargo area provided with
fixed ventilation systems or having movable components
6.14.4 Single point mooring included in the ship equipment complying with the require-
The additional class notation SPM (Single Point Mooring) ments of Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 8.
may be assigned to ships fitted with a specific mooring This notation is assigned only to ships having the service
installation. notation bulk carrier, ore carrier, oil tanker, combination
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are carrier/OBO, combination carrier/OOC, liquefied gas car-
given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 4. rier, chemical tanker or FLS tanker.
These requirements reproduce the provisions of “Recom- The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
mendations for Equipment Employed in the Mooring of given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 8.
Ships at Single Point Mooring” (3rd edition 1993), issued by 6.14.9 Centralised cargo control
OCIMF (Oil Companies International Marine Forum).
The additional class notation CARGOCONTROL may be
assigned to ships (carrying liquid cargo in bulk) equipped
6.14.5 Container lashing equipment (1/11/2013)
with a centralised system for handling cargo and ballast liq-
The additional class notation LASHING is assigned to ships uids.
initially fitted with mobile container lashing equipment that
In principle, this notation is assigned only to ships having
is documented, tested and checked.
the service notation oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO,
The notation ROUTE DEPENDENT LASHING is assigned to combination carrier/OOC, chemical tanker or FLS tanker.
ships initially fitted with mobile container lashing equip- The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
ment that is documented, tested and checked for specific given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 9.
routes.
6.14.10 Ship manoeuvrability (1/7/2009)
These notation are assigned only to ships having the service
notation container ship or the additional service feature The additional class notation MANOVR may be assigned to
equipped for carriage of containers. ships complying with manoeuvring capability standards,
defined in IMO Resolution MSC.137(76) - “Standards for
The requirements for the assignment of the notations are Ship Manoeuvrability”.
given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 5.
The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
This equipment, however, will not be verified any longer at given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 10.
the periodical class surveys to which the ship is submitted. These requirements reproduce the provisions of IMO Reso-
lution MSC.137(76) and are applicable to ships of all rudder
6.14.6 Dynamic positioning and propulsion types, of 100 m in length and over, and to
The additional class notation DYNAPOS may be assigned to chemical tankers and gas carriers regardless of the length,
ships equipped with a dynamic positioning system. which were constructed on or after 1 July 1994.
6.14.11 Damage stability (1/10/2005) ments" as adopted by IMO on 13 February 2004, by means
The additional class notation DMS may be assigned to ships of a Ballast Water Treatment system.
complying with the damage stability requirements given in
Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 11. 6.14.16 Crew Accommodation and Recreational
Facilities according to the Marine Labour
6.14.12 Protective coatings in water ballast Convention, 2006 (MLCDESIGN) (1/7/2008)
tanks (1/7/2006) The additional class notation MLCDESIGN is assigned to
The additional class notation COAT-WBT may be assigned ships having crew accommodation and recreational facili-
to ships surveyed during construction by the Society, whose ties complying with the Marine Labour Convention, 2006 -
water ballast tanks have been provided with protective Title 3 and with the requirements of Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 13.
coatings complying with the requirements for the assign-
6.14.17 Ships equipped to support diving
ment of this notation given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 12.
operations (1/7/2009)
The notation may be assigned to ships having any service The additional class notation DIVINGSUPPORT is assigned
notation. to ships equipped to support diving operations, which are
provided with a diving system.
6.14.13 Fatigue Life (1/2/2008)
The additional class notation FATIGUELIFE (Y) is assigned Diving systems installed on ships classified by the Society
to ships designed for a fatigue life greater than Y years. In assigned the DIVINGSUPPORT notation are to be certified
general, Y is to be greater than 20 years; for ships with one by the Society according to the "Rules for the classification
of the service notations bulk carrier ESP CSR or oil tanker of underwater units". Certificates issued by another QSCS
ESP CSR, Y is to be greater than 25 years. Classification Society may be accepted.
The fatigue life is to be calculated in accordance with the The requirements for the assignment of this notation are
applicable criteria defined in the Rules. given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 14.
For Y greater than 30 years, the strength calculation and 6.14.18 High Voltage Shore Connection
construction criteria are to be defined by the Society on a (HVSC) (1/7/2009)
case-by-case basis. The additional class notation HVSC is assigned to ships fit-
ted with high voltage shore connection systems complying
6.14.14 Permanent means of access (1/2/2008) with the requirements given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 15.
The additional class notation PMA is assigned to cargo ships
that are provided with permanent means of access comply- 6.14.19 Low Sulphur Fuels (LSF) (15/1/2010)
ing with SOLAS Regulation II-1/3-6, as amended by Resolu- The additional class notation LSF is assigned to ships for
tion MSC 151(78), with the associated "Technical provisions which evidence has been provided to the Society, in
for means of access for inspections" in IMO Resolution MSC accordance with Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 5, that Low Sulphur Fuels
158(78) and the relevant interpretations in IACS UI SC191. (LSF) may be used by some or all on board fuel oil consum-
Note 1: For bulk carriers (as defined in SOLAS Regulation IX/1-6) of ers to be recorded in the ship's status, together with the rel-
20000 GT or more and oil tankers of 500 GT or more, compliance evant percentage, in weight, of the fuel sulphur content (e.g.
with the above is requested by SOLAS Regulation II-1/3-6. 1%, 0,5%, 0.1%).
6.14.15 Ballast water management (1/2/2008) Upon request, a statement may be issued to ships comply-
The additional class notation BWM-E is assigned to ships ing with the requirements of this Section.
complying with the "International Convention for the Con- It is to be noted that responsibility for ensuring that the ship
trol and Management of Ship's Ballast Water and Sedi- is suitable for safe operation using the fuels required by the
ments" as adopted by IMO on 13 February 2004, by means applicable national or international legislation remains with
of a Ballast Water Exchange system. the operator.
The notation is to be completed by one of the following fea- 6.14.20 Helicopter facilities (1/7/2010)
tures, as applicable:
The additional class notation HELIDECK may be assigned to
• sequential when the Ballast Water Exchange system is of ships fitted with helicopter facilities. In particular, the nota-
sequential type tion HELIDECK-H is assigned to ships fitted with helicopter
• flow-through when the Ballast Water Exchange system facilities including hangar and refuelling or maintenance
is of flow-through type facilities, while the notation HELIDECK is assigned when
• dilution when the Ballast Water Exchange system is of the helicopter facilities do not include hangar and refuelling
dilution type. or maintenance facilities.
Note 1: according to the above Convention, Ballast Water The requirements for the assignment of these notations are
Exchange will be phased out as an acceptable method, depending given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 16.
on the ballast water capacity and date of delivery of the vessel.
After phasing out, the only acceptable method will be Ballast 6.14.21 Inert gas systems (1/7/2010)
Water Treatment. Therefore the class notation BWM-E will be with- The additional class notation INERTGAS-A may be assigned
drawn when the Ballast Water Exchange is phased out. to ships having the service notation:
The additional class notation BWM-T is assigned to ships • oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combination car-
complying with the "International Convention for the Con- rier/OOC, FLS tanker, having deadweight equal to or
trol and Management of Ship's Ballast Water and Sedi- greater than 20,000 tonnes, or
• chemical tanker and liquefied gas carrier, having dead- 6.14.23 Fire Protection (FIRE) (1/7/2011)
weight equal to or greater than 20,000 tonnes but not The following additional class notations are assigned to
complying with Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [8.2.4] b) ships having enhanced features relevant to fire protection:
for which the installation of the inert gas system is compul- • FIRE
sory. • FIRE-AS
• FIRE-MS
The installed inert gas system is to comply with:
• FIRE-CS.
• the requirements in Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [9.2], [10.3.1]
and [10.3.2] in the case of oil tanker, combination car- The requirements for the assignment of these notations are
rier/OBO, combination carrier/OOC, FLS tanker given in Part F, Ch 13, Sec 17.
• the requirements in Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [10] in the case of 6.14.24 Gas Fuelled (1/7/2011)
chemical tanker
The additional class notation GAS FUELLED may be
• the requirements in Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [11] in the case of assigned to ships operating with liquefied or compressed
liquefied gas carrier. natural gas as fuel for their internal combustion engines or
boilers, complying with the requirements of:
The additional class notation INERTGAS-B may be assigned
• Pt E, Ch 9, Sec 16 liquefied gas carriers,
to ships having the service notation:
• Pt C, Ch 1, App 7 for other ship types.
• oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combination car-
rier/OOC, FLS tanker, whose deadweight is less than 6.14.25 Carriage of specific solid cargoes in
20,000 tonnes, or bulk (1/8/2011)
• chemical tanker or liquefied gas carrier having dead- The additional class notation IMSBC-A is assigned to ships
weight equal to or greater than 20,000 tonnes but com- specially constructed or fitted for the carriage of cargoes
plying with Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [8.2.4] b) or having belonging to Group A as defined in the IMSBC Code (see
deadweight less than 20,000 tonnes Note 1) at a moisture content in excess of their Transporta-
ble Moisture Limit (TML).
for which the installation of the inert gas system is not com- The additional class notation IMSBC-nitrate is assigned to
pulsory but fitted with an inert gas system complying with ships intended for the carriage of nitrate cargoes, belonging
the requirements in Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [9.3.3]. to Group B of the IMSBC Code, for which a fixed gas fire-
The additional class notation INERTGAS-C may be assigned extinguishing system is ineffective and for which a water
to ships having the service notation: fire-extinguishing system is provided (see Note 2).
• oil tanker, combination carrier/OBO, combination car- The additional class notation IMSBC-non cohesive is
rier/OOC, FLS tanker, whose deadweight is less than assigned to ships intended for the carriage of non-cohesive
20,000 tonnes, or cargoes with an angle of repose less than or equal to 30°.
• chemical tanker or liquefied gas carrier having dead- The cargoes for which each of the above notations is
weight equal to or greater than 20,000 tonnes but com- granted are to be listed in the Certificate of Classification.
plying with Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [8.2.4] b) or having The requirements for the assignment of these additional
deadweight less than 20,000 tonnes class notations are given in Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 18.
Note 1: International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes Code, IMO Res-
for which the installation of the inert gas system is not com- olution MSC.286(85).
pulsory but fitted with an inert gas system complying with:
Note 2: Reference is made to IMO MSC/Circ. 1146 as it may be
• the requirements in Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [9.2], [10.3.1] amended.
and [10.3.2] in the case of oil tanker, combination car-
rier/OBO, combination carrier/OOC, FLS tanker 6.14.26 Compliance with the Code of Safety for
Special Purpose Ships, 2008 (1/7/2012)
• the requirements in Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [10] in the case of The additional class notation SPS is assigned to ships con-
chemical tanker structed in compliance with the requirements of the Code
• the requirements in Pt C, Ch 4, Sec 1, [11] in the case of of Safety for Special Purpose Ships, 2008, adopted by IMO
liquefied gas carrier. through Resolution MSC.266(84), as amended.
6.14.22 Safe return to port, orderly evacuation and 6.14.27 Self-unloading (1/1/2013)
abandonment (SRTP) (1/7/2010) The additional class notation SELF-UNLOADING is
The additional class notation SRTP is assigned to passenger assigned to ships having one of the following service nota-
ships complying with SOLAS Regulations II-1/8-1, II-2/21 tions:
and 22 and with the "Interim Explanatory Notes for the • bulk carrier ESP
assessment of passenger ship systems' capabilities after a • bulk carrier ESP CSR
fire or a flooding casualty" as per IMO MSC.1/Circ. 1369. • general cargo ship
Solutions providing an equivalent level of safety as those
contained in the above-mentioned IMO MSC.1/Circ. 1369 provided with permanent on-board loading and unloading
may be accepted by the Society, on a case-by-case basis. equipment which complies with the following conditions:
a) the equipment that is fitted above the deck is certified in 6.14.32 Navigation surrounding the arabian peninsula
accordance with the "Rules for loading and unloading (SAHARA) (1/7/2014)
arrangements and for other lifting appliances on board The additional class notations ( SAHARA and SAHARA are
ships", assigned to ships complying with the requirements of Pt F,
b) the equipment that is fitted inside the holds (horizontal Ch 13, Sec 20, intended to operate in the areas surrounding
and vertical conveyors) is certified and tested in compli- the Arabian Peninsula:
ance with a recognised standard. • Arabian Gulf
• Oman Gulf
6.14.28 Technical Advisor Service (TAS) (1/7/2013)
• Red Sea
The additional class notation TAS is assigned to ships whose
approved geometry and structural data are stored in a data- • Arabian Sea along the South-East Coast of the Arabian
base in order to allow the Society to provide, through dedi- Peninsula.
cated computer programs, the necessary assistance in the The additional class notation ( SAHARA is assigned to
event of damage. ships with unrestricted navigation notation.
6.14.29 Efficient ship (S, DWT) (1/2/2014) The additional class notation SAHARA is assigned to ships
The additional class notation EFFICIENT SHIP (S, DWT) is for which navigation in the Arabian Sea along the South-
assigned to ships achieving a level of efficiency as required East Coast of the Arabian Peninsula is limited to sea states
by Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 19. with significant wave height not greater than 2 meters and
intended to operate only within 50 nautical miles from the
The notation is completed by two numbers, between brack-
shore. For these ships, according to [5.2.6], the navigation
ets, which represent the reference speed S and deadweight
notation special (Arabian Peninsula) is assigned and the
DWT at which the ship has been evaluated.
specific restrictions (wave height, operating distance from
6.14.30 Mooring (1/7/2014) the shore or any specific operating area) are to be indicated.
The additional class notation MOORING is assigned to
units provided with arrangements for permanent mooring 7 Other notations
(anchoring) at a certain location. The mooring arrangement
is to comply with Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 21. 7.1
6.14.31 Cargo Handling (1/7/2014) 7.1.1 The Society may also define other notations by
The additional class notation CARGO HANDLING is means of provisional requirements and guidelines, which
assigned to a unit that is provided with lifting arrangements may then be published in the form of tentative rules.
to load and unload cargoes:
• from the unit itself to shore facilities and vice versa
• from the unit itself to another unit and vice versa (tran-
shipment)
• from a delivery unit to a receiving unit.
The lifting arrangements are to comply with the "Rules for
loading and unloading arrangements and for other lifting
appliances on board ships or other similar units".
Reference for
Additional class notation Reference in Part F Remarks
definition
AUT-CCS [6.4.3] Pt F, Ch 3, Sec 2 (1)
AUT-PORT [6.4.4] Pt F, Ch 3, Sec 3 (1)
AUT-UMS [6.4.2] Pt F, Ch 3, Sec 1 (1)
AVM-APS or AVM-APS-NS [6.3.2] Pt F, Ch 2, Sec 1 (1)
AVM-IAPS [6.3.3] Pt F, Ch 2, Sec 2 (1)
AVM-DPS or AVM-DPS-NS [6.3.4] Pt F, Ch 2, Sec 3 (1)
AVM-IPS [6.3.5] Pt F, Ch 2, Sec 4 (1)
BWM-E [6.14.15] NA (5)
BWM-T [6.14.15] NA
(1) A construction mark is added to this notation.
(2) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -PRECOOLING, -QUICKFREEZE and/or -AIRCONT (see [6.9.5]).
(3) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -MIDSHIP and -TRANSFER (see [6.14.7]).
(4) When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded by the cumula-
tive additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN (see [6.8.4]).
(5) This notation may be completed by the specific features: sequential, flow-through, dilution.
Reference for
Additional class notation Reference in Part F Remarks
definition
CARGOCONTROL [6.14.9] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 9
CARGO HANDLING [6.14.31] NA
CLEAN-AIR [6.8.3] Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 3 (4)
CLEAN-SEA [6.8.2] Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 4 (4)
COAT-WBT [6.14.12] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 12
COMF-AIR [6.7.4] Pt F, Ch 6, Sec 3
COMF-NOISE [6.7.2] Pt F, Ch 6, Sec 1
COMF-VIB [6.7.3] Pt F, Ch 6, Sec 2
COVENT [6.14.8] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 8
DIVINGSUPPORT [6.14.17] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 14
DMS [6.14.11] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 11
DYNAPOS [6.14.6] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 6 (1)
EFFICIENT SHIP (S, DWT) [6.14.29] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 19
FATIGUELIFE (Y) [6.14.13] NA
FIRE [6.14.23] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 17
FIRE-AS [6.14.23] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 17
FIRE-MS [6.14.23] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 17
FIRE-CS [6.14.23] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 17
GAS FUELLED [6.14.24] Pt C, Ch 1, App 7
GRABLOADING and GRAB [6.14.2] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 2
(X)
GREEN PLUS [6.8.4] a) Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1
GREEN PLUS T [6.8.4] b) Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1
and Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 6
GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN [6.8.4] c) Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 2 This cumulative notation supersedes the notations CLEAN-
SEA and CLEAN-AIR, when both are assigned
GREEN STAR 3 [6.8.4] d) Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 2
GC CARGO HANDLING [6.8.6] Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 6
HELIDECK [6.14.20] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 16
HELIDECK-H [6.14.20] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 16
HVSC [6.14.18] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 15 (1)
ICE [6.10.4] -
ICE CLASS IA [6.10.2] Part F, Chapter 9
ICE CLASS IA SUPER [6.10.2] Part F, Chapter 9
ICE CLASS IB [6.10.2] Part F, Chapter 9
ICE CLASS IC [6.10.2] Part F, Chapter 9
ICE CLASS ID [6.10.3] Part F, Chapter 9
IMSBC-A [6.14.25] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 18
IMSBC-nitrate [6.14.25] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 18
IMSBC-non cohesive [6.14.25] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 18
INERTGAS-A [6.14.21] NA
INERTGAS-B NA
INERTGAS-C NA
INWATERSURVEY [6.14.3] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 3
LASHING [6.14.5] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 5
LOWSOx(N) [6.8.5] Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 3
LSF [6.14.19] Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 5
MANOVR [6.14.10] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 10
(1) A construction mark is added to this notation.
(2) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -PRECOOLING, -QUICKFREEZE and/or -AIRCONT (see [6.9.5]).
(3) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -MIDSHIP and -TRANSFER (see [6.14.7]).
(4) When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded by the cumula-
tive additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN (see [6.8.4]).
(5) This notation may be completed by the specific features: sequential, flow-through, dilution.
Reference for
Additional class notation Reference in Part F Remarks
definition
MLCDESIGN [6.14.16] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 13
MON-HULL [6.6.2] Pt F, Ch 5, Sec 1
MON-SHAFT [6.6.3] Pt F, Ch 5, Sec 2
MOORING [6.14.30] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 21
PMA [6.14.14] NA
PMS [6.13.2] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 1
PMS-CM(PROP) [6.13.3] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 2
PMS-CM(HVAC) [6.13.4] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 3
PMS-CM(CARGO) [6.13.5] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 4
PMS-CM(ELE) [6.13.6] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 5
PMS-CM(FDS) [6.13.7] Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 6
POLAR CLASS [6.11.1] Part F, Chapter 10
REF-CARGO [6.9.2] Pt F, Ch 8, Sec 2 (1) (2)
REF-CONT [6.9.3] Pt F, Ch 8, Sec 3 (1) (2)
REF-STORE [6.9.4] Pt F, Ch 8, Sec 4 (1) (2)
ROUTE DEPENDENT LASH- [6.14.5] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 5
ING
( SAHARA [6.14.32] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 20
SAHARA
SELF-UNLOADING [6.14.27] NA
SPM [6.14.4] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 4
SPS [6.14.26] NA
SRTP [6.14.22] NA
STAR [6.2.4] Part F, Chapter 1 This cumulative notation supersedes the notations STAR-
HULL and STAR-MACH, when both are assigned
STAR-HULL [6.2.2] Pt F, Ch 1, Sec 1
STAR-MACH [6.2.3] Pt F, Ch 1, Sec 2
STRENGTHBOTTOM [6.14.1] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 1
SYS-COM [6.5.4] Pt F, Ch 4, Sec 3
SYS-IBS [6.5.3] Pt F, Ch 4, Sec 2 (1)
SYS-NEQ [6.5.2] Pt F, Ch 4, Sec 1 (1)
SYS-NEQ-1
TAS [6.14.28] NA
VCS [6.14.7] Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 7 (3)
WINTERIZATION (temp) [6.12.1] Part F, Chapter 11
(1) A construction mark is added to this notation.
(2) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -PRECOOLING, -QUICKFREEZE and/or -AIRCONT (see [6.9.5]).
(3) This notation may be completed by the specific notations -MIDSHIP and -TRANSFER (see [6.14.7]).
(4) When ships are assigned the notations CLEAN-SEA and CLEAN-AIR, the two separate notations are superseded by the cumula-
tive additional class notation GREEN STAR 3 DESIGN (see [6.8.4]).
(5) This notation may be completed by the specific features: sequential, flow-through, dilution.
Chapter 2
3 Ships classed after construction 10) plans for flexible couplings and/or torque limiting
shafting devices in the propulsion line shafting (or
Manufacturer's make, model and rating informa-
3.1 General
tion), for ships assigned with one of the ice addi-
3.1.1 (1/7/2009) tional class notations described in Ch 1, Sec 2,
When an Owner applies to the Society for a ship already in [6.10.2],
service to be admitted to class, the application will be proc-
11) pumping arrangements at the forward and after
essed differently depending on whether the ship is:
ends, drainage of cofferdams and pump rooms for
• classed with a QSCS Classification Society, or oil tankers.
• not classed with a QSCS Classification Society. d) Plans required for ships assigned one of the additional
class notations for Automated Machinery Systems:
3.2 Transfer to the Society's class of a ship 1) instrument and alarm list,
in service classed by another QSCS
2) fire alarm system,
Classification Society (IACS PR 1A)
3) list of automatic safety functions (e.g. slowdowns,
3.2.1 Documentation to be submitted and design shutdowns, etc),
assessment (1/1/2014) 4) function testing plan.
As a rule, the minimum documentation to be supplied for
Alternative technical data may be accepted by the Society
filing purposes is listed hereinafter. The Society may carry
in lieu of specific items of the listed documentation not
out a design assessment on a case-by-case basis (additional
available at the time of the transfer of class.
documentation may be requested).
a) Main plans: 3.2.2 Basic conditions of IACS Procedural
1) general arrangement, Requirement No. 1A (1/7/2007)
This Procedural Requirement is applicable, unless stated
2) capacity plan,
otherwise, to ships of over 100 GT of whatever type, self-
3) hydrostatic curves, propelled or not, restricted or unrestricted navigation,
4) loading manual where required, except for "inland waterway" ships.
5) damage stability calculation, where required. The age of the ship considered in the procedure for transfer
b) Hull structure plans: of class is the age calculated from the date of delivery to the
"Date Request for class was received" in IACS Form G Part A
1) midship section, - Survey Status Request.
2) scantling plan, The obligations of the Procedural Requirement continue to
3) decks, apply when a ship's class is suspended by the losing Society
4) shell expansion, and for 6 months following withdrawal of a ship's class by
the losing Society.
5) transverse bulkheads,
Cases concerning ships of 100 GT or less are dealt with by
6) rudder and rudder stock,
the Society on a case-by-case basis.
7) hatch covers,
Whenever the Society is requested by an Owner to accept a
8) for CSR ships, plans showing, for each structural ele- ship in service into class:
ment, both as-built and renewal thicknesses and any
thickness for "voluntary addition". a) the relevant surveys specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.1.2] are
to be satisfactorily completed for entry into class;
c) Machinery plans:
b) for ships less than 15 years of age, an Interim Certificate
1) machinery arrangement, of Classification can be issued only after the Society has
2) intermediate, thrust and screw shafts, completed all overdue surveys and all overdue recom-
3) propeller, mendations previously issued against the ship as speci-
fied to the Owner by the losing Society;
4) main engines, propulsion gears and clutch systems
(or Manufacturer's make, model and rating informa- c) for ships 15 years of age and over, an Interim Certificate
tion), of Classification can be issued only after the losing Soci-
ety has completed all overdue surveys and all overdue
5) for steam turbine ships: main boilers, superheaters
recommendations previously issued against the ship;
and economisers (or Manufacturer's make, model
and rating information) and steam piping, d) any outstanding recommendations are to be dealt with
by their due dates;
6) bilge and ballast piping diagram,
e) the principles given in a), b) and c) above apply to any
7) wiring diagram,
additional recommendations issued against the ship
8) steering gear system piping and arrangements and arising from surveys which were not included in the ini-
steering gear (or Manufacturer's make and model tial survey status provided to the Society by the losing
information), Society because the surveys were carried out in close
9) torsion vibration calculations for ships less than two proximity to the request for transfer of class. If received
years old, after the issuance of the Interim Certificate of Classifica-
tion by the Society and overdue, such additional recom- outstanding recommendations previously issued against the
mendations are to be dealt with at the first port of call by ship being completed by the due date and as specified by
the relevant Society depending on the age of the ship; the losing Society. Any outstanding recommendations with
f) copies of the plans listed in [3.2.1] are to be provided to their due dates are stated on the Survey Endorsement Sheets
the Society as a prerequisite to obtaining a full term Cer- and ship status when the full term Certificate of Classifica-
tificate of Classification. If the Owner is unable to pro- tion is issued.
vide all of the required plans, the losing Society is to be If additional information regarding overdue surveys or rec-
authorised by the Owner to transfer copies of such of ommendations is received from the losing Society after the
these plans as it may possess directly to and upon Interim Certificate of Classification has been issued, these
request from the Society. are to be dealt with at the first port of call by the Society for
ships less than 15 years of age or by the losing Society for
3.2.3 Conditions of IACS Procedural Requirement
No. 1A, preventing issue of the Interim ships 15 years of age or over. If this is not accomplished, the
Certificate of Classification (1/1/2014) Interim Certificate of Classification is withdrawn immedi-
Prior to issuing an Interim Certificate of Classification, the ately unless the Owner agrees to proceed directly, without
Society is to obtain: further trading, to a suitable port where any overdue surveys
or overdue recommendations are to be carried out by the
a) from the Owner, a written request for transfer of class, relevant Society based on the age of the ship.
containing an authorisation for the Society to obtain the
current classification status from the losing Society; and 3.2.5 Surveys (1/7/2007)
b) the current classification survey status from the Head-
The Surveyor:
quarters of the losing Society or one of its designated
control or management centres. a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment (if
If the Society does not receive the classification survey sta- any), survey instructions and losing Society's ship status
tus from the losing Society within 3 working days from the are available,
request, the Society may utilise the losing Society's survey
b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
status information provided by the Owner and, after com-
come of the design assessment (if any) and with the
plying with the other relevant provisions of the Procedural
requirements of Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.1.2].
Requirement, issue an Interim Certificate of Classification.
In such cases the conditions in [3.2.2] are still applicable (a
3.2.6 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/7/2007)
statement is normally included in the Interim Certificate of
Classification for this purpose). Upon satisfactory completion of the survey for assignment
The Society cannot issue an Interim Certificate of Classifica- of class, the Surveyor issues to the Owner an interim Certifi-
tion, or other documents enabling the ship to trade: cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months, pro-
vided that the conditions in [3.2.2] to [3.2.5] are met. This
1) until all overdue surveys and all overdue recommenda- certificate indicates the class notations.
tions previously issued against the subject ship, as spec-
ified to the Owner by the losing Society, have been The certificate is issued with a Survey Endorsement Sheet
completed and rectified either by the Society for ships where all outstanding recommendations and significant
less than 15 years of age or by the losing Society for memoranda are recorded; class notations requested by the
ships 15 years of age and above; Owner and not assigned due to pending items are clearly
2) until all relevant surveys specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, indicated together with the relevant pending items.
[1.1.2] have been satisfactorily completed; when facili-
ties are not available in the first port of survey, an 3.2.7 Certificate of Classification (1/7/2007)
Interim Certificate of Classification may be issued to Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
allow the ship to undertake a direct voyage to a port issues to the Owner the Certificate of Classification valid for
where facilities are available to complete surveys the whole period of class, provided that the conditions in
required in Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.1.2]. In such cases the sur- [3.2.2] to [3.2.5] are met. The certificate indicates the class
veys specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.1.2] are to be carried notations.
out to the maximum extent practicable at the first port of
survey, but in no case less than the scope of annual hull All outstanding recommendations, significant memoranda
surveys and machinery surveys as required in Ch 3, and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
Sec 2, [1.1.2] b); available in the ship status.
3.3.2 Basic conditions of IACS Procedural The Society cannot issue an Interim Certificate of Classifica-
Requirement No. 1A (1/1/2008) tion, or other documents enabling the ship to trade:
The Procedural Requirements for transfer of class at ship's 1) until all relevant surveys specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.3.1]
delivery (see Note 1) are applicable when the Society which have been satisfactorily completed; and
carried out the new construction technical review and sur-
veys (i.e. the losing Society) has issued its first Certificate of 2) before giving the opportunity to the flag Administration
Classification (see Note 2). Unless stated otherwise, the pro- to provide any further instructions within 3 working
visions apply to ships of over 100 GT of whatever type, self- days, in compliance with the requirements of Art. 10.5
propelled or not, restricted or unrestricted service, except of the Regulation (EC) No 391/2009.
for "inland waterway" ships. Cases concerning ships of 100
3.3.4 Limitations of IACS Procedural Requirement
GT or less are dealt with by the Society on a case-by-case
No. 1A for the Certificate of
basis. Classification (1/1/2008)
Whenever the Society is requested by an Owner to accept a The validity of the Interim Certificate of Classification and
ship into class at its delivery, the Society immediately noti- the subsequent full term Certificate of Classification issued
fies the Owner in writing that: by the Society is subject to any outstanding recommenda-
tions previously issued against the ship being completed by
a) any outstanding recommendations are to be dealt with the due dates and as specified by the losing Society. Any
by their due dates; outstanding recommendations with their due dates and
b) copies of the plans listed in [3.2.1] are to be provided to information normally contained in the classification status
the Society as a prerequisite to obtaining a full term Cer- are to be clearly stated on the:
tificate of Classification. a) first Certificate of Classification or an attachment to the
If the Owner is unable to provide all of the required plans, first Certificate of Classification and/or the Survey
the Society requests that the Owner authorises the losing Endorsement Sheet available on board
Society to transfer copies of such of these plans as it may b) survey status when the full term Certificate of Classifica-
possess directly to and upon request from the Society, with tion is issued.
the advice that the losing Society will invoice the Society
and the Society may, in turn, charge the associated costs to 3.3.5 Surveys (1/1/2008)
the Owner. The Surveyor:
Note 1: “At ship's delivery” means that the new construction survey
a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment (if
process is completed and the ship has not departed from the yard.
any), survey instructions and the first Certificate of Clas-
Note 2: “First Certificate of Classification” means either the Interim sification or an attachment to the first Certificate of Clas-
Certificate of Classification or full term Certificate of Classification sification and/or a class survey record from the losing
or another document serving the same purpose. Society are available,
3.3.3 Conditions of IACS Procedural Requirement b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
No. 1A, preventing issue of the Interim come of the design assessment (if any) and with the
Certificate of Classification (1/1/2014) requirements of Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.3.1].
Prior to issuing an Interim Certificate of Classification on the 3.3.6 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/1/2008)
date of the ship's delivery, the Society is to obtain:
Upon satisfactory completion of the survey for assignment
a) from the Owner, a written request for transfer of class at of class, the Surveyor issues to the Owner an Interim Certifi-
ship's delivery, containing an authorisation for the Soci- cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months, pro-
ety to obtain a copy of the first Certificate of Classifica- vided that the conditions in [3.3.2] to [3.3.5] are met. This
tion from the losing Society; and certificate indicates the class notations.
b) the first Certificate of Classification from the Headquar- The certificate is issued with a Survey Endorsement Sheet
ters of the losing Society or one of its designated control where all outstanding recommendations and significant
or management centres or from the attending Surveyor memoranda are recorded; class notations requested by the
at the builder's yard, including any outstanding recom- Owner and not assigned due to pending items are clearly
mendations and information normally contained in the indicated together with the relevant pending items.
classification status.
3.3.7 Certificate of Classification (1/1/2008)
If the Society does not receive the above documents from
Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
the losing Society on the date of the ship's delivery, the
issues to the Owner the Certificate of Classification valid for
Society may utilise the losing Society's said documents pro-
the whole period of class, provided that the conditions in
vided by the Owner and, after complying with the other rel-
[3.3.2] to [3.3.5] are met. The certificate indicates the class
evant provisions of this Procedural Requirement, issue an
notations.
Interim Certificate of Classification on the date of the ship's
delivery. In such cases, the conditions in [3.3.2] are still All outstanding recommendations, significant memoranda
applicable (a statement is normally included in the Interim and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
Certificate of Classification for this purpose). available in the ship status.
3.4 Addition of the Society's class to a ship the Society to obtain the current classification status
in service classed by another QSCS from the first Society;
Classification Society (IACS PR 1B) b) obtain the first Certificate of Classification from the
Headquarters of the first Society or from one of its desig-
3.4.1 Documentation to be submitted and design
assessment (1/7/2007) nated control or management centres or from the
attending Surveyor at the yard of the builders, including
The requirements of [3.2.1] apply.
any outstanding recommendations/conditions of class
and information normally contained in the classification
3.4.2 Basic conditions of IACS Procedural
Requirement No. 1B (1/7/2009) status; and
This Procedural Requirement is applicable, unless stated c) carry out and satisfactorily complete all relevant surveys
otherwise, to ships of over 100 GT of whatever type, self- specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.2].
propelled or not, restricted or unrestricted service, except
for "inland waterway" ships.
3.4.4 Limitations of IACS Procedural Requirement
The obligations of the Procedural Requirement continue to No. 1B for the Certificate of Classification
apply when a ship's class is suspended by the losing Society (1/7/2007)
and for 6 months following withdrawal of a ship's class by
The validity of the Interim Certificate of Classification and
the losing Society.
the subsequent Certificate of Classification is subject to any
Cases concerning ships of 100 GT or less are dealt with by outstanding recommendations previously issued against the
the Society on a case-by-case basis. ship being completed by the due dates and as specified by
Whenever the Society is requested by an Owner to accept a the first Society. Any outstanding recommendations with
ship in service already classed by another QSCS Classifica- their due dates are stated on the Survey Endorsement Sheets
tion Society into its class under double or dual class and ship status when the full term Certificate of Classifica-
arrangement, the following applies: tion is issued.
b) the Owner is to inform the first Society of his request to The Surveyor:
the Society;
a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment (if
c) the Owner is to authorise the first Society to submit to any), survey instructions and first Society's ship status
the Society its current classification status and docu- are available,
ments as listed in Annex 3 of IACS PR1 Annex - "Con-
tent of Vessel's History Report Regarding Class Items" b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
for information and use by the Society in conducting its come of the design assessment (if any) and with the
assignment of class surveys; requirements of Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.1.2].
d) when the Owner decides to leave the double or dual
class arrangement and prior to withdrawing from the 3.4.6 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/7/2007)
class of either of the Societies, he is to inform the Socie-
Upon satisfactory completion of the survey for assignment
ties of his intended actions;
of class, the Surveyor issues to the Owner an Interim Certifi-
e) when the Owner is advised that one of the Societies cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months, pro-
involved in double or dual class arrangement is sus- vided that the conditions in [3.4.2] to [3.4.5] are met. This
pending or withdrawing class, he is to inform the certificate indicates the class notations.
remaining Society of the action taken by the other Soci-
ety without delay; The certificate is issued with a Survey Endorsement Sheet
where all outstanding recommendations and significant
f) copies of the plans listed in [3.2.1] are to be provided to
memoranda are recorded; class notations requested by the
the Society as a prerequisite to obtaining a full term Cer-
Owner and not assigned due to pending items are clearly
tificate of Classification. If the Owner is unable to pro-
indicated together with the relevant pending items.
vide all of the required plans, the first Society is to be
authorised by the Owner to transfer copies of such of
these plans as it may possess directly to and upon 3.4.7 Certificate of Classification (1/7/2007)
request from the Society.
Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
3.4.3 Conditions of IACS Procedural Requirement issues to the Owner the Certificate of Classification valid for
No. 1B, preventing issue of the Interim the whole period of class, provided that the conditions in
Certificate of Classification (1/7/2009) [3.4.2] to [3.4.5] are met. The Certificate indicates the class
Prior to issuing an Interim Certificate of Classification the notations.
Society is to: All outstanding recommendations, significant memoranda
a) obtain from the Owner, a written application for entry and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
into the Society's class, containing an authorisation for available in the ship status.
3.5 Addition of the Society's class to a ship control or management centres or from the attending
surveyed during construction by Surveyor at the builder's yard, including any outstand-
another QSCS Classification Society at ing recommendations and information normally con-
tained in the classification status;
the ship's delivery (IACS PR 1B)
c) carry out and satisfactorily complete all relevant surveys
3.5.1 Documentation to be submitted and design specified in Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.4.1].
assessment (1/1/2008)
The requirements of [3.2.1] apply. 3.5.4 Limitations of IACS Procedural Requirement
No. 1B for the Certificate of Classification
3.5.2 Basic conditions of IACS Procedural (1/1/2008)
Requirement No. 1B (1/7/2009) Prior to final entry into its class, the Society is obligated to
The Procedural Requirements for adding class at ship's obtain plans and information in accordance with the
delivery are applicable when the Society which carried out requirements of [3.2.1].
the new construction technical review and surveys (i.e. the
first Society) has issued its first Certificate of Classification 3.5.5 Surveys (1/1/2008)
(see Note 2 to item [3.3.2]). Unless stated otherwise, the The Surveyor:
provisions apply to ships of over 100 GT of whatever type, a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment (if
self-propelled or not, restricted or unrestricted service, any), survey instructions and the first Certificate of Clas-
except for "inland waterway" ships. Cases concerning ships sification or an attachment to the first Certificate of Clas-
of 100 GT or less are dealt with by the Society on a case-by- sification and/or a class survey record from the first
case basis. Society are available,
Whenever the Society is requested by an Owner to accept a b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
ship already classed by another QSCS Classification Society come of the design assessment (if any) and with the
(the first Society) into its class under double or dual class requirements of Ch 3, Sec 2, [1.4.1].
arrangement at ship's delivery, the following applies:
a) the Owner is to inform the first Society of his request to 3.5.6 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/1/2008)
the Society; Upon satisfactory completion of the survey for assignment
of class, the Surveyor issues to the Owner an interim Certifi-
b) the Owner is to authorise the first Society to submit to
cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months, pro-
the Society its Certificate of Classification;
vided that the conditions in [3.5.2] to [3.5.5] are met. This
c) when the Owner decides to leave the double or dual certificate indicates the class notations.
class arrangement and prior to withdrawing from the
The certificate is issued with a Survey Endorsement Sheet
class of either of the Societies, he is to inform the Socie-
where all outstanding recommendations and significant
ties of his intended actions;
memoranda are recorded; class notations requested by the
d) when the Owner is advised that one of the Societies Owner and not assigned due to pending items are clearly
involved in double or dual class arrangement is sus- indicated together with the relevant pending items.
pending or withdrawing class. he is to inform the
remaining Society of the action taken by the other Soci- 3.5.7 Certificate of Classification (1/1/2008)
ety without delay; Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
e) copies of the plans listed in [3.2.1] are to be provided to issues to the Owner the Certificate of Classification valid for
the Society as a prerequisite to obtaining a full term Cer- the whole period of class, provided that the conditions in
tificate of Classification. If the Owner is unable to pro- [3.5.2] to [3.5.5] are met. The certificate indicates the class
vide all of the required plans, the Society requests that notations.
the Owner authorise the first Society to transfer copies All outstanding recommendations, significant memoranda
of such of these plans as it may possess directly to and and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
upon request from the Society, with the advice that the available in the ship status.
first Society will invoice the Society and the Society
may, in turn, charge the associated costs to the Owner. 3.6 Ships in service not classed by a QSCS
3.5.3 Conditions of IACS Procedural Requirement Classification Society
No. 1B, preventing issue of the Interim
Certificate of Classification (1/7/2009) 3.6.1 Documentation to be submitted and design
assessment (1/7/2007)
Prior to issuing an Interim Certificate of Classification on the
date of the ship's delivery, the Society is: As a rule, the minimum documentation to be supplied is
listed hereinafter. The Society will carry out a design assess-
a) obtain from the Owner, a written request for entry into ment before the Interim Certificate of Classification is issued
the Society's class at ship's delivery, containing an (additional documentation may be requested).
authorisation for the Society to obtain a copy of the first
Certificate of Classification from the first Society; and a) Main plans:
3) loading cases, calculations of still water bending 3.6.4 Certificate of Classification (1/7/2007)
moments, and relevant documents, particulars of Upon satisfactory review of the survey reports, the Society
loading calculator and instruction booklet as per the issues to the Owner the Certificate of Classification valid for
Society's requirements, according to the case, the whole period of class. The certificate indicates the class
4) stability documentation, as applicable (refer to notations.
Part B, Chapter 3). All outstanding recommendations, significant memoranda
b) Hull structure plans: and pending items for class notations not assigned are made
1) midship section, available in the ship status.
2) profile and deck plan, 3.6.5 Where appropriate within reasonable limits, a
3) shell expansion, proven service record of satisfactory performance during a
4) watertight bulkheads, period of adequate length may be used as a criterion of
equivalence. Special consideration will be given to ships of
5) rudder and rudder stock, recent construction.
6) hatch covers.
c) Machinery plans: 3.6.6 For installations or equipment covered by additional
service and/or class notations, the Society will determine
1) engine room general arrangement, the documentation to be submitted.
2) diagram of fuel- (transfer, service), bilge-, ballast-,
lubricating oil-, cooling-, steam- and feed-, general 3.6.7 In addition, the Society may base its judgement
service and starting compressed air piping, upon documentation such as certificates issued or accepted
3) drawings of shaft line, reduction gear and propeller, by the former Classification Society, if any, and statutory
certificates issued by the flag Administration or by a recog-
4) drawings of boilers and air receivers, nised organisation on its behalf; moreover, other documents
5) drawings of steering gear, and/or plans may be specifically required to be supplied to
6) torsional vibration calculations as per conditions the Society in individual cases.
laid down in Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 9; such documents are
required only for ships less than 2 years old or for 4 Date of initial classification
older ships the propelling system of which has been
modified during the two years preceding the classifi-
4.1 Definitions
cation.
d) Electrical installation plans: 4.1.1 Date of build (1/1/2012)
1) master plan of power distribution, lighting and a) For new construction:
emergency power circuits, For a new building the date of build is the year, month
2) single line diagram of networks and switchboards, and day at which the new construction survey process is
3) location and arrangement of electrical equipment in completed.
hazardous areas. Where there is a substantial delay between the comple-
Alternative technical data may be accepted by the Society tion of the construction survey process and the ship
in lieu of specific items of the listed documentation not commencing active service, the date of commissioning
available at the time of the transfer of class. may also be specified.
b) After modifications:
3.6.2 Surveys (1/7/2007)
The Surveyor: After modifications are completed, the "date of build"
remains assigned to the ship.
a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment and
survey instructions are available, Where a complete replacement or addition of a major
portion of the ship (see Note 1) is involved, the follow-
b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
ing applies:
come of the design assessment and with the applicable
Rules, 1) the "date of build" associated with each major por-
tion of the ship is indicated on the Certificate of
c) attends tests and trials provided for in the Rules.
Classification where it has been agreed that the
3.6.3 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/7/2007) newer structure is on a different survey cycle;
Upon satisfactory completion of the survey for assignment 2) survey requirements are based on the "date of build"
of class, the Surveyor issues to the Owner an Interim Certifi- associated with each major portion of the ship;
cate of Classification valid not more than 5 months. This
3) survey due dates may be aligned, where appropri-
certificate indicates the class notations.
ate.
The certificate is issued with a Survey Endorsement Sheet Note 1: For example, a major portion of the ship may include a
where all outstanding recommendations and significant complete forward or after section, a complete main cargo section
memoranda are recorded; class notations requested by the (which may comprise a complete hold / tank of a cargo ship), a
Owner and not assigned due to pending items are clearly complete block of deck structure of a passenger ship or a structural
indicated together with the relevant pending items. modification of a single hull to a double hull ship.
4.1.2 Date of initial classification for new buildings 5.2.2 Surveys (1/7/2007)
As a general rule, for new buildings the date of initial classi- The Surveyor:
fication coincides with the date of build.
a) checks that the outcome of the design assessment (if
4.1.3 Date of initial classification for existing ships any) and survey instructions are available,
In principle, for existing ships the date of initial classifica- b) surveys the ship to check that it complies with the out-
tion is the date of completion of the admission to class sur- come of the design assessment (if any) and with the
vey. applicable Rules,
4.1.4 Period of class (1/7/2009) c) attends tests and trials provided for in the Rules.
The assigned period of class is never to exceed five (5)
5.2.3 Interim Certificate of Classification (1/7/2007)
years. The 5-year period is granted only upon completion of
the new building procedure and, for ships classed after con- The requirements of [3.6.3] apply.
struction, upon satisfactory outcome of a survey with the
scope of a renewal survey. 5.2.4 Certificate of Classification (1/7/2007)
The requirements of [3.6.4] apply.
If a ship classed after construction was previously classed
with a QSCS Classification Society [3.2], the assigned
period of class is never to go beyond the due date of the 6 Double or dual class procedures
renewal survey assigned by the previous Society.
6.1 Definitions
5 Reassignment of class
6.1.1 Double class (1/7/2003)
5.1 Ships in service classed by a QSCS A double class ship is one which is classed by two Socie-
Classification Society ties, where each one works as if it is the only Society class-
ing the ship and does all surveys in accordance with its own
5.1.1 Documentation to be submitted and design requirements and schedule.
assessment (1/7/2007)
The requirements of [3.2.1] apply. 6.1.2 Dual class (1/7/2010)
A dual class ship is one which is classed by two Societies
5.1.2 Conditions, Surveys and Certificate of between which there is a written agreement regarding shar-
Classification (1/7/2007)
ing of work.
The requirements of [3.2.2] to [3.2.7] apply.
6.2 Procedures
5.2 Ships in service not classed by a QSCS
Classification Society 6.2.1 (1/7/2009)
The procedures of admission to class of a ship already
5.2.1 Design assessment (1/7/2007) classed with another QSCS Classification Society under
The Society may carry out a design assessment on a case- double or dual class arrangement are those indicated in
by-case basis and, in any case, where a conversion or a sig- [3.4] and [3.5].
nificant modification of the ship or an alteration of the
ship's class has been carried out since the withdrawal of the
Society's class.
1 General principles of surveys The surveys are to be carried out in accordance with the rel-
evant requirements in order to confirm that the hull,
machinery, equipment and appliances comply with the
1.1 Survey types applicable Rules and will remain in satisfactory condition
based on the understanding and assumptions mentioned in
1.1.1 Classed ships are submitted to surveys for the main- Ch 1, Sec 1, [3.3].
tenance of class. These surveys include the class renewal Where the conditions for the maintenance of main class,
survey, intermediate and annual survey, bottom survey service notations and additional class notations are not
(either survey in dry condition or in-water survey), tailshaft complied with, the main class and/or the service notation
survey, boiler survey, and surveys for the maintenance of and/or the additional class notations as appropriate will be
additional class notations, where applicable. Such surveys suspended and/or withdrawn in accordance with the appli-
are carried out at the intervals and under the conditions laid cable Rules given in Sec 3.
down in this Section. In addition to the above periodical Note 1: It is understood that requirements for surveys apply to
surveys, ships are to be submitted to occasional surveys those items that are required according to the Rules or, even if not
whenever the circumstances so require; refer to [6]. required, are fitted on board.
1.1.2 The different types of periodical surveys are summa- 1.1.3 Unless specified otherwise, any survey other than
rised in Tab 1. The intervals at which the periodical surveys bottom survey and tailshaft survey may be effected by carry-
ing out partial surveys at different times to be agreed upon
are carried out are given in the items referred to in the sec-
with the Society, provided that each partial survey is ade-
ond column of Tab 1. The relevant extent and scope are
quately extensive. The splitting of a survey into partial sur-
given in Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 for all ships and for serv- veys is to be such as not to impair its effectiveness.
ice notations, respectively, while surveys related to addi-
tional class notations are given in Chapter 5.
1.2 Change of periodicity, postponement or
Where there are no specific survey requirements for addi- advance of surveys
tional class notations assigned to a ship, equipment and/or
arrangements related to these additional class notations are 1.2.1 The Society reserves the right, after due considera-
to be examined, as applicable, to the Surveyor’s satisfaction tion, to change the periodicity, postpone or advance sur-
at each class renewal survey for the main class. veys, taking into account particular circumstances.
1.3.1 The Society and/or its Surveyors may extend the 1.5 Appointment of another Surveyor
scope of the provisions in Chapter 3 to Chapter 5, which
set forth the technical requirements for surveys, whenever 1.5.1 In compliance with the provisions of Ch 1, Sec 1,
and so far as considered necessary, or modify them in the [2.5.1], should a disagreement arise between the Owner
case of special ships or systems. and the Surveyor during a survey, the Society may, at the
request of the Owner, designate another Surveyor.
1.3.2 The extent of any survey also depends upon the con-
dition of the ship and its equipment. Should the Surveyor
2 Definitions and procedures related
have any doubt as to the maintenance or condition of the
ship or its equipment, or be advised of any deficiency or to surveys
damage which may affect the class, then further examina-
tion and testing may be conducted as considered necessary. 2.1 General
• checking selected items covered by the rule require- 2.1.2 Anniversary date
ments
Anniversary date means the day of the month of each year
• attending tests and trials where applicable and deemed in the period of class which corresponds to the expiry date
necessary by the Surveyor. of the period of class.
1.4.2 The Society's survey requirements cannot be consid- 2.1.3 Survey time window
ered as a substitute for specification and acceptance of
Survey time window, or more simply window, mean the
repairs and maintenance, which remain the responsibility of
fixed period during which annual and intermediate surveys
the Owner.
are to be carried out.
1.4.3 In accordance with the provisions of Ch 1, Sec 1,
2.1.4 Overdue surveys (1/7/2001)
[3.1.5], the Society will, at the request of the Owner, apply
the regulations of Administrations concerning the scope Each periodical survey is assigned a limit date specified by
and periodicity of surveys when they differ from those laid the relevant requirements of the Rules (end of survey inter-
down in Part A. val or end date of window) by which it is to be completed.
A survey becomes overdue when it has not been completed
1.4.4 During the surveys, the Surveyor does not check that
by its limit date.
the spare parts are kept on board, maintained in working
order and suitably protected and lashed. Examples:
• Anniversary date: 15th April ballast will be treated as a Ballast tank when substantial
The 2000 annual survey can be validly carried out from corrosion has been found in that space.
16th January 2000 to 15th July 2000. If not completed As far as double skin bulk carriers are concerned, a Bal-
by 15th July 2000, the annual survey becomes overdue. last Tank is a tank which is used solely for salt water bal-
last, or, where applicable, a space which is used for
• Last bottom survey 20th October 2000 (periodicity 2.5
both cargo and ballast will be treated as a Ballast tank
years, with a maximum interval between successive
when substantial corrosion has been found in that
examinations not exceeding 3 years)
space. A Double Side Tank is to be considered as a sep-
The next bottom survey is to be carried out before 20th arate tank even if it is in connection with either the top-
October 2003. If not completed by 20th October 2003, side tank or the hopper side tank.
the bottom survey becomes overdue.
b) Other ships:
2.1.5 Recommendations (1/7/2008) A Ballast Tank is a tank that is being used primarily for
salt water ballast.
A recommendation is a requirement to the effect that spe-
cific measures, repairs and/or surveys are to be carried out 2.2.2 Spaces (1/1/2008)
within a specific time limit in order to retain classification.
Spaces are separate compartments including holds, tanks,
A recommendation is pending until it is cleared. Where it is
cofferdams and void spaces bounding cargo holds, decks
not cleared by its limit date, the recommendation is over-
and the outer hull.
due.
2.2.3 Overall survey
2.1.6 Memoranda
An overall survey is a survey intended to report on the over-
Those defects and/or deficiencies which do not affect the all condition of the hull structure and determine the extent
maintenance of class and which may therefore be cleared at of additional close-up surveys.
the Owner’s convenience and any other information
deemed noteworthy for the Society’s convenience are indi- 2.2.4 Close-up survey
cated as memoranda. Memoranda are not to be regarded as A close-up survey is a survey where the details of structural
recommendations. components are within the close visual inspection range of
the Surveyor, i.e. normally within reach of hand.
2.1.7 Exceptional circumstances (1/7/2005)
Exceptional circumstances' means unavailability of dry- 2.2.5 Transverse section
docking facilities; unavailability of repair facilities; unavail- A transverse section includes all longitudinal members con-
ability of essential materials, equipment or spare parts; or tributing to longitudinal hull girder strength, such as plating,
delays incurred by action taken to avoid severe weather longitudinals and girders at the deck, side shell, bottom,
conditions. inner bottom, longitudinal bulkheads, and sloped plating in
upper and lower side tanks, as well as relevant longitudi-
2.1.8 Force Majeure (1/7/2005) nals, as applicable for the different ships. For a transversely
'Force Majeure' means damage to the ship; unforeseen ina- framed ship, a transverse section includes adjacent frames
bility of the Society to attend the ship due to government and their end connections in way of transverse sections.
restrictions on right of access or movement of personnel; 2.2.6 Representative tanks or spaces (1/7/2006)
unforeseeable delays in port or inability to discharge cargo
Representative tanks or spaces are those which are
due to unusually lengthy periods of severe weather, strikes
expected to reflect the condition of other tanks or spaces of
or civil strife; acts of war; or other force majeure.
similar type and service and with similar corrosion preven-
tion systems. When selecting representative tanks or spaces,
2.2 Terminology related to hull survey account should be taken of the service and repair history on
board and identifiable critical structural areas and/or sus-
2.2.1 Ballast tanks (1/1/2010) pect areas.
a) Ships with the ESP notation:
2.2.7 Renewal thickness (1/7/2012)
As far as oil tankers and chemical tankers are con- Renewal thickness (tren) is the minimum allowable thick-
cerned, a Ballast Tank is a tank which is used solely for
ness, in mm, below which renewal of structural members is
the carriage of salt water ballast.
to be carried out.
As far as oil tankers and chemical tankers are con-
cerned, a Combined Cargo/Ballast Tank is a tank which 2.2.8 Substantial corrosion (1/7/2012)
is used for the carriage of cargo or ballast water as a rou- Substantial corrosion is an extent of corrosion such that
tine part of the vessel's operation and will be treated as assessment of the corrosion pattern indicates a wastage in
a Ballast Tank. Cargo tanks in which water ballast might excess of 75% of allowable margins, but within acceptable
be carried only in exceptional cases according to MAR- limits.
POL I/18.3 are to be treated as cargo tanks. For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, substan-
As far as bulk carriers are concerned, a Ballast Tank is a tial corrosion is an extent of corrosion such that the assess-
tank which is used solely for salt water ballast, or, where ment of the corrosion pattern indicates a measured
applicable, a space which is used for both cargo and thickness between tren + 0,5mm and tren.
2.2.15 Cargo area (ships carrying liquefied gases in 2.2.20 Double skin bulk carrier (1/7/2012)
bulk) (1/7/2008) A double skin bulk carrier is a ship which is constructed
Cargo area is that part of the ship which contains cargo generally with single deck, double bottom, topside tanks
tanks, cargo/ballast pump rooms, compressor rooms, coffer- and hopper side tanks in cargo spaces, and is intended pri-
dams, ballast tanks and void spaces adjacent to cargo tanks marily to carry dry cargo in bulk, including such types as
and also deck areas throughout the entire length and ore carriers and combination carriers (see Note 1), in
breadth of the part of the ship over the above-mentioned which all cargo holds are bounded by a double side skin
spaces. (regardless of the width of the wing space).
Ore and combination carriers are not covered by the Com- urements are to be taken to confirm the actual average con-
mon Structural Rules. dition of the structure under the coating.
Note 1: For combination carriers with longitudinal bulkheads, sur
vey requirements are specified in both Ch 4, Sec 2 and Ch 4, Sec 3 2.2.23 Pitting corrosion (1/7/2012)
or Ch 4, Sec 4, as applicable. Pitting corrosion is defined as scattered corrosion
spots/areas with local material reductions which are greater
2.2.21 Bulk carrier (1/7/2012) than the general corrosion in the surrounding area. Pitting
A bulk carrier is a ship which is constructed generally with intensity is defined in App 2, Fig 12.
single deck, double bottom, topside tanks and hopper side
tanks in cargo spaces, and is intended primarily to carry dry 2.2.24 Edge corrosion (1/7/2012)
cargo in bulk. Combination carriers are included (see Edge corrosion is defined as local corrosion at the free
Note 1). Ore and combination carriers are not covered by edges of plates, stiffeners, primary support members and
the Common Structural Rules. around openings. An example of edge corrosion is shown
Note 1: For single skin combination carriers, survey requirements in Fig 1.
are specified in both Ch 4, Sec 2 and Ch 4, Sec 3.
2.2.25 Grooving corrosion (1/7/2012)
2.2.22 Special consideration (1/7/2006) Grooving corrosion is typically local material loss adjacent
Special consideration or specially considered (in connec- to weld joints along abutting stiffeners and at stiffener or
tion with close-up surveys and thickness measurements) plate butts or seams. An example of groove corrosion is
means sufficient close-up inspection and thickness meas- shown in Fig 2.
Inverted angle
Flatbar
hstf or built-up
stiffener
stiffener
0,25hstf
0,25bstf
bstf
Groove Groove
breadth breadth
Attached plating
Flatbar
stiffener
2.2.26 Air pipe heads (1/7/2006) are required are to be carried out simultaneously with
Air pipe heads installed on exposed decks are those extend- close-up surveys.
ing above the freeboard deck or superstructure decks. In all cases the extent of the thickness measurements is to
be sufficient as to represent the actual average condition.
2.3 Procedural requirements for thickness
2.3.4 Approval of thickness measurement
measurements firms (1/7/2006)
Thickness measurements are to be carried out by a firm
2.3.1 Control of the process (1/7/2008)
approved by the Society in accordance with the "Rules for
When required as per the scope of surveys defined below, the Certification of Service Suppliers", except that in respect
thickness measurements are normally to be carried out of measurements of non-ESP ships less than 500 gross ton-
under the responsibility of the Owner, in the presence of the nage and all fishing vessels, the firm need not be so
Surveyor. approved.
The thickness measurements required, if not carried out by
the Society itself are to be witnessed by a Surveyor of the 2.3.5 Monitoring of the thickness measurement
process on board (1/7/2008)
Society. The Surveyor is to be on board to the extent neces-
sary to control the process. The Surveyor will decide the final extent and location of
thickness measurements after overall survey of representa-
This also applies to thickness measurements taken during tive spaces on board.
voyages. The attendance of the Surveyor will be recorded.
If the Owner prefers to commence the thickness measure-
Note 1: Also refer to IACS Recommendation no. 77 "Guidelines for ments prior to the overall survey then the Surveyor will
the Surveyor on how to control the thickness measurement proc-
advise that the planned extent and locations of thickness
ess".
measurements are subject to confirmation during the over-
2.3.2 Survey meeting (1/1/2010) all survey.
Prior to commencement of the intermediate and class Based on findings, the Surveyor may require additional
renewal surveys, a meeting is to be held between the thickness measurements to be taken.
attending Surveyor(s), the master of the ship or an appropri- The Surveyor will direct the gauging operation by selecting
ately qualified representative appointed by the master or locations such that, on average, readings taken represent
Company, the Owner's representative(s) in attendance and the condition of the structure for that area.
the thickness measurement firm's representative(s) so as to Thickness measurements taken mainly to evaluate the
ensure the safe and efficient execution of the surveys and extent of corrosion which may affect the hull girder strength
thickness measurements to be carried out on board. are to be carried out systematically in all longitudinal struc-
Communication with the thickness measurement opera- tural members that are required to be gauged by the rele-
tor(s) and Owner's representative(s) is to be agreed during vant provisions of the Rules.
the meeting, with respect to the following: Where thickness measurements indicate substantial corro-
a) reporting of thickness measurements on a regular basis sion or wastage in excess of allowable diminution, the Sur-
to the attending Surveyor veyor will direct locations for additional thickness
measurements in order to delineate areas of substantial cor-
b) prompt notification to the Surveyor in the case of fol-
rosion and to identify structural members for repairs/renew-
lowing findings:
als.
1) excessive and/or extensive corrosion or pit-
ting/grooving of any significance 2.3.6 Review and verification (1/7/2008)
2) structural defects like buckling, fractures and Upon completion of the thickness measurements, the Sur-
deformed structures veyor will confirm that no further gaugings are needed, or
specify additional gaugings.
3) detached and/or holed structure
If, where special consideration is allowed by the Rule
4) corrosion of welds. requirements, the extent of thickness measurements is
When thickness measurements are taken in association reduced, the Surveyor's special consideration will be
with intermediate or renewal survey, a documented record reported.
indicating where and when the meeting took place and If thickness measurements are partly carried out, the extent
who attended (the name of the surveyor(s), the master of the of the remaining measurements will be reported for the use
ship or an appropriately qualified representative appointed of the next Surveyor.
by the master or Company, the owner’s representative(s) and
the representative(s) of the thickness measurement firm(s)) is 2.3.7 Thickness measurement report (1/7/2006)
to be maintained. A thickness measurement report is to be prepared. The
report is to give the location of measurements, the thickness
2.3.3 Thickness measurements and close-up measured and the corresponding original thickness. Fur-
surveys (1/7/2008) thermore, the report is to include the date when the meas-
In any kind of survey, i.e. renewal, intermediate, annual or urements were carried out, the type of measuring
other surveys having the scope of the foregoing, thickness equipment, the names and the qualification of the operators
measurements of structures in areas where close-up surveys and their signatures.
The report is validated by the Surveyor. mulated corrosion scale. Spaces are to be sufficiently clean
and free from water, scale, dirt, oil residues etc. to reveal
For ships with the ESP notation and those ships subject to
corrosion, deformation, fractures, damage, or other struc-
the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 8, the Surveyor is to review
tural deterioration as well as the condition of the coating.
the final thickness measurement report and countersign the
However, those areas of structure whose renewal has
cover page.
already been decided by the Owner need only be cleaned
2.3.8 Acceptance criteria (1/7/2013) and descaled to the extent necessary to determine the limits
of the areas to be renewed.
For acceptance criteria applicable to structural corrosion
diminution levels, reference is to be made to: 2.5.4 (1/7/2006)
• App 2, Sufficient illumination is to be provided to reveal corrosion,
• App 3, for ships built under Common Structural Rules deformation, fractures, damage or other structural deteriora-
(ships having their service notation completed by the tion.
additional service feature CSR).
2.5.5 (1/7/2011)
2.3.9 Evaluation of longitudinal strength (1/7/2013) When examination of associated structure is required, the
The ship's longitudinal strength is to be evaluated by using following applies:
the thickness of structural members measured, renewed and a) ceilings in holds and floors in the engine room are to be
reinforced, as appropriate, during the class renewal survey lifted to the necessary extent for examination of the
carried out after the ship reached 10 years of age in accord- structure
ance with the criteria for longitudinal strength of the ship's
hull girder specified in App 4. b) cement or other protective sheathing is to be removed
when there is any doubt as to the condition of the plat-
2.4 Agreement of firms for in-water survey ing underneath or when adherence to plating is not tight
c) in the case of solid ballast spaces, the solid ballast is to
2.4.1 The in-water surveys referred to in the Rules are to be partially removed for examination of the condition of
be carried out by a certified company accepted by the Soci- the structure in way. Should doubts arise, the Surveyor
ety. may require more extensive removal of the solid ballast
Note 1: The Rules for the certification of service suppliers give
details about the certification. d) in refrigerated cargo spaces the condition of the coating
behind the insulation is to be examined at representa-
tive locations. The examination may be limited to verifi-
2.5 Conditions for surveys cation that the protective coating remains effective and
2.5.1 (1/1/2015) that there are no visible structural defects. Where poor
The Owner is to provide the necessary facilities for the safe coating condition is found, the examination is to be
execution of the surveys, as per Ch 1, Sec 1, [3.2.2]. extended as deemed necessary by the Surveyor. The
condition of the coating is to be reported. If indents,
a) In order to enable the attending Surveyors to carry out scratches, etc. are detected during surveys of shell plat-
the survey, provisions for proper and safe access are to ing from the outside, insulations in way are to be
be agreed between the Owner and the Society, these are removed as required by the Surveyor, for further exami-
also to be in accordance with the provisions of IACS PR nation of the plating and adjacent frames
37;
e) where soft or semi-hard coatings have been applied,
b) in the case of ESP ships, details of the means of access
safe access is to be provided for the Surveyor to verify
are to be provided in the Survey Planning Questionnaire
the effectiveness of the coating and to carry out an
(see Ch 4, Sec 2, [4.9.3], Ch 4, Sec 3, [6.9.3], Ch 4,
assessment of the conditions of internal structures which
Sec 4, [4.9.3], Ch 4, Sec 5, [6.9.3], Ch 4, Sec 9, [4.9.3]);
may include spot removal of the coating. When safe
c) in cases where the provisions made for safety and access cannot be provided, the soft or semi-hard coat-
required access are judged by the attending Surveyors to ing is to be removed
be inadequate, the survey of the spaces involved is not
to proceed. f) casings, ceilings or linings, and loose insulation, where
fitted, are to be removed, as required by the Surveyor,
2.5.2 (1/1/2008) for examination of plating and framing. Compositions
Cargo holds, tanks and spaces are to be safe for access, gas- on plating are to be examined and sounded, but need
free and properly ventilated. Prior to entering a tank, void or not be disturbed if found adhering satisfactorily to the
enclosed space, it is to be verified that the atmosphere in plating.
that space is free from hazardous gas and contains sufficient
oxygen.
2.6 Access to structures
2.5.3 (1/1/2008)
In preparation for survey and thickness measurements and 2.6.1 For overall survey, means are to be provided to ena-
to allow for a thorough examination, all spaces are to be ble the Surveyor to examine the structure in a safe and prac-
cleaned, including removal from surfaces of all loose accu- tical way.
• magnetic particle test b) the boat or raft is to be tethered to the access ladder and
an additional person is to be stationed down the access
• dye penetrant test. ladder with a clear view of the boat or raft;
c) appropriate lifejackets are to be available for all partici-
2.7.2 (1/7/2003)
pants;
Thickness measurement is normally to be carried out by d) the surface of water in the tank is to be calm (under all
means of ultrasonic test equipment. The accuracy of the foreseeable conditions the expected rise of water within
equipment is to be proven to the Surveyor as required. the tank is to not exceed 0,25 m) and the water level
2.7.3 (1/1/2008) stationary. On no account is the level of the water to be
rising while the boat or raft is in use;
Explosimeter, oxygen-meter, breathing apparatus, lifelines,
e) the tank, hold or space is to contain clean ballast water only.
riding belts with rope and hook and whistles together with
Even a thin sheen of oil on the water is not acceptable;
instructions and guidance on their use are to be made avail-
able during the survey. A safety checklist is to be provided. f) at no time is the water level to be allowed to be within 1
m of the deepest under deck web face flat so that the
2.7.4 (1/1/2008) survey team is not isolated from a direct escape route to
Adequate and safe lighting is to be provided for the safe and the tank hatch. Filling to levels above the deck trans-
efficient conduct of the survey. verses is only to be contemplated if a deck access man-
hole is fitted and open in the bay being examined, so
2.7.5 (1/1/2008) that an escape route for the survey party is available at
all times. Other effective means of escape to the deck
Adequate protective clothing (e.g. safety helmet, gloves,
may be considered;
safety shoes, etc) is to be made available and used during
the survey. g) if the tanks (or spaces) are connected by a common
venting system, or inert gas system, the tank in which
the boat or raft is to be used is to be isolated to prevent a
2.8 Rescue and emergency response equip- transfer of gas from other tanks (or spaces).
ment
2.9.5 (1/1/2007)
2.8.1 (1/1/2015) The requirements of items [2.9.5] to [2.9.7] only apply to
ships with the ESP notation.
If breathing apparatus and/or other equipment is used as
rescue and emergency response equipment then it is rec- Rafts or boats alone may be allowed for inspection of the
ommended that the equipment be suitable for the configu- under deck areas for tanks or spaces, if the depth of the
ration of the space being surveyed. webs is 1,5 m or less.
2.9.6 (1/1/2007) mented in the ship's log and submitted thereafter to the
If the depth of the webs is more than 1,5 m, rafts or boats Society for use in determining further survey requirements.
alone may be allowed only:
2.10.2 The above is not intended to include maintenance
a) when the coating of the under deck structure is in to and overhaul of the hull, machinery and equipment in
GOOD condition and there is no evidence of wastage; accordance with the Manufacturer’s recommended proce-
or dures and established marine practice, which does not
b) if a permanent means of access is provided in each bay require the Society's agreement. However, any repair result-
to allow safe entry and exit. ing from such maintenance and overhauls which affects or
This means: may affect the class is to be noted in the ship's log and sub-
1) access direct from the deck via a vertical ladder and a mitted to the attending Surveyor for use in determining fur-
small platform fitted approximately 2 m below the deck ther survey requirements.
in each bay; or
2) access to deck from a longitudinal permanent platform
2.11 Prompt and thorough repairs
having ladders to deck at each end of the tank. The plat- 2.11.1 (1/7/2006)
form is, for the full length of the tank, to be arranged Any damage in association with wastage over the allowable
level with, or above, the maximum water level needed limits (including buckling, grooving, detachment or frac-
for rafting of under deck structure. For this purpose, the ture), or extensive areas of wastage over the allowable lim-
ullage corresponding to the maximum water level is to its, which affects or, in the opinion of the Surveyor, will
be assumed not more than 3m from the deck plate affect the ship's structural, watertight or weathertight integ-
measured at the mid-span of deck transverses and in the rity, is to be promptly and thoroughly (see [2.2.16])
middle length of the tank (See Fig 3). repaired. Areas to be considered include, as far as applica-
If neither of the above conditions are met, then staging or an ble, the following:
"other equivalent means" is to be provided for the survey of - side structure and side plating;
the under deck areas.
- deck structure and deck plating;
2.9.7 (1/1/2007)
- bottom structure and bottom plating;
The use of rafts or boats alone in [2.9.5] and [2.9.6] does
not preclude the use of boats or rafts to move about within a - inner bottom structure and inner bottom plating;
tank during a survey. - inner side structure and inner side plating;
Note 1: Reference is made to IACS Recommendation 39 - Guide- - longitudinal bulkhead structure and longitudinal bulk-
lines for the use of Boats or Rafts for Close-up surveys. head plating, where fitted;
- transverse watertight or oiltight bulkhead structure and
2.10 Repairs and maintenance during voyage transverse watertight or oiltight bulkheads plating;
2.10.1 (1/7/2011) - hatch covers and hatch coamings, where fitted;
Where repairs to hull, machinery or other equipment, - weld connection between air pipes and deck plating;
which affect or may affect the class, are to be carried out by - air pipe heads installed on the exposed decks;
a riding crew during a voyage, they are to be planned in
- ventilators, including closing devices, if any;
advance. A complete repair procedure including the extent
of proposed repair and the need for the Surveyor's attend- - bunker and venting piping systems (only for ships sub-
ance during the voyage is to be submitted to the Society for ject to Ch 4, Sec 2 and Ch 4, Sec 9).
approval sufficiently in advance. Failure to notify the Soci- For locations where adequate repair facilities are not availa-
ety in advance of the repairs may result in the suspension of ble, consideration may be given to allow the ship to pro-
class of the ship. ceed directly to a repair facility. This may require
Where, in any emergency circumstance, emergency repairs discharging the cargo and/or temporary repairs for the
are to be effected immediately, the repairs are to be docu- intended voyage.
Figure 3 (1/1/2007)
2.13.7 Recommendations partially dealt object is found to differ from that on which they were based
with (1/7/2008) or to be contrary to the applicable requirements. The
Partially dealt with recommendations are be supported by a Owner is liable for any damage which may be caused to
survey report giving details of repairs and/or renewals, or of any third party from improper use of such documents and
that part of the supplemental surveys carried out and those information.
parts remaining outstanding.
3.3 Endorsements of Class
3 Certificate of Classification: issue,
3.3.1 Purpose of endorsements (1/7/2011)
validity, endorsement and renewal The endorsements of class give official evidence of:
a) class surveys carried out,
3.1 Issue of Certificate of Classification
b) class validity, and
3.1.1 (1/1/2001)
c) conditions imposed and/or main items out of service (if
A Certificate of Classification, bearing the class notations
any).
assigned to the ship and an expiry date, is issued to any
classed ship. 3.3.2 Direct endorsement of the Certificate of
3.1.2 (1/1/2001) Classification (1/7/2011)
A Provisional Certificate of Classification may serve as a The Certificate of Classification is directly endorsed before
Certificate of Classification in some cases, such as after an the vessel sails where an annual, intermediate or class
admission to class survey, or when the Society deems it nec- renewal survey is completed, using the appropriate section
essary. of the Certificate of Classification.
3.1.3 (1/1/2001) A section is also available to record postponement of the
The Certificate of Classification or Provisional Certificate of class renewal survey.
Classification is to be made available to the Society’s Sur- 3.3.3 Class Survey Endorsement Sheet (1/7/2011)
veyors upon request.
In addition to the direct endorsement of the Certificate of
Classification as described in [3.3.2], a Class Survey
3.2 Validity of Certificate of Classification, Endorsement Sheet is issued before the ship sails where any
maintenance of class class survey is carried out.
3.2.1 According to Ch 1, Sec 1, [2.4], the Society alone is The Class Survey Endorsement Sheet is an attachment to the
Certificate of Classification and, as such, it is to be available
qualified to confirm the class of the ship and the validity of
its Certificate of Classification. on board at any time.
3.2.3 At the request of the Owner, a statement confirming 3.4.1 Information given in the Certificate of Classification,
the maintenance of class may be issued by the Society associated endorsements, Rules and specific documents
based on the information in its records for that ship at the enables the Owner to identify the status of surveys and rec-
time. ommendations.
This statement is issued on the assumption that the Owner 3.4.2 The omission of such information does not absolve
has complied with the Rules, in particular with [6]. the Owner from ensuring that surveys are held by the limit
Should any information which would have prevented the dates and pending recommendations are cleared to avoid
Society from issuing the statement and which was not avail- any inconvenience which is liable to result from the suspen-
able at the time subsequently come to light, the statement sion or withdrawal of class; see Sec 3.
may be cancelled.
Attention is drawn to Sec 3, [1.2], whereby the Society, 4 Class renewal survey
upon becoming aware of a breach of the Rules, is empow-
ered to suspend class from the date of the breach, which 4.1 General principles
may be prior to the date of the statement.
4.1.1 (1/7/2002)
3.2.4 According to the same conditions as in [3.2.3], a The first class renewal survey is to be completed within 5
statement declaring that the class is maintained “clean and years from the date of the initial classification survey and
free from recommendation’’ may be issued by the Society thereafter 5 years from the credited date of the previous
when there is no pending recommendation at that date. class renewal survey. However, consideration may be given
by the Society to granting an extension for a maximum of
3.2.5 Classification-related documents and information three months after the limit date, in exceptional circum-
are liable to be invalidated by the Society whenever their stances and provided that the ship is attended and the
attending Surveyor so recommends. In such cases the next of the hull of those ships subject to the requirements of
period of class will start from the limit date for the previous Ch 4, Sec 8, i.e. general dry cargo ships.
class renewal survey before the extension was granted.
This requirement also applies to existing general dry cargo
4.1.2 For surveys completed within three months before ships. The procedure for the changeover from the continu-
the limit date of the class renewal survey, the next period of ous survey system to the normal class renewal system for
class will start from this limit date. For surveys completed existing ships is laid out in Ch 6, Sec 5.
more than three months before the limit date, the period of
class will start from the survey completion date. 4.3.4 For ships other than those referred to in [4.3.2] and
[4.3.3], the continuous survey system is not applicable to
4.1.3 (1/1/2015) the class renewal survey of the hull of ships over 20 years
In cases where the vessel has been laid up or has been out old. However, consideration may be given, at the discretion
of service for a considerable period because of a major of the Society, to the applicability of the continuous survey
repair or modification and the owner elects to carry out system to the class renewal survey of the hull of ships over
only the overdue surveys, the next period of class will start 20 years old.
from the expiry date of the renewal survey. If the owner
elects to carry out the next special survey due, the period of 4.3.5 (1/7/2006)
class will start from the survey completion date. For ships more than 10 years of age, the ballast tanks are to
be internally examined twice in each five-year class period,
4.1.4 A new period of class is assigned to the ship after the i.e. once within the scope of the intermediate survey and
satisfactory completion of the class renewal survey, and a once within the scope of the continuous system for the class
new Certificate of Classification with relevant annexes is renewal survey of hull.
issued for the new period of class.
4.1.5 (1/1/2009) 4.3.6 When the continuous survey system is applied,
Concurrent crediting to both intermediate survey and class appropriate notations are entered in the Register of Ships.
renewal survey for surveys and thickness measurements of
4.3.7 Ships subject to the continuous survey system are
spaces is not acceptable.
provided with lists of items to be surveyed under this sys-
tem.
4.2 Normal system
4.3.8 (1/7/2005)
4.2.1 When the normal system is applied, the class
renewal survey may be commenced at the fourth annual For items inspected under the continuous survey system, the
survey and continued during the following year with a view following requirements generally apply:
to completion by its due date. In this case the survey may be a) the interval between two consecutive surveys of each
carried out by partial surveys at different times. The number item is not to exceed five years
of checks to be performed at each partial survey and the
interval between partial surveys are to be agreed by the b) the items are to be surveyed in rotation, so far as practi-
Society. In general, the first partial survey should include a cable ensuring that approximately equivalent portions
significant number of thickness measurements, where are examined each year
required by the Rules. c) the Society may credit for continuous survey results of
inspections carried out before the admission to the con-
4.2.2 A class renewal survey may be commenced before
tinuous survey scheme
the fourth annual survey at the request of the Owner. In this
case, the survey is to be completed within fifteen months. d) each item is to be surveyed at one time, as far as practi-
The conditions for the execution of partial surveys are the cable; the Society may, however, allow possible repair
same as those referred to in [4.2.1]. work to be carried out within a certain period.
e) the Surveyor may, at his discretion, extend the inspec-
4.3 Continuous survey system tion to other items, if previous inspections carried out
revealed any defects.
4.3.1 The request by the Owner for admission to the con-
tinuous survey system will be considered by the Society and 4.3.9 For ships under continuous survey, items not
agreement depends on the type and age of hull and included in the continuous survey cycle are to be inspected
machinery. This system may apply to the class renewal sur- according to the provisions given in [4.2].
vey of hull (CHS) and/or machinery (CMS).
4.3.10 Upon application by the Owner, the Society may
4.3.2 The continuous survey system is not applicable to
agree, subject to certain conditions, that some items of
the class renewal survey of the hull of those ships subject to
machinery which are included in the continuous survey
the Enhanced Survey Program (ESP), i.e. ships with the serv-
cycle are examined by the Chief Engineer where the Society
ice notation oil tanker, combination carrier, bulk carrier,
is not represented. The Chief Engineer is to be certified for
ore carrier or chemical tanker.
this purpose by the Society and his examination is to be fol-
4.3.3 (1/7/2005) lowed by a confirmatory survey carried out by a Surveyor.
In addition to the ships indicated in [4.3.2], the continuous The conditions for the application of this procedure are
survey system is not applicable to the class renewal survey given in App 1.
4.3.15 The continuous survey system may be discontinued 5.3.2 The intermediate survey is applicable at any period
at any time at the discretion of the Society, or at the request of class to ships with the service notations oil tanker, chem-
of the Owner, and a specific arrangement devised. ical tanker, FLS tanker, liquefied gas carrier, combination
carrier/OBO and combination carrier/OOC.
4.4 Planned maintenance scheme 5.3.3 The intermediate survey is applicable at any period
(PMS/CBM) for machinery of class to ships other than those indicated in [5.3.2] which
are five years old and over.
4.4.1 A planned maintenance scheme may be considered
5.3.4 (1/7/2002)
as an alternative to the continuous survey system for
machinery and is limited to components and systems cov- The internal examination of ballast spaces, overall and/or
ered by it. When such a system approved by the Society is close-up survey of ballast spaces and cargo holds or tanks,
implemented, a survey scheme other than those normally as applicable, carried out at the 2nd or 3rd annual survey are
adopted and with intervals different from those of the con- also credited towards the intermediate survey.
tinuous survey system as detailed in [4.3] may be accepted. 5.3.5 (1/1/2009)
4.4.2 (1/1/2001) Concurrent crediting to both intermediate survey and class
renewal survey for surveys and thickness measurements of
The conditions for approval of the planned maintenance
spaces is not acceptable.
scheme, the determination of survey item intervals and the
general scope of surveys are detailed in Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 1.
5.4 Bottom survey
4.4.3 (1/7/2009)
When the planned maintenance scheme is applied, the 5.4.1 Bottom survey means the examination of the outside
notation PMS is entered on the Certificate of Classification of the ship’s bottom and related items. This examination
and in the Register of Ships. If condition based mainte- may be carried out with the ship either in dry dock (or on a
nance is applied as per Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 1, Sec 2, 3, 4, 5 or slipway) or afloat: in the former case the survey will be
Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 6, the notation PMS-CM(PROP), PMS- referred to as dry-docking survey, while in the latter case as
CM(HVAC), PMS-CM(CARGO), PMS-CM(ELE) or PMS- in-water survey.
CM(FDS), respectively, as appropriate, is entered on the
5.4.2 The Owner is to notify the Society whenever the out-
Certificate of Classification and in the Register of Ships.
side of the ship’s bottom and related items can be exam-
4.4.4 The planned maintenance scheme does not super- ined in dry dock or on a slipway.
sede the annual surveys and other periodical surveys. 5.4.3 (1/7/2005)
There is to be a minimum of two examinations of the out-
4.4.5 A general examination of the machinery, as detailed side of the ship’s bottom and related items during each five-
in Ch 3, Sec 3 for annual surveys, is to be carried out at the year class renewal survey period. One such examination is
end of the period of class. to be carried out in conjunction with the class renewal sur-
vey. In all cases the interval between any two such exami-
4.4.6 The planned maintenance scheme may be discontin- nations is not to exceed 36 months. An extension of
ued at any time at the discretion of the Society, or at the examination of the ship's bottom of three months beyond
request of the Owner, and a specific arrangement devised. the due date may be granted in exceptional circumstances
(see [2.1.7]).
5 Other periodical surveys Note 1: Attention is drawn to the relevant requirements of Ch 1,
Sec 1, [3.1], concerning application of national and international
regulations.
5.1 General
5.4.4 (1/1/2012)
5.1.1 The different types of periodical surveys are summa- Examinations of the outside of ship’s bottom and related
rised in Tab 1. items of ships are normally to be carried out with the ship in
drydock. However, consideration may be given to alternate a) Where the tailshaft is fitted with continuous liners, or
examination while the ship is afloat as an In-water Survey, approved oil sealing glands, or made of corrosion-resist-
subject to the provisions of Ch 3, Sec 6, [3]. Special consid- ant material, the periodicity of complete surveys is:
eration is to be given to ships of 15 years or over before 1) 3 years for single shafting arrangements,
being permitted to have such examinations. For ships with
ESP notation of 15 years of age and over, such examinations 2) 4 years for multi-shafting arrangements;
are to be carried out with the ship in drydock. b) these periodicities may be increased to 5 years in the
5.4.5 (1/7/2001) following cases:
The interval between examinations of the outside of the 1) where the propeller is fitted keyless to the shaft
ship's bottom and related items for ships operating in fresh taper, the shaft is protected from sea water, the
water and for certain harbour or non-self-propelled craft design details are approved, and a non-destructive
may be greater than that given above, as approved by the examination of the forward part of the aft shaft taper
Society. is performed at each survey by an approved crack-
For ships of unusual characteristics or engaged on special detection method,
services, means of underwater inspection equivalent to the 2) where the propeller is fitted to a keyed shaft taper
bottom survey in dry condition may be considered as an the design details of which comply with the applica-
alternative by the Society, particularly when a suitable high ble requirements in Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 7, and a non-
resistance paint is applied to the underwater portion of the destructive examination of the after end of the cylin-
hull or an approved system of impressed current for external drical part of the shaft (from the after end of the liner,
cathodic protection is fitted. if any), and of about one third of the length of the
5.4.6 (1/7/2003) taper from the large end is performed at each survey
For ships with the ESP notation and those ships subject to by an approved crack-detection method,
the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 8, a bottom survey in dry 3) where the propeller is fitted to a solid flange cou-
condition is to be part of the class renewal survey. pling at the aft end of the shaft, the shaft and its fit-
5.4.7 (1/7/2003) tings are not exposed to corrosion and the design
Compliance with the requirements of [5.4] and Ch 3, Sec 6 details are approved. Non-destructive examination
does not absolve the Owner from compliance with the of the fillet radius of the aft propeller shaft flange
requirements of SOLAS as amended, especially when may be required if the visual examination of the area
shorter intervals between examinations of the ship's bottom is not satisfactory;
are required for certain types of ships. c) in all other cases the periodicity of complete surveys is
two years and six months (2,5 years).
5.5 Tailshaft survey
5.5.3 Tailshaft modified survey
5.5.1 Definition A modified survey of the tailshaft is an alternate way of
Tailshaft survey means survey of propeller shafts and tube examination whose scope is given in Ch 3, Sec 7. It may be
shafts (hereafter referred to as tailshafts) as well as survey of accepted at alternate five-yearly surveys for tailshafts
other propulsion systems. described in [5.5.2] provided that:
5.5.2 Tailshaft complete survey (1/7/2007) • they are fitted with oil lubricated bearings and approved
Unless alternative means are provided to ensure their con- oil sealing glands
dition, tailshafts are to be sufficiently drawn to permit full • the shaft and its fittings are not exposed to corrosion
examination at the periodicity specified below and summa- • the design details are approved
rised in Fig 4, based on the type of shaft and its design, but
• the clearances of the aft bearing are found to be in order
with a maximum interval between successive examinations
not exceeding the periodicity according to items a), b) and • the oil and the oil sealing arrangements prove effective
c) below by more than six months. Consideration may be • lubricating oil analyses are carried out regularly at inter-
given at the discretion of the Society to any special circum- vals not exceeding six months and oil consumption is
stances justifying an extension of these intervals. recorded at the same intervals.
NO
Shaft protected against
2,5 years
corrosion (see Note 1)
YES
3 years
YES
shaft fitted with oil lubricated shaft made of
NO
bearings and suitable sealing 304 stainless
gland (see Note 2 ) steel
YES NO
YES
YES
10 years (b)
gear, is to be carried out annually, within the window of the • updating of classification documents (e.g. change of the
Annual Survey. Owner, name of the ship, flag)
For exhaust gas heated economisers, the safety valves are to • damage or suspected damage
be tested by the Chief Engineer at sea within the annual sur- • repair or renewal work
vey window. This test is to be recorded in the llog-book for • Port State Control inspections
review by the attending Surveyor prior to crediting the • alterations or conversion
Annual Survey of Machinery.
• quality system audits
5.6.4 (1/7/2006) • postponement of surveys or recommendations.
An extension of the internal examination of the boiler up to
3 months beyond the due date can be granted in excep- 6.2 Damage and repair surveys
tional circumstances (see Note 1). The extension may be
granted by the Society provided a survey is carried out in 6.2.1 In the event of damage which affects or may affect
accordance with the provisions given in Ch 3, Sec 8, the class of the ship, the Owner is to apply to the Society for
[1.1.6]. a survey. Such application is to be made as soon as possible
Note 1: "Exceptional circumstances" means, for example, unavaila- to enable the Surveyor to ascertain the extent of the damage
bility of repair facilities, unavailability of essential materials, equip- and necessary repairs, if any.
ment or spare parts, or delays incurred by action taken to avoid Note 1: Whenever a ship is fitted with an helicopter platform
severe weather conditions. which is made in aluminium or other low melting metal construc-
tion which is not made equivalent to steel, and a fire occured on
the said platform or in close proximity, the platform is to be subject
5.7 Links between anniversary dates and to a structural survey to determine its suitability for further use.
annual surveys, intermediate surveys
and class renewal surveys 6.2.2 If, after sustaining damage, the ship calls at a port
where the Society is not represented, the Owner is to notify
5.7.1 The link between the anniversary dates, the class the Society forthwith, supply all available information
renewal survey (when carried out according to the normal regarding the damage and make arrangements for the ship
system), and the annual and intermediate surveys is given in to be surveyed in the nearest port where the Society is rep-
Fig 5. resented.
Figure 5 : Links between anniversary date and annual, intermediate and class renewal surveys (1/7/2002)
years 0 1 2 2 .5 3 4 5
annual survey
-,+ 3 m -,+ 3 m -,+ 3 m -,+ 3 m -3 m
intermerdiate survey
-,+ 9 m
6.3 Port State Control survey party making the request and the authorisation of the current
Owner is obtained.
6.3.1 (1/1/2013)
An occasional survey is to be requested by the Owner
8 Lay-up and re-commissioning
wherever a ship is detained further to an inspection by a
Port State Authority or the flag Administration, as described
in Ch 1, Sec 1, [3.4]. 8.1 General principles
8.1.1 A ship put out of commission may be subject to spe-
6.4 Conversions, alterations and repairs cific requirements for maintenance of class, as specified
below, provided that the Owner notifies the Society of the
6.4.1 Conversions, alterations or repairs of/to structures fact.
and arrangements affecting the class are to be carried out in
accordance with the requirements of the Society and to its If the Owner does not notify the Society of the laying-up of
satisfaction. Where necessary, documentation is to be sub- the ship or does not implement the lay-up maintenance pro-
mitted to the Society and/or made available to the attending gram, the ship’s class will be suspended and/or withdrawn
Surveyor. when the due surveys are not carried out by their limit dates
in accordance with the applicable requirements given in
6.4.2 Materials and equipment used for conversions, alter- Sec 3.
ations or repairs are generally to meet the requirements of
8.1.2 The lay-up maintenance program provides for a “lay-
the Rules for new ships built under survey; see Sec 1,
ing-up survey” to be performed at the beginning of lay-up
[2.1.5].
and subsequent “annual lay-up condition surveys” to be
performed in lieu of the normal annual surveys which are
6.5 Quality System audits no longer required to be carried out as long as the ship
6.5.1 (1/7/2013) remains laid-up. The minimum content of the lay-up main-
The Society reserves the right to carry out occasional sur- tenance program as well as the scope of these surveys are
veys in order to conduct audits either as deemed necessary given in Ch 3, App 1. The other periodical surveys which
in pursuance of its internal Quality System or as required by become overdue during the lay-up period may be post-
external organisations (e.g. European Union Commission, poned until the re-commissioning of the ship.
QACE - Quality Assessment and Certification Entity, Flag 8.1.3 Where the ship has an approved lay-up maintenance
Administrations, IACS). program and its period of class expires, the period of class is
6.5.2 (1/7/2013) extended until it is re-commissioned, subject to the satisfac-
These surveys may also be attended by auditors external to tory completion of the annual lay-up condition surveys as
the Society (e.g. auditors and/or observers of the European described in [8.1.2].
Union Commission, QACE - Quality Assessment and Certi-
fication Entity, Flag Administrations, IACS). 8.1.4 The periodical surveys carried out during the lay-up
period may be credited, either wholly or in part, at the dis-
6.5.3 The scope of these surveys is determined by the cretion of the Society, having particular regard to their
Society. extent and dates. These surveys will be taken into account
for the determination of the extent of surveys required for
the re-commissioning of the ship and/or the expiry dates of
7 Change of ownership the next periodical surveys of the same type.
8.1.5 (1/1/2015)
7.1 When a ship is re-commissioned, the Owner is to notify the
Society and make provisions for the ship to be submitted to
7.1.1 In the case of change of ownership, the ship retains
the following surveys:
its current class with the Society provided that:
• an occasional survey prior to re-commissioning, the
• the Society is informed of the change sufficiently in
scope of which depends on the duration of the lay-up
advance to carry out any survey deemed appropriate,
period
and
• all periodical surveys which have been postponed in
• the new Owner signs the appropriate request, involving
accordance with [8.1.2], taking into account the provi-
acceptance of the Society’s general conditions and
sions of [8.1.4]. In all cases where the Owner elects to
Rules. This request covers inter alia the condition of the
carry out the “next due” renewal survey, the due period-
ship when changing ownership.
ical hull and machinery surveys will be replaced by this
Note 1: The ship’s class is maintained without prejudice to those one, Class period will be assigned in accordance with
provisions in the Rules which are to be enforced in cases likely to the provisions of [4.1.3].
cause suspension or withdrawal of the class such as particular dam-
ages or repairs to the ship of which the Society has not been 8.1.6 Where the previous period of class expired before
advised by the former or, as the case may be, new Owner. the re-commissioning and was extended as stated in [8.1.3],
Note 2: No information whatsoever related to the class of the ship in addition to the provisions of [8.1.5] a complete class
will be provided or confirmed to any third party, unless the appro- renewal survey is to be carried out prior to re-commission-
priate request for information is duly completed and signed by the ing.
Those items which have been surveyed in compliance with 9 Possible safety management sys-
the class renewal survey requirements during the 15 months
preceding the re-commissioning may be credited. A new
tem failures
period of class is assigned from the completion of this class
renewal survey. 9.1
9.1.1 (1/7/2008)
8.1.7 The principles of intervals or limit dates for surveys When deficiencies relating to possible safety management
to be carried out during the lay-up period, as stated in
system failures are identified by the Surveyor during a peri-
[8.1.1] to [8.1.6], are summarised in Fig 6.
odical (annual/intermediate/renewal) class survey or occa-
8.1.8 The scope of the laying-up survey and annual lay-up sional class survey, statutory surveys, additional surveys
condition surveys are described in detail in Ch 3, App 1. relevant to Port State Control, flag State Inspections or any
other occasion, a report is to be completed by the Surveyor
so that the Organisation responsible for the issue of the
SMC, if other than the Society, is notified.
Reporting and follow-up actions will be performed in
accordance with the Society's procedures.
Figure 6 : Survey scheme of a case of a lay-up going beyond the expiry date of the period of class
• when a ship is not operated in compliance with the rule c) progression of the class renewal survey as far as practi-
requirements, such as in cases of services or conditions cable.
not covered by the service notation, or trade outside the
In the case where dry-docking is due prior to the end of the
navigation restrictions for which the class was assigned
class extension, an underwater examination is to be carried
• when a ship proceeds to sea with less freeboard than out by an approved diving company. An underwater exami-
that assigned, or has the freeboard marks placed on the nation by an approved company may be dispensed with in
sides in a position higher than that assigned, or, in cases the case of an extension of the dry-docking survey not
of ships where freeboards are not assigned, the draught exceeding 36 months provided the ship is without outstand-
is greater than that assigned ing recommendations regarding underwater parts.
• when the Owner fails to inform the Society in order to If the Certificate of Classification will expire when the ship
submit the ship to a survey after defects or damages is expected to be at sea, an extension to allow for comple-
affecting the class have been detected tion of the class renewal survey may be granted provided
that there is documented agreement to such an extension
• when repairs, alterations or conversions affecting the prior to the expiry date of the certificate, that satisfactory
class are carried out either without requesting the arrangements have been made for attendance of the Sur-
attendance of the Society or not to the satisfaction of the veyor at the first port of call, and that the Society is satisfied
Surveyor. For voyage repairs, reference is to be made to that there is technical justification for such an extension.
Sec 2, [2.10]. Such an extension is to be granted only until arrival at the
first port of call after the expiry date of the certificate. How-
Suspension of class with respect to the above cases will ever, if owing to "exceptional circumstances" the class
remain in effect until such time as the cause giving rise to renewal survey cannot be completed at the first port of call,
suspension has been removed. Moreover, the Society may the procedure given above in the event of "exceptional cir-
require any additional surveys deemed necessary taking cumstances" may be followed, but the total period of exten-
into account the condition of the ship and the cause of the sion is in no case to be longer than three months after the
suspension. original due date of the class renewal survey.
1.2.4 Suspension and reinstatement of class in the need not be suspended when surveys addressed above
case of overdue intermediate become overdue. However, ships which are laid-up after
survey (1/7/2005) being suspended as a result of surveys going overdue,
Owners are to be notified that the Certificate of Classifica- remain suspended until the overdue surveys are completed.
tion becomes invalid, and classification is automatically
suspended, if the intermediate survey has not been com- 1.2.9 Voyage to demolition (1/7/2005)
pleted within three (3) months of the due date of the third
When it is intended to take a ship on a demolition voyage
annual survey in each periodical survey cycle, unless the
with any periodical survey overdue, the ship's class suspen-
ship is under attendance for completion of the intermediate
sion may be held in abeyance and consideration may be
survey.
given to allowing the ship to proceed on a single direct bal-
Classification will be reinstated upon satisfactory comple- last voyage from the lay-up or final discharge port to the
tion of the surveys due. Such surveys are to be credited from demolition yard. In such cases a short-term Certificate of
the date originally due. Classification with conditions for the voyage noted may be
issued provided the attending Surveyor finds the ship in sat-
1.2.5 Suspension and reinstatement of class in the isfactory condition to proceed on the intended voyage.
case of overdue annual survey (1/7/2005)
Owners are to be notified that the Certificate of Classifica- 1.2.10 Force Majeure (1/7/2014)
tion becomes invalid, and classification is automatically
If, due to circumstances beyond the Owner's or the Soci-
suspended, if the annual survey has not been completed
ety's control, as defined in Sec 2, [2.1.8], the ship is not in
within three (3) months of the due date of the annual survey,
a port where the overdue surveys can be completed at the
unless the ship is under attendance for completion of the
expiry of the periods allowed above, the Society may allow
annual survey.
the ship to sail, in class, directly to an agreed disharge port,
Classification will be reinstated upon satisfactory comple- and if necessary, from there, in ballast, to an agreed port at
tion of the surveys due. Such surveys are to be credited from which the survey will be completed, provided the Society:
the date originally due.
a) examines the ship's records;
1.2.6 Suspension of class in the case of overdue b) carries out the due and/or overdue surveys and exami-
continuous survey item(s) (1/7/2005)
nation of recommendations at the first port of call when
Continuous survey item(s) due or overdue at the time of the there is unforeseen inability of the Society to attend the
annual survey is (are) to be dealt with. The ship's class will ship in the present port, and
be subject to a suspension procedure if the item(s) is (are)
not surveyed, or postponed by agreement. c) has satisfied itself that the ship is in condition to sail for
one trip to a discharge port and subsequent ballast voy-
1.2.7 Other cases of suspension of class (1/7/2005) age to a repair facility if necessary. (Where there is
unforeseen inability of the Society to attend the ship in
In addition to the circumstances for which automatic sus-
the present port, the Master is to confirm that his ship is
pension may apply, the class of a ship may also be sus-
in condition to sail to the nearest port of call.)
pended following the decision of the Society:
• when one or more surveys are not held by their limit The surveys to be carried out are to be based upon the sur-
dates -see Sec 2, [2.1.4]- or the dates stipulated by the vey requirements at the original date due and not on the
Society also taking into account any extensions granted age of the vessel when the survey is carried out. Such sur-
in accordance with the provisions of Part A veys are to be credited from the date originally due.
• when, due to reported defects, the Society considers If class has already been automatically suspended in such
that a ship is not entitled to retain its class even on a cases, it may be reinstated subject to the conditions pre-
temporary basis (pending necessary repairs or renewals, scribed in this item.
etc.)
• in other circumstances which the Society will consider 1.2.11 Single voyage for repair of laid-up
on their merits (e.g. in the event of non-payment of fees ships (1/7/2013)
or where the Owner fails to subject the ship to the occa- When a ship is intended for a single voyage from laid-up
sional survey as per the requirement in Sec 2, [6.2.1]). position to repair yard with any periodical survey overdue,
the ship's class suspension may be held in abeyance and
Suspension of class decided by the Society takes effect from consideration may be given to allowing the ship to proceed
the date when the conditions for suspension of class are met on a single direct ballast voyage from the site of lay-up to
and will remain in effect until such time as the class is rein- the repair yard, upon agreement with the Flag Administra-
stated once the due items and/or surveys have been dealt tion, provided the Society finds the ship in satisfactory con-
with. dition after surveys, the extent of which are to be based on
surveys overdue and duration of lay-up. A short-term Class
1.2.8 Laid-up ships (1/7/2009) Certificate with conditions for the intended voyage may be
Ships laid-up in accordance with the requirements indi- issued. This is not applicable to ships whose class was
cated in Sec 2, [8.1.1] prior to surveys becoming overdue already suspended prior to being laid-up.
1.2.12 Suspension and reinstatement of class in the • when the ship is reported as a constructive total loss
case of overdue recommendations (1/7/2005) • when the ship is lost
Each recommendation will be assigned a due date for com- • when the ship is reported scrapped.
pletion. Owners will be notified of these dates and that the
Withdrawal of class takes effect from the date on which the
ship's class will be subject to a suspension procedure if the
circumstances causing such withdrawal occur.
item is not dealt with, or postponed by agreement, by the
due date. 1.3.2 When the withdrawal of class of a ship comes into
effect, the Society will:
Classification will be reinstated upon verification that the
• forward the Owner written notice
overdue recommendation has been satisfactorily dealt with.
• delete the ship from the Register of Ships
• notify the flag Administration
1.3 Withdrawal of class • make the information available to the Underwriters, at
1.3.1 (1/7/2003) their request.
The Society will withdraw the class of a ship in the follow- 1.4 Suspension/withdrawal of additional
ing cases: class notations
• at the request of the Owner
1.4.1 If the survey requirements related to maintenance of
• when the causes that have given rise to a suspension additional class notations are not complied with, the sus-
currently in effect have not been removed within six pension or withdrawal may be limited to the notations con-
months of the date of suspension. However, the Society cerned.
may withdraw the class of the ship before the end of the The same procedure may apply to service notations of ships
six-month period where it deems it appropriate. which are assigned with more than one service notation.
A longer suspension may be granted at the Society’s dis- 1.4.2 The suspension or withdrawal of an additional class
cretion when the ship is not trading as in cases of lay- notation or a service notation (where a ship is assigned with
up, awaiting disposition in the case of a casualty or more than one service notation) generally does not affect
attendance for reinstatement. the class.
Engineer, on condition that they are subjected to the Condi- and compared with the limits recommended by the
tion Based Maintenance (CBM) program: engine builder
• main and auxiliary turbines • crankpins, journals and webs are to be examined for
crack detection, mainly at the fillets and in the vicinity
• crankshafts, with associated main bearings and bottom of the lubricating oil holes
end connecting rod bearings, of main propulsion inter-
• crankshaft deflections are to be taken and recorded at
nal combustion engines,
regulars intervals, enabling verification of the trend
• turbochargers of main propulsion internal combustion when they are taken in the presence of the Society’s Sur-
engines, veyor. This operation is to be effected bearing in mind
that during the readings the journals are to be steady on
• intermediate shafting and associated bearings
their bearings
Moreover, in such case the confirmatory survey is to • other parts exposed to wear or operating incidents are to
include the checks indicated in [5.1.4]. be carefully examined and the results recorded. In par-
ticular, the wear of liners is to be measured and
In no case may the surveys of the following items be carried recorded.
out by the Chief Engineer:
• pressure vessels (except class 2 and 3 heat exchangers) 3.3 Auxiliary diesel engines
• main reduction gears
3.3.1 The survey generally consists in the complete dis-
• steering gear system, including pumps. mantling of the engine and a careful examination of those
items most liable to be exposed to wear or operating inci-
2.1.3 In no case may the surveys of tailshafts and boilers, dents. In particular:
which are items not included in the scope of the class • crankshaft deflections and wear of cylinder liners are to
renewal survey, be carried out by the Chief Engineer. be measured
• the crankshaft is to be checked by means of dye pene-
3 Procedure for carrying out surveys trant in way of fillets and lubricating oil holes
• all top halves of the main bearings together with at least
two bottom halves are to be dismantled
3.1 General
• crankcase explosion relief valves, if fitted, are to be
3.1.1 As regards the procedure for carrying out surveys, checked.
the Owner is to inform the Chief Engineer that surveys are
to be conducted in accordance with the Rules of the Society 3.4 Reciprocating compressors
and, specifically, the requirements for class renewal surveys
related to machinery and systems contained in Ch 3, Sec 5, 3.4.1 The survey is to include:
[3]. • the dismantling of pistons and valves for inspection
It is the responsibility of the ship’s Captain and Chief Engi- • the examination and testing of the nest of cooler tubes
neer to decide the date and place for the survey of each • the verification of safety relief valves after reassembling.
component in order to avoid possible accidents (fire
included) in the event of damage to the unit(s) remaining in 3.5 Coolers, condensers, heaters
service.
Some guidelines for the Chief Engineer relevant to the dis- 3.5.1 The survey is to include:
mantling and inspections of main components of the • the dismantling of the covers
machinery installation are given below. • the examination of the nest of tubes
The items and/or machinery which, as a result of the sur- • the testing of the nest of tubes, if necessary.
veys, are replaced due to wear, damage or defects, are to be
kept on board until they are inspected by a Surveyor of the 3.6 Electrical switchboard
Society.
3.6.1 The survey is to include:
3.2 Main diesel engines • the cleaning of the switchboard
• the verification of the connection assemblies, locking
3.2.1 The following items are to be surveyed as indicated: device tightening and busbar tightening
• the top and bottom halves of the main bearings are to be • the examination of the condition of the circuit-breakers,
removed and inspected, and the clearances are to be switches and fuses
taken, recorded and compared with the limits recom- • the verification of the contacts and screens
mended by the engine builder • the checking of the measuring instruments, which are to
• the top and bottom halves of crankpin bearings are to be be re-calibrated or replaced, if inaccurate
examined, and the clearances are to be taken, recorded • the megger test.
3.7 a.c. and d.c. generators For sake of completeness, other documentation such as
sketches, photos, measurement reports may be attached to
3.7.1 The survey is to include: the report.
• the removal of protection plates and brush carriers The report is to be signed by the Chief Engineer.
• the cleaning of field coils and armature windings
• the verification of proper contact of brushes, which are
5 Confirmatory survey
to be renewed if excessively worn
• the verification of commutators and sliprings 5.1
• the measurement of air gap clearances 5.1.1 A confirmatory survey, to be carried out by a Sur-
• the checking of journals and bearings veyor of the Society, is to be requested according to the fol-
lowing principle:
• the megger test.
• for ships under the CMS, within a reasonably short time
from the date of the surveys carried out by the Chief
3.8 Other items (pumps, electric motors, Engineer, and, in any case, in the first port which is
etc.) under the jurisdiction of an Office of the Society;
• for ships under the PMS, at the next annual survey (see
3.8.1 The survey is generally to include the complete dis-
Pt F, Ch 12, Sec 1, [4.2]).
mantling for inspection of the main parts exposed to wear
or operating incidents, such as bearings, casings, impellers 5.1.2 The Surveyor is to be supplied with a copy of this
and rotors. survey report and also shown the engine log-book.
4 Records of surveys carried out 5.1.3 The Surveyor carries out an external examination of
the relevant items and parts replaced and, if applicable,
attends running tests. If doubts arise, the Surveyor may
4.1 request dismantling as deemed necessary.
4.1.1 The surveys carried out by the Chief Engineer are to 5.1.4 If the persons on board are authorised to survey the
be recorded in the engine/machinery log-book and a survey main engine crankshaft and bearings (see [2.1.2]), the Sur-
report is to be prepared for each item surveyed. veyor performs the following:
The report is generally to be drawn up in English; however, • check of condition monitoring records (see Pt F, Ch 12,
for ships trading in specific restricted areas the use of the Sec 1, [6])
language of the country concerned will be accepted. • check of crankshaft deflection readings
The report may be provided in hard copy or using a compu- • check of bearing clearances (where possible)
terised recording system.
• checks for signs of wiped or broken white metal in the
4.1.2 The report is to indicate the following information: crankcase or filters
• check of the witness marks of shrink fits of crankshafts
• identification data:
• check of the bedplate structure (inside and outside)
- name of ship and register number
• check that the condition of crankpins, journals and
- name of Chief Engineer and reference of the Soci- associated bearings is duly recorded.
ety’s authorisation
- date and place (port or voyage leg) of the survey 5.1.5 Where the confirmatory survey is performed with an
abnormal delay, the inspection is to be more extensive and,
- reference of the item in the CMS or PMS list, and
if necessary, the due surveys are to be completely repeated.
description of the item
• inspection conducted: 5.1.6 The date of the execution of the surveys will be
assumed to be the date of the confirmatory survey.
- the type of inspection carried out: visual external
examination, internal examination after dismantling,
overhaul 6 Suspension of the Chief Engineer’s
- readings performed, when applicable: clearances, authorisation
measurements, working pressure, or other working
parameters of the equipment 6.1
- inspection findings: corrosion, fractures, pieces of
equipment worn out, broken or missing 6.1.1 Where the condition of the items surveyed by the
Chief Engineer as specified in his reports does not corre-
• maintenance and repairs carried out and parts replaced spond to the findings of the attending Surveyor, the Society
• results of tests performed after the inspection, such as may suspend the validity of the Chief Engineer’s authorisa-
working test, pressure test. tion.
• the determination of extent and location, and 2.2 Class renewal survey: all ships except
• the analysis those submitted to ESP
of the thickness measurements in cooperation. 2.2.1 The thickness measurements required by the Rules
consist of:
1.1.3 It is to be noted that this Appendix also takes into • systematic thickness measurements, i.e. measurements
account specific requirements for thickness measurements of different parts of the structure in order to assess the
relevant to close-up surveys of ships which are subject to overall and local strength of the ship
the Enhanced Survey Program (ESP). • measurements of suspect areas as defined in Sec 2,
1.1.4 This Appendix is also to be used for the thickness [2.2.9]
measurements of ships assigned the notation STAR-HULL • additional measurements on areas determined as
(see Ch 5, Sec 2 and Part F, Chapter 1). However, the affected by substantial corrosion as defined in Sec 2,
acceptance criteria for thickness measurements specific to [2.2.8].
this notation are given in Pt F, Ch 1, Sec 1.
2.3 Class renewal survey: ships submitted
1.1.5 (1/7/2013) to ESP or equivalent
For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the
2.3.1 The thickness measurements required by the Rules
acceptance criteria are according to App 3.
consist of:
1.2 Scope of the Appendix • systematic thickness measurements in order to assess
the overall and local strength of the ship
1.2.1 Separate Articles below provide the following infor-
• thickness measurements as indicated in the program of
mation:
close-up survey
• references to rule requirements and some additional • measurements of elements considered as suspect areas
information on the extent of the thickness measure- as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.9]
ments to be performed during surveys according to
• additional measurements on areas determined as
types of ships and related surveys (see [2])
affected by substantial corrosion as defined in Sec 2,
• locations of the measurements for the main parts of the [2.2.8].
ship (see [3])
2.3.2 For the determination of close-up surveys and rele-
• how to analyse the results of thickness measurements
vant thickness measurements as well as the areas consid-
(see [4]).
ered as suspect areas, reference is to be made to the
Tables and sketches are also given to detail the above points relevant Sections of Chapter 4 according to the different
according to the types of ships. service notations of the ships subject to ESP.
Table 2 : Interpretations of rule requirements for the locations and number of points to be measured (1/7/2009)
A) SYSTEMATIC MEASUREMENTS
ITEM INTERPRETATION FIGURE
Selected plates on deck, tank top, bot- “Selected” means at least a single point on one out of No figure
tom, double bottom and wind-and- three plates, to be chosen on representative areas of aver-
water age corrosion
All deck, tank top and bottom plates At least two points on each plate to be taken either at each No figure
and wind-and-water strakes 1/4 extremity of plate or at representative areas of average
corrosion
Transverse section Refer to the definition given in Sec 2, [2.2.5] Fig 1 for general cargo ships
Fig 2 for bulk carriers
Fig 3 for oil tankers
For other ship types, see [3.2.1]
Cargo hold hatch covers and coamings Fig 4 for ships fitted with hold
hatch covers and coamings
Bulkheads on ships other than bulk car- “Selected bulkheads” means at least 50% of the bulk- Fig 5 for general cargo ships. It
riers, oil tankers, chemical tankers and heads may also apply to other ship
liquefied gas carriers (for these ships types (see [3.2.1])
refer to B) and C) CLOSE-UP SURVEYS
AND RELATED MEASUREMENTS)
Selected internal structure such as The internal structural items to be measured in each Fig 6 for general cargo ships. It
floors and longitudinals, transverse space internally surveyed are to be at least 20% within the may also apply to other ship
frames, web frames, deck beams, cargo area and 10% outside the cargo area types (see [3.2.1])
‘tweendecks, girders
Transverse section of deck plating out- Two single points on each deck plate (to be taken either at No figure
side line of cargo hatch openings (for each 1/4 extremity of plate or at representative areas of
bulk carriers, ore carriers and combina- average corrosion) between the ship sides and hatch
tion carriers) coamings in the transverse section concerned
One section of deck plating for the full Two single points on each deck plate (to be taken either at No figure
beam of the ship within the cargo area each 1/4 extremity of plate or at representative areas of
(for oil tankers, chemical tankers and average corrosion) in the transverse section concerned
liquefied gas carriers)
B) CLOSE-UP SURVEYS AND RELATED MEASUREMENTS (for oil tankers, chemical tankers, gas carriers and combination carriers)
ITEM INTERPRETATION FIGURE
Web frame ring (for oil Refer to the definition given in Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 2 and Ch 4, Extent of areas is shown as (1) in Ch 4,
tankers, chemical tankers Sec 5, Tab 2. Sec 3, Fig 1
and combination carriers) “Adjacent structural members” means plating and stiffeners of Locations of points are given in Fig 10
deck, bottom, double bottom, sides and longitudinal bulk-
heads in the vicinity of the web frame ring
Transverse section (for Refer to the definitions given in Ch 4, Sec 5, Tab 2 and Ch 4, No figure
chemical tankers and liq- Sec 6, Tab 2.
uefied gas carriers) “Adjacent structural members” means plating and stiffeners of
deck, bottom, double bottom, sides and longitudinal bulk-
heads in the vicinity of the web frame ring
Deck transverse This is the upper part of the web frame ring including the adja- Extent of areas is shown as (2) in Ch 4,
cent structural members (see meaning given above). For chem- Sec 3, Fig 1
ical tankers it may be fitted on deck, i.e. outside the tank Locations of points are given in Fig 10
Deck and bottom trans- Refer to the definition given in Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 2 Extent of areas is shown as (2) and (5) in
verses (for oil tankers) Ch 4, Sec 3, Fig 1
Locations of points are given in Fig 10
B) CLOSE-UP SURVEYS AND RELATED MEASUREMENTS (for oil tankers, chemical tankers, gas carriers and combination carriers)
ITEM INTERPRETATION FIGURE
Transverse bulkhead “Complete” means the whole bulkhead including stringers and Extent of areas is shown as (3) in Ch 4,
stiffeners and adjacent structural members as defined above Sec 3, Fig 1
Locations of points are given in Fig 11
“Lower part” means lower part of bulkhead up to 1/4 of ship’s Extent of areas is shown as (4) in Ch 4,
depth or 2 metres above the lower stringer, whichever is the Sec 3, Fig 1
greater (stringers, stiffeners and adjacent structural members Locations of points are given in Fig 11
included)
All plating and internal Refer to the definitions given inCh 4, Sec 5, Tab 2 No figure
structures (for chemical
tankers)
C) CLOSE-UP SURVEYS AND RELATED MEASUREMENTS (for bulk and ore carriers)
ITEM INTERPRETATION FIGURE
Frames in cargo holds 25% of frames: one out of four frames should preferably be Extent of areas is shown as (1) in Ch 4,
chosen throughout the cargo hold length on each side Sec 2, Fig 1
“Selected frames” means at least 3 frames on each side of Locations of points are given in Fig 7
cargo holds
Transverse bulkheads in Refer to the definition given in Ch 4, Sec 2, Tab 5 Areas of measurements are shown in
cargo holds Two selected bulkheads: one is to be the bulkhead between Ch 4, Sec 2, Fig 2
the two foremost cargo holds and the second may be chosen Locations of points are given in Fig 8
in other positions
One transverse bulkhead in This means that the close-up survey and related thickness Areas of measurements are shown in
each cargo hold measurements are to be performed on one side of the bulk- Ch 4, Sec 2, Fig 2
head; the side is to be chosen based on the outcome of the Locations of points are given in Fig 8
overall survey of both sides. In the event of doubt, the Surveyor
may also require (possibly partial) close-up survey on the other
side
Transverse bulkheads in The ballast tank is to be chosen based on the history of ballast- Locations of points are given in Fig 9
one topside/side ballast ing among those prone to have the most severe conditions
tank
Transverse webs in ballast Either of the representative tanks of each type (i.e. topside or Extent of areas is shown as (2) in Ch 4,
tanks hopper or side tank) is to be chosen in the forward part Sec 2, Fig 1
“Associated plating and longitudinals” means adjacent plating Locations of points are given in Fig 7
and longitudinals of deck, bottom, side shell, slope, hopper
and longitudinal bulkhead, as applicable
Areas of deck plating inside “Selected” means at least a single point on one out of three Extent of areas is shown as (5) in Ch 4,
line of hatch openings plates, to be chosen on representative areas of average corro- Sec 2, Fig 1
sion
All deck plating means at least two points on each plate to be
taken either at each 1/4 extremity of plate or at representative
areas of average corrosion
$ $ $
$$
$
$ $ $
$
$
30 mm
$
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ $
$
$ $ $ $ $ $
Measurements are to be taken on both port and starboard sides of the selected transverse section
30 mm
Measurements are to be taken on both port and starboard sides of the selected transverse section
30 mm
D
0,25h
30 mm
C
h
A A
B
A-A
Lower point
of side frame A 0,25h
Measurements are to be taken on both port and starboard sides of the selected transverse section
2 2
2 2
$ $ $ $
2 3
50 mm
(1) Three sections at L/4, L/2, 3L/4 of hatch cover length, including:
• one measurement of each hatch cover plate and skirt plate
• measurements of adjacent beams and stiffeners
• one measurement of coaming plates and coaming flange, each side
(2) Measurements of both ends of hatch cover skirt plate, coaming plate and coaming flange
(3) One measurement of one out of three hatch coaming brackets and bars, on both sides and both ends
30 mm
30 mm
A 30 mm
30 mm
30 mm
A-A
A
Figure 6 : Locations of measurements on selected internal structural elements of general cargo ships
30 mm 30 mm
30 mm
30 mm
30 mm
Figure 7 : Locations of measurements on structural members in cargo holds and ballast tanks of bulk carriers
30 mm
30 mm
A A
A-A
B B
A A-A
B-B
Topside
tank
A-A
Hopper
side tank
Double botton tank
Figure 10 : Locations of measurements on web frame rings and longitudinal elements of oil tankers
A -A
30 mm
A A
B B
30 mm
A-A
B-B
(1) : Corrugated bulkhead
(2) : Plane bulkhead
Measurements are to be taken in a similar way on the centre tank bulkheads
Measurements are to cover the different thicknesses of strakes over the height of the bulkhead
Measurements are to be taken of the adjacent structural members
4.1.2 In cases where the ship has some structural elements 4.3 Local and global strength criteria
with reduced wear margins (e.g. due to ship conversion,
increase of draught), the renewal thickness tren (minimum 4.3.1 Local and global strength criteria are given for the
acceptable thickness) for these elements is to be calculated following ship types:
with reference to the rule scantlings without taking account • general cargo ships
of any reduction originally agreed. • bulk carriers
• oil tankers.
4.1.3 Decisions on steel renewals are taken by the attend-
ing Surveyor applying the criteria given in this Article and These criteria may also be used for other ship types taking
based on his judgment and the actual condition of the ship. into consideration the equivalence or similarity of structural
Should advice be needed to support his decision, the Sur- elements and their contribution to local and/or global
veyor may refer to the relevant technical office of the Soci- strength.
ety.
4.3.2 For the evaluation of the ship longitudinal strength, it
is a prerequisite that fillet welding between longitudinal
4.2 Criteria members and deck, side and bottom plating is maintained
effective so as to keep continuity of hull structures.
4.2.1 The acceptance criteria for the minimum thicknesses
are divided into: 4.3.3 (1/7/2009)
Each structural item to be assessed is illustrated in a typical
• criteria on local and global strength, given in [4.3]
transverse section (see Fig 13 for general cargo ships, Fig 14
• criteria on buckling strength, given in [4.4] for bulk carriers, Fig 15 for oil tankers).
• criteria on pitting, given in [4.5]. These structural items are also listed in appropriate tables
grouped according to their position and contribution to the
4.2.2 (1/7/2001) local or global strength of the ship and separately for ships
Each measured structural item is to be checked against the contracted for construction either before or on/after 1 June
following criteria, as far as applicable. Where any of the cri- 2000 (Tab 5 for general cargo ships contracted for construc-
teria are not met, reinforcements, repairs and renewals are tion on/after 1 June 2000, Tab 6 for general cargo ships con-
to be carried out as appropriate. tracted for construction before 1 June 2000, Tab 7 for bulk
carriers contracted for construction on/after 1 June 2000, met. Some isolated areas may be accepted according to
Tab 8 for bulk carriers contracted for construction before 1 the criteria given in [4.3.5] a).
June 2000, Tab 9 for oil tankers contracted for construction
on/after 1 June 2000, Tab 10 for oil tankers contracted for c) assessment of groups of items (column 3 in Tab 5, Tab 7
construction before 1 June 2000). and Tab 9). If the criterion is not met, a sufficient
number of elements are to be renewed in order to
4.3.4 Each structural item is to be assessed according to obtain an increased average thickness satisfying the
four different criteria which vary with regard to the domain considered criterion of the group (generally the ele-
under which it is considered, namely: ments to be renewed are those most wasted). As an
example, for the assessment of the group “deck plates”
a) an isolated area, which is meant as a part of a single
all deck plates are measured and an average thickness
structural item. This criterion takes into consideration
of each of them is estimated. Then the average of all
very local aspects such as grooving of a plate or web, or
these values is to satisfy the criteria given for this group.
local severe corrosion; however, it is not to be used for
pitting for which separate criteria are considered (see d) assessment of zones (column 4 in in Tab 5, Tab 7 and
[4.5]) Tab 9). In principle, the criterion of the zone is met
b) an item, which is meant as an individual element such when all groups of items belonging to the zone meet
as a plate, a stiffener, a web, etc. This criterion takes into their own criteria (see c) above). However, a greater
consideration the average condition of the item, which diminution than those given in column 3 may be
is assessed by determining its average thickness using accepted for one group of items if, considering the other
the various measurements taken on the same item groups of items belonging to the same zone, the overall
diminution of the zone does not exceed the criterion
c) a group of items, which is meant as a set of elements of given for it in column 4.
the same nature (plates, longitudinals, girders) contrib-
uting either to the longitudinal global strength of the Example: The deck zone consists of two groups of items:
ship in a given zone or to the global strength of other
• deck plating, which has an average diminution of
primary transverse elements not contributing to the ship
12% (criterion 10%)
longitudinal strength, e. g. bulkheads, hatch covers,
web frames • deck longitudinals, which has an average diminu-
tion of 4% (criterion 10%)
d) a zone, which is meant as all and only longitudinal ele-
ments contributing to the longitudinal strength of the Even though the deck plating group exceeds its accept-
ship; in this regard, the three main zones are defined as ance criterion, the average diminution of the zone,
deck zone, neutral axis zone and bottom zone. This cri- which can be very roughly estimated at 8%, is accepta-
terion takes into consideration the average condition of ble and thus the deck plating group can be accepted as
all groups of items belonging to the same zone. it is.
4.3.5 (1/7/2013) e) assessment of zones (column 3 in Tab 6, Tab 8 and
The assessment of the thickness measurements is to be per- Tab 10, applicable to ships of 65 m in length and
formed using the values given in the tables for each struc- upwards). In principle, the criterion of the zone is met
tural element with regard to the criteria defined above, in when the average diminution of all items belonging to
the following order: the zone meets the criterion given for it in column 3.
a) assessment of isolated areas (column 1 in all tables). If Example: The deck zone consists of two groups of items:
the criterion is not met, the wasted part of the item is to
• deck plating, which has an average diminution of
be dealt with as necessary.
12%
b) assessment of items (column 2 in all tables). If the crite-
• deck longitudinals, which have an average diminu-
rion is not met, the item is to be dealt with as necessary
in the measured areas as far as the average condition of tion of 4%.
the item concerned is satisfactory. In cases where some The average diminution of the zone, which can be very
items are renewed, the average thicknesses of these roughly estimated at 8%, is acceptable.
items to be considered in the next step are the new
thicknesses. f) Evaluation of longitudinal strength
Example: to report the average value for each aft/for- The hull girder strength assessment is to be performed in
ward deck plate, the criteria given in [4.3.5] b) are to be accordance with the criteria specified in App 4.
MATERIAL (ReH)
ITEMS RATIO 235 315 355 and 390
(1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2)
Bottom and deck plates s/t 56,0 65,0 51,0 60,0 49,0 55,0
Longitudinal ordinary stiffeners flat bar web hw / t w 20,0 20,0 18,0 19,0 17,5 18,0
Flanged longitudinal / girders web hw / t w 56,0 65,0 51,0 60,0 49,0 55,0
Flanged longitudinal / girders symmetrical flange bf / t f 34,0 40,0 30,0 38,0 29,0 36,0
Flanged longitudinal / girders asymmetrical flange bf / t f 17,0 20,0 15,0 19,0 14,5 18,0
Symbols:
ReH : minimum yield stress of the material, in N/mm2; s : spacing, in t : actual plate thickness, in mm;
hw : web height, in mm; tw : web thickness, in mm; mm, of ordinary tf : flange thickness, in mm;
stiffeners;
bf : flange
breadth, in mm;
(1) Applicable to ships contracted for construction on or after 1 June 2000
(2) Applicable to ships contracted for construction before 1 June 2000
4.3.6 These criteria take into consideration two main 4.5 Pitting
aspects:
4.5.1 The maximum acceptable depth for isolated pits is
• the overall strength of the hull girder 35% of the as-built thickness.
• the local strength and integrity of the hull structure, such 4.5.2 (1/7/2001)
as hatch covers, bulkheads, etc. For areas with different pitting intensity, the intensity dia-
grams shown in Fig 12 are to be used to identify the per-
As a rule, they are applicable to the structure within the centage of affected areas.
cargo area of ships having a length greater than 90 metres.
For areas having a pitting intensity of 50% or more, the
However, they may also be used for smaller ships and for
maximum acceptable average depth of pits is 20% of the as-
structure outside the cargo area according to the following
built thickness. For intermediate values between isolated
principles:
pits and 50% of affected area, the interpolation between
• for ships having a length less than 90 metres, the per- 35% and 20% is made according to Tab 4.
centages of acceptable wastage given in the tables can
be increased by 5 (%) (e.g. 15% instead of 10%, etc.), Table 4 : Pitting intensity and
except for those of deck and bottom zones corresponding maximum acceptable average depth of
pitting (1/7/2001)
• for structure outside the cargo area, the same 5 (%)
increase can be applied
MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE
on the understanding, however, that both conditions cannot PITTING INTENSITY AVERAGE
be applied at the same time. (%) PITTING DEPTH (% of the
as-built thickness)
4.5.3 In addition, the thickness outside the pits in the area ess, but it is not considered an acceptable repair for pitting exceed-
considered is to be assessed according to [4.3] and [4.4] ing the maximum allowable wastage limits. Welding repairs may
above. be accepted when performed in accordance with procedures
agreed with the Society.
Note 1: Application of filler material (plastic or epoxy compounds)
is recommended as a means to stop or reduce the corrosion proc-
Table 5 : Local and global acceptance criteria for general cargo ships (given in % of wastage) (for ships contracted
for construction on/after 1 June 2000) (1/7/2012)
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - - 10
1 Hatch coaming - - 10 -
underdeck girder web 25 20 - -
underdeck girder flange 20 15 - -
2 Upperdeck plating, deck stringer plates and sheer strakes 30 20 10 -
3 Deck longitudinals - - 10 -
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - - 15
4 Side shell plating 25 20 15 -
5 ‘Tweendeck hatch girder - - 15 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
6 ‘Tweendeck plating 30 20 15 -
7 ‘Tweendeck longitudinals - - 15 -
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For ships, contracted for construction on or after 1 July 2012, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness
is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in
accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.12].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
For weather deck hatches of container ships and passenger ships, the thickness for steel renewal is tnet and the thickness for coat-
ing or annual gauging is when gauged thickness is between tnet and tnet + 0,5 mm.
(4) For deep tank bulkheads, the values “average of item” and “average of group” are to be increased by 5 (%).
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - - 10
8 Bilge and bottom strakes and keel plate 25 20 10 -
9 Bottom girders 25 20 10 -
10 Bilge and bottom longitudinals - - 10 -
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
11 Inner bottom plating 30 20 10 -
12 Inner bottom longitudinals - - 10 -
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
OTHER ITEMS
13 Hatch coaming plating (2) 25 20 - -
14 Hatch coaming brackets 30 25 - -
15 Hatch cover top plating (3) 25 20 15 -
16 Hatch cover skirt plating (3) 30 20 - -
17 Hatch cover stiffeners 30 20 - -
18 Transverse bulkheads (4)
plating 30 20 15 -
stringer web 30 20 - -
stringer flange 25 15 - -
stiffener web 30 20 - -
stiffener flange 25 15 - -
brackets 30 20 - -
19 Side frames
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
brackets 30 20 - -
20 Deck/’tweendeck frames
web 30 20 - -
flange 25 15 - -
21 Floors
plating 30 20 - -
22 Forward and aft peak bulkheads
plating 30 20 15 -
stiffener web 30 20 - -
stiffener flange 25 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For ships, contracted for construction on or after 1 July 2012, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness
is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in
accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.12].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
For weather deck hatches of container ships and passenger ships, the thickness for steel renewal is tnet and the thickness for coat-
ing or annual gauging is when gauged thickness is between tnet and tnet + 0,5 mm.
(4) For deep tank bulkheads, the values “average of item” and “average of group” are to be increased by 5 (%).
Table 6 : Local and global acceptance criteria for general cargo ships (given in % of wastage) (for ships contracted
for construction before 1 June 2000)
Group of 1 2 3
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - 10
1 Hatch coaming - - -
underdeck girder web and flange 25 20 -
2 Upperdeck plating, deck stringer plates and sheer strakes 25 20 -
3 Deck longitudinals web and flange 25 20 -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - -
4 Side shell plating 25 20 -
5 ‘Tweendeck hatch girder web and flange - - -
6 ‘Tweendeck plating 25 20 -
7 ‘Tweendeck longitudinals web and flange 25 20 -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - 10
8 Bilge and bottom strakes and keel plate 25 20 -
9 Bottom girders 25 20 -
10 Bilge and bottom longitudinals web and flange 25 20 -
11 Inner bottom plating 25 20 -
12 Inner bottom longitudinals web and flange 25 20 -
OTHER ITEMS
13 Hatch coaming plating (2) 30 25 -
14 Hatch coaming brackets 30 25 -
15 Hatch cover top plating 30 25 -
16 Hatch cover skirt plating 30 25 -
17 Hatch cover stiffeners 30 25 -
18 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 30 25 -
stringer web and flange 30 25 -
stiffener web and flange 30 25 -
brackets 30 25 -
19 Side frames
web and flange 30 25 -
brackets 30 25 -
20 Deck/’tweendeck frames
web and flange 30 25 -
21 Floors
plating 30 25 -
22 Forward and aft peak bulkheads
plating 30 25 -
stiffener web and flange 30 25 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For deep tank bulkheads, the values “average of item” are to be increased by 5 (%).
13 15 14 16 12 2
1
DECK
ZONE
3
4
5 17 6
19
NEUTRAL
18
AXIS
10 11 9 ZONE
BOTTOM
ZONE
20 8 7
Table 7 : Local and global acceptance criteria for bulk carriers (given in % of wastage)
(for ships contracted for construction on/after 1 June 2000) (1/7/2009)
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - - 10
1 Strength deck plating, deck stringer, sheer strake and part of 25 20 10 -
side shell plating in way of top side tanks
2 Deck longitudinals - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
3 Side shell longitudinals in way of top side tanks - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
4 Top side tank sloped plating, including horizontal and vertical 25 20 10 -
strakes
5 Longitudinals connected to top side tank sloped plating - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - - 15
6 Side shell plating 25 20 15 -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - - 10
7 Bilge and bottom plating and keel plate 25 20 10 -
8 Bilge and bottom longitudinals - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
9 Bottom girders 25 15 10 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule given in
Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria given in Ch 6,
Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by applying the
strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t net + 0,5 mm and t net
+ 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an
alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction before 1 January 2004, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch
covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than
tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with
the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when
this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these
cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of forward and side hatch coamings on exposed decks in position 1, as defined in ILCC, are as follows:
• steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet
+ 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may
be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.12].
(6) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accord-
ance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is
to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.12].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
10 Inner bottom plating and hopper tank sloped plating 25 20 10 -
11 Longitudinals connected to inner bottom and hopper tank - - 10 -
sloped plating
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
OTHER ITEMS
12 Hatch coaming plating (2) (5) 25 20 - -
13 Hatch coaming brackets (5) 30 25 - -
14 Hatch cover top plating (4) (6) 25 20 15 -
15 Hatch cover skirt plating (4) (6) 25 20 - -
16 Hatch cover stiffeners (4) (6) 25 20 - -
17 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 25 20 15 -
stiffener web 25 20 - -
stiffener flange 20 15 - -
18 Side shell frames
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets 20 15 - -
19 Topside and hopper tank web frames
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule given in
Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria given in Ch 6,
Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by applying the
strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t net + 0,5 mm and t net
+ 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an
alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction before 1 January 2004, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch
covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than
tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with
the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when
this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these
cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of forward and side hatch coamings on exposed decks in position 1, as defined in ILCC, are as follows:
• steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet
+ 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may
be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.12].
(6) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accord-
ance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is
to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.12].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
20 Floors
plating 25 15 - -
21 Forward and aft peak bulkheads
plating 25 20 15 -
stiffener web 25 20 - -
stiffener flange 20 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule given in
Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria given in Ch 6,
Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by applying the
strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t net + 0,5 mm and t net
+ 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an
alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction before 1 January 2004, the renewal criteria of all cargo hatch
covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than
tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with
the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when
this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these
cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of forward and side hatch coamings on exposed decks in position 1, as defined in ILCC, are as follows:
• steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet
+ 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may
be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.12].
(6) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2] to Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.7], contracted for construction on or after 1 January 2004, the renewal
criteria of all cargo hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of double skin hatch covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accord-
ance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal. Coating is
to be maintained in good condition, as defined in Sec 2, [2.2.12].
For the internal structure of double skin hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or
when this is deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In
these cases, steel renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
Table 8 : Local and global acceptance criteria for bulk carriers (given in % of wastage)(for ships contracted for con-
struction before 1 June 2000)
1 2 3
Group of items Description of items
Isolated area Item Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - 10
1 Strength deck plating, deck stringer, sheer strake and part of side shell plat- 25 20 -
ing in way of top side tanks
2 Deck longitudinals, web and flange 25 20 -
3 Side shell longitudinals in way of top side tanks, web and flange 25 20 -
4 Top side tank sloped plating, including horizontal and vertical strakes 25 20 -
5 Longitudinals connected to top side tank sloped plating, web and flange 25 20 -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - -
6 Side shell plating 25 20 -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - 10
7 Bilge and bottom plating and keel plate 25 20 -
8 Bilge and bottom longitudinals, web and flange 25 20 -
9 Bottom girders 25 20 -
10 Inner bottom plating and hopper tank sloped plating 25 20 -
11 Longitudinals connected to inner bottom and hopper tank sloped plating, 25 20 -
web and flange
OTHER ITEMS
12 Hatch coaming plating (2) 30 25 -
13 Hatch coaming brackets 30 25 -
14 Hatch cover top plating (5) 30 25 -
15 Hatch cover skirt plating (5) 30 25 -
16 Hatch cover stiffeners (5) 30 25 -
17 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 25 20 -
stiffener web and flange 25 20 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t net + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by
applying the strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t
net + 0,5 mm and t net + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual
gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships whose side shell frames are to comply with the retroactive requirements given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7] the acceptance cri-
teria for the thickness diminution of the webs of frames and brackets are not to be considered the values indicated in the Table
(20% of wastage), but rather the specific value obtained by the structural assessment carried out in accordance with the criteria
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7]. For flanges, the acceptance criteria indicated in the Table (20% of wastage) are to be applied in addi-
tion to the criteria given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7].
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, the renewal criteria of all cargo
hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied
in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel
renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when this is
deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these cases, steel
renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
1 2 3
Group of items Description of items
Isolated area Item Zone
18 Side shell frames (4)
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets 25 20 -
19 Topside and hopper tank web frames, web and flange 25 20 -
20 Floors
plating 25 20 -
21 Forward and aft peak bulkheads
plating 25 20 -
stiffener web and flange 25 20 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) If continuous, to be included in item 1.
(3) For vertically corrugated transverse bulkheads in cargo holds:
• For ships indicated in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.1] which are to comply with the retroactive requirements according to the schedule
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.2], the bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds is to be assessed based on the criteria
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [1.3].
• For ships indicated in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1.1], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, all bulkheads are to be
repaired by steel renewal where the gauged thickness is less than t net + 0,5 mm, where t net is the thickness obtained by
applying the strength criteria given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [7.1]. However, where the gauged thickness is within the range t
net + 0,5 mm and t net + 1,0 mm, coating (applied in accordance with the coating Manufacturer’s requirements) or annual
gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
(4) For ships whose side shell frames are to comply with the retroactive requirements given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7] the acceptance cri-
teria for the thickness diminution of the webs of frames and brackets are not to be considered the values indicated in the Table
(20% of wastage), but rather the specific value obtained by the structural assessment carried out in accordance with the criteria
given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7]. For flanges, the acceptance criteria indicated in the Table (20% of wastage) are to be applied in addi-
tion to the criteria given in Ch 6, Sec 2, [7].
(5) For ships indicated in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], contracted for construction on or after 1 July 1998, the renewal criteria of all cargo
hatch covers are as follows:
• for single skin hatch covers and for the plating of pontoon covers, steel renewal is required where the gauged thickness is
less than tnet + 0,5 mm. Where the gauged thickness is within the range tnet + 0,5 mm and tnet + 1,0 mm, coating (applied
in accordance with the coating Manufacturer's requirements) or annual gauging may be adopted as an alternative to steel
renewal.
For the internal structure of pontoon hatch covers, thickness gauging is required when plating renewal is to be carried out or when this is
deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Surveyor, on the basis of the plating corrosion or deformation condition. In these cases, steel
renewal for the internal structures is required where the gauged thickness is less than tnet.
13 3 2
DECK ZONE
15
4 1
NEUTRAL AXIS
ZONE
14 17 18 7 6 5
8
12 10 9
16
BOTTOM ZONE
11
Table 9 : Local and global acceptance criteria for oil tankers (given in % of wastage)(for ships contracted for con-
struction on/after 1 June 2000) (1/7/2009)
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - - 10
1 Deck plating, deck stringer, sheer strake and longitudinal 25 20 10 -
bulkhead upper strake (2)
2 Deck and sheer strake longitudinals - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
3 Deck longitudinal girders - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
4 Longitudinals connected to long. bulkhead upper strake (2) - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - - 15
5 Side shell plating (2) 25 20 15 -
6 Side shell longitudinals and stringers (2) - - 15 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
7 Longitudinal bulkhead plating 25 20 15 -
8 Longitudinal bulkhead longitudinals and stringers - - 15 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - - 10
9 Bilge and bottom strakes, longitudinal bulkhead lower strake 25 20 10 -
and keel plate (2)
10 Bilge and bottom longitudinals (2) - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
11 Longitudinals connected to longitud. bulkhead lower strake - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
12 Bottom girders - - 10 -
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
OTHER ITEMS
13 Deck transverse web frame
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 - -
14 Side shell web frame
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) For double hull oil tankers, the structural elements of the inner skin (plating, longitudinals, girders, bulkheads) are to be
included in the corresponding elements of the outer skin.
(3) Including swash bulkheads, forward and aft peak bulkheads.
Group of 1 2 3 4
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Group Zone
15 Longitudinal bulkhead web frame
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 - -
16 Bottom transverse web frame
web 25 20 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 - -
17 Cross tie
web 25 15 - -
flange 20 15 - -
brackets / stiffeners 20 15 - -
18 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 25 20 15 -
stringer web 25 20 - -
stringer flange 20 15 - -
stiffener web 30 20 - -
stiffener flange 25 15 - -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) For double hull oil tankers, the structural elements of the inner skin (plating, longitudinals, girders, bulkheads) are to be
included in the corresponding elements of the outer skin.
(3) Including swash bulkheads, forward and aft peak bulkheads.
Table 10 : Local and global acceptance criteria for oil tankers (given in % of wastage)
(for ships contracted for construction before 1 June 2000)
Group of 1 2 3
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Zone
ITEMS CONTRIBUTING TO THE LONGITUDINAL STRENGTH (TRANSVERSE SECTION)
DECK ZONE (1) - - 10
1 Deck plating, deck stringer, sheer strake and longitudinal bulkhead 25 20 -
upper strake (2)
2 Deck and sheer strake longitudinals, web and flange 25 20 -
3 Deck longitudinal girders, web and flange 25 20 -
4 Longitudinals connected to long. bulkhead upper strake (2)
web and flange 25 20 -
NEUTRAL AXIS ZONE (1) - - -
5 Side shell plating (2) 25 20 -
6 Side shell longitudinals and stringers (2)
web and flange 25 20 -
7 Longitudinal bulkhead plating 25 20 -
8 Longitudinal bulkhead longitudinals and stringers, web and flange 25 20 -
BOTTOM ZONE (1) - - 10
9 Bilge and bottom strakes, longitudinal bulkhead lower strake and 25 20 -
keel plate (2)
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) For double hull oil tankers, the structural elements of the inner skin (plating, longitudinals, girders, bulkheads) are to be
included in the corresponding elements of the outer skin.
(3) Including swash bulkheads, forward and aft peak bulkheads.
Group of 1 2 3
Description of items
items Isolated area Item Zone
10 Bilge and bottom longitudinals (2) 25 20 -
web and flange
11 Longitudinals connected to longitud. bulkhead lower strake, web 25 20 -
and flange
12 Bottom girders, web and flange 25 20 -
OTHER ITEMS
13 Deck transverse web frame
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
14 Side shell web frame
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
15 Longitudinal bulkhead web frame
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
16 Bottom transverse web frame
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
17 Cross tie
web and flange 25 20 -
brackets / stiffeners 25 20 -
18 Transverse bulkheads (3)
plating 25 20 -
stringer web and flange 25 20 -
stiffener web and flange 25 20 -
(1) Each zone is to be evaluated separately.
(2) For double hull oil tankers, the structural elements of the inner skin (plating, longitudinals, girders, bulkheads) are to be
included in the corresponding elements of the outer skin.
(3) Including swash bulkheads, forward and aft peak bulkheads.
3 Single skin bulk carriers veys (special, intermediate and annual), the locations of the
points to be measured are given for the most important
3.1 Number and locations of measurements items of the structure.
3.1.1 Application (1/7/2012) 3.1.3 Locations of measurements (1/7/2012)
This item [3] only applies to ships built under the Common Tab 2 provides explanations and/or interpretations for the
Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers. For ships not built under application of those requirements indicated in the Rules,
the Common Structural Rules, the requirements for number which refer to both systematic thickness measurements
and locations of measurements are according to App 2 or related to the calculation of global hull girder strength and
other specific requirements established by the Society. specific measurements connected to close-up surveys.
3.1.2 Number of measurements (1/7/2012) Fig 1 to Fig 6 are provided to facilitate the explanations
Considering the extent of thickness measurements accord- and/or interpretations given in Tab 2, to show typical
ing to the different structural elements of the ship and sur- arrangements of single side skin bulk carriers.
Table 2 : Interpretations of rule requirements for the locations and number of points to be measured for CSR bulk
carriers (single skin) (1/7/2012)
30 mm
Measurements are to be taken on both port and starboard sides of the selected transverse section.
1 1 1
2 2
2 2
$ $ $ $
2 3
50 mm
(1) Three sections at L/4, L/2, 3L/4 of hatch cover length, including:
• one measurement of each hatch cover plate and skirt plate
• measurements of adjacent beams and stiffeners
• one measurement of coaming plates and coaming flange, each side
(2) Measurements of both ends of hatch cover skirt plate, coaming plate and coaming flange
(3) One measurement of one out of three hatch coaming brackets and bars, on both sides and both ends
Figure 3 : Locations of measurements on structural members in cargo holds and ballast tanks of single side skin
bulk carriers (1/7/2012)
30 mm
30 mm
A A
30 mm
A-A
Note: The gauging pattern for web plating is to be a three point pattern for zones A, C and D, and a two point pattern for zone B (see figure). The
gauging report is to reflect the average reading. The average reading is to be compared with the allowable thickness. If the web plating has gen-
eral corrosion then this pattern is to be expanded to a five-point pattern.
Figure 4 : Locations of measurements on cargo hold transverse bulkheads (additional measurements to internal
structure of upper and lower stools to be added, e. g. two points in the upper and two points in the lower stools to
be indicated in section A - A) (1/7/2012)
A
B B
A A -A
B -B
Note: Measurements to be taken in each shaded area as per views A - A and B - B
Figure 5 : Locations of measurements on transverse bulkheads of topside, hopper and double bottom tanks (two
additional measurements to internal structure of double bottom tank to be added at midspan) (1/7/2012)
A
Topside
tank
Hopper
side tank
Double botton tank
A-A
x x
x x
A A
x x x
3.2.3 Acceptance criteria for edge corrosion of CSR 4.1.3 Locations of measurements (1/7/2012)
ships (1/7/2012) Tab 3 provides explanations and/or interpretations for the
Provided that the overall corroded height of the edge corro- application of those requirements indicated in the Rules,
sion of the flange, or web in the case of flat bar stiffeners, is which refer to both systematic thickness measurements
less than 25%, see Sec 2, Fig 1, of the stiffener flange related to the calculation of global hull girder strength and
breadth or web height, as applicable, the measured thick- specific measurements connected to close-up surveys.
ness, tm, is to meet the lesser of the following criteria:
Fig 7 to Fig 12 are provided to facilitate the explanations
tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add) mm and/or interpretations given in Tab 3, to show typical
tm > tren - 1 mm arrangements of double side skin bulk carriers.
3.2.4 Acceptance criteria for grooving corrosion of If pitting intensity in an area where coating is required,
CSR ships (1/7/2012) according to Ch 3, Sec 5 of the Common Structural
Rules for Bulk Carriers, is higher than 15% (see App 2,
a) Where the groove breadth is a maximum of 15% of the
Fig 12), thickness measurements are to be performed to
web height, but not more than 30mm, see Sec 2, Fig 2,
check the extent of pitting corrosion. The 15% is based
the measured thickness, tm, in the grooved area is to
on pitting or grooving on only one side of a plate.
meet the lesser of the following criteria:
In cases where pitting is exceeding 15%, as defined
tm > 0,75 (tas-built - tvol add) mm above, an area of 300 mm or more, at the most pitted
tm > tren - 0,5 mm part of the plate, is to be cleaned to bare metal and the
but is not to be less than thickness is to be measured in way of the five deepest
pits within the cleaned area. The least thickness meas-
tm= 6 mm
ured in way of any of these pits is to be taken as the
b) Structural members with areas of grooving greater than thickness to be recorded.
those in a) are to be assessed based on the criteria for The minimum remaining thickness in pits, grooves or
general corrosion as defined in Chapter 13 of the Com- other local areas is to be greater than 70% of the as-built
mon Structural Rules using the average measured thick- thickness, in the side shell, hopper tank and topside
ness across the plating/stiffener. tank plating attached to the each side frame, over a
width up to 30 mm from each side of it, without being
4 Double skin bulk carriers greater than tren.
b) Other structures
4.1 Number and Locations of measure- For plates with pitting intensity less than 20%, see
ments App 2, Fig 12, the measured thickness, tm of any indi-
vidual measurement is to meet the lesser of the follow-
4.1.1 Application (1/7/2012) ing criteria:
This item [4] only applies to ships built under the Common tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add) mm
Structural Rules of Bulk Carriers. For ships not built under
the Common Structural Rules, the requirements for number tm > tren - 1 mm
and locations of measurements are according to Appendix Where:
2 or other specific requirements established by the Society. tas-built : As-built thickness of the member, in mm
4.1.2 Number of measurements (1/7/2012) tvol add : Voluntary thickness addition; thickness, in mm,
Considering the extent of thickness measurements accord- voluntarily added as the Owner's extra margin
ing to the different structural elements of the ship and sur- for corrosion wastage in addition to tC
veys (special, intermediate and annual), the locations of the tren : Renewal thickness; minimum allowable thick-
points to be measured are given for the most important ness, in mm, below which renewal of structural
items of the structure. members is to be carried out
tC : Total corrosion addition, in mm, defined in Ch measurements taken on this same item during
3, Sec 3 of the Common Structural Rules for periodical ship's in service surveys.
Bulk Carriers The average thickness across any cross section in the plating
tm : Measured thickness, in mm, on one item, i.e. is not to be less than the renewal criteria for general corro-
average thickness on one item using the various sion given in Chapter 13 of the Common Structural Rules.
Table 3 : Interpretations of rule requirements for the locations and number of points to be measured for CSR bulk
carriers (double skin) (1/7/2012)
One of the representative tanks of each type Locations of points are given in Fig 9
(i.e. topside or hopper or side tank) is to be
chosen in the forward part
x x
x x
30 mm
x x
x x
1 1 1
2 2
2 2
$ $ $ $
2 3
50 mm
(1) Three sections at L/4, L/2, 3L/4 of hatch cover length, including:
• one measurement of each hatch cover plate and skirt plate
• measurements of adjacent beams and stiffeners
• one measurement of coaming plates and coaming flange, each side
(2) Measurements of both ends of hatch cover skirt plate, coaming plate and coaming flange
(3) One measurement of one out of three hatch coaming brackets and bars, on both sides and both ends
Figure 9 : Locations of measurements on structural members in ballast tanks of double skin bulk carriers (topside
or hopper or side tanks) (1/7/2012)
30 mm
x x
x x
30 mm
A A
A-A
x x
x x
Figure 10 : Locations of measurements on cargo hold transverse bulkheads (additional measurements to internal
structure of upper and lower stools to be added, e.g. two points in the upper and two points in the lower stools to
be indicated in section A - A) (1/7/2012)
B B
A A -A
B -B
Note: Measurements to be taken in each shaded area as per views A - A and B - B
Figure 11 : Locations of measurements on transverse bulkheads of topside, hopper and double bottom tanks (two
additional measurements to internal structure of double bottom tank to be added at midspan) (1/7/2012)
Topside
tank
Hopper
side tank
Double botton tank
A-A
x x
x x
A A
x x x
4.2.3 Acceptance criteria for edge corrosion of CSR but is not to be less than
ships (1/7/2012) tm= 6 mm
Provided that the overall corroded height of the edge corro-
b) Structural members with areas of grooving greater than
sion of the flange, or web in the case of flat bar stiffeners, is
those in a) are to be assessed based on the criteria for
less than 25%, see Sec 2, Fig 1, of the stiffener flange
general corrosion as defined in Chapter 13 of the Com-
breadth or web height, as applicable, the measured thick-
mon Structural Rules using the average measured thick-
ness, tm, is to meet the lesser of the following criteria:
ness across the plating/stiffener.
tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add) mm
tm > tren - 1 mm 5 Double hull oil tankers
The average measured thickness across the breadth or 5.1 Number and locations of measurements
height of the stiffener is not to be less than that defined in
Chapter 13 of the Common Structural Rules. 5.1.1 Application (1/7/2012)
Plate edges at openings for manholes, lightening holes etc. This item [5] only applies to ships built under the Common
may be below the minimum thickness given in Chapter 13 Structural Rules of Double Hull Oil Tankers. For ships not
of the Common Structural Rules provided that: built under the Common Structural Rules, the requirements
for number and locations of measurements are according to
a) the maximum extent of the reduced plate thickness, App 2 or other specific requirements established by the
below the minimum given in Chapter 13 of CSR, from Society.
the opening edge is not more than 20% of the smallest
dimension of the opening and does not exceed 100 5.1.2 Number of measurements (1/7/2012)
mm. Considering the extent of thickness measurements accord-
b) rough or uneven edges may be cropped-back provided ing to the different structural elements of the ship and sur-
that the maximum dimension of the opening is not veys (special, intermediate and annual), the locations of the
increased by more than 10% and the remaining thick- points to be measured are given for the most important
ness of the new edge is not less than tren - 1 mm. items of the structure.
5.1.3 Locations of measurements (1/7/2012)
4.2.4 Acceptance criteria for grooving corrosion of
Tab 4 provides explanations and/or interpretations for the
CSR ships (1/7/2012)
application of those requirements indicated in the Rules,
a) Where the groove breadth is a maximum of 15% of the which refer to both systematic thickness measurements
web height, but not more than 30mm, see Sec 2, Fig 2, related to the calculation of global hull girder strength and
the measured thickness, tm, in the grooved area is to specific measurements connected to close-up surveys.
meet the lesser of the following criteria:
Fig 13 to Fig 16 are provided to facilitate the explanations
tm > 0,75 (tas-built - tvol add) mm and/or interpretations given in Tab 4, to show typical
tm > tren - 0,5 mm arrangements of double hull oil tankers.
Table 4 : Interpretations of rule requirements for the locations and number of points to be measured (1/7/2012)
$ $ $ $ $ $
$
0,1 D
$
$
$
$
$
D
$
$
$
$
$ $ $ $ $
0,1 D
$ $ $ $ $ $
On each
plate of
stringers
tm > 0,7 (tas-built - tvol add) tren : Renewal criteria for general corrosion as
defined in [1.4.2.1] of Section 12 of CSRs
tm > tren - 1 for Oil Tankers
where:
b) Structural members with areas of grooving greater than
tas-built : As-built thickness of the member, in mm those in a) are to be assessed based on the criteria for
tvol add : Voluntary thickness addition; thickness, in mm, general corrosion as defined in [1.4.2] of Section 12 of
voluntarily added as the Owner's extra margin the Common Structural Rules for Oil Tankers using the
for corrosion wastage in addition to tC average measured thickness across the plating/stiffener.
1 General original sectional area when the ship was built), either of
the following measures is to be taken:
1.1 a) renewal or reinforcement of the deck or bottom zones
so that the actual sectional area is not less than 90% of
1.1.1 (1/7/2005)
the as-built area; or
These criteria are to be used for the evaluation of longitudi-
nal strength of the ship's hull girder as required by Sec 2, b) calculation of the actual section moduli (Zact) of the
[2.3.9]. transverse section of the ship's hull girder by applying
the calculation method specified in [4], using the thick-
In order for the evaluation of the ship's longitudinal strength
ness measured, renewed or reinforced, as appropriate,
to be recognised as valid, fillet welding between longitudi-
during the class renewal survey.
nal internal members and hull envelopes is to be in sound
condition so as to keep integrity of longitudinal internal
members with hull envelopes. 3 Requirements for transverse section
Items [1.1.2] and [6] only apply to oil tankers. modulus of hull girder
1.1.2 (1/7/2005)
On oil tankers, both for single and double hull construction, 3.1
of 130 m in length and upwards and of over 10 years of age,
3.1.1 (1/7/2002)
the longitudinal strength of the ship's hull girder is to be
evaluated in compliance with the requirements of this The actual section moduli (Zact) of the transverse section of
App 4 on the basis of the thickness measured, renewed or the ship's hull girder calculated in accordance with [2.1.2]
reinforced, as appropriate, during the class renewal survey. b) above is not to be less than 90% of the required section
modulus ZR or ZR,MIN for new buildings specified in Pt B,
The condition of the hull girder for longitudinal strength
Ch 6, Sec 2, [4.2], whichever is the greater, provided that in
evaluation is to be determined in accordance with the
no case is Zact less than the diminution limit of the minimum
methods specified in [6].
section modulus (ZMC) as specified in [5].
1.1.3 (1/7/2013)
This App 4 does not apply to ships having the notation bulk
carrier ESP CSR; for these ships Chapter 13 of the "Common 4 Calculation criteria of section moduli
Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers" applies. of midship section of hull girder
1.1.4 (1/7/2013)
Except for the provisions of item [6], this App 4 does not 4.1
apply to ships having the notation oil tanker ESP CSR; for
4.1.1 (1/7/2002)
these ships Section 12 of the "Common Structural Rules for
Double Hull Oil Tankers" applies. When calculating the transverse section modulus of the
ship's hull girder, the sectional area of all continuous longi-
tudinal strength members is to be taken into account.
2 Calculation of transverse sectional
areas of deck and bottom flanges of 4.1.2 (1/7/2002)
hull girder Large openings, i.e. openings exceeding 2,5m in length or
1,2m in breadth and scallops, where scallop welding is
applied, are always to be deducted from the sectional areas
2.1 used in the section modulus calculation.
2.1.1 (1/7/2002) 4.1.3 (1/7/2002)
The transverse sectional areas of deck zones and bottom
Smaller openings (manholes, lightening holes, single scal-
zones (as defined in App 2, [4.3.4]) of the ship's hull girder
lops in way of seams, etc.) need not be deducted provided
are to be calculated by using the thickness measured,
that the sum of their breadths or shadow area breadths in
renewed or reinforced, as appropriate, during the class
one transverse section does not reduce the section modulus
renewal survey.
at deck or bottom by more than 3% and provided that the
2.1.2 (1/7/2002) height of lightening holes, draining holes and single scal-
If the diminution of sectional areas of either deck or bottom lops in longitudinals or longitudinal girders does not exceed
zones exceeds 10 % of their respective as-built area (i.e. 25% of the web depth, for scallops of maximum 75mm.
Table 1 : Values of Cn
6.2.2 (1/7/2005) areas bordering the repaired section also comply with the
The minimum number of transverse sections to be sampled requirements of Ch 4, Sec 3 for single hull oil tankers or
is to be in accordance with Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 3 for single Ch 4, Sec 4 for double hull oil tankers.
hull oil tankers or Ch 4, Sec 4, Tab 3 for double hull oil
tankers. The transverse sections are to be located where the 6.4 Effective repair methods
largest thickness reductions are suspected to occur or are
revealed from deck and bottom plating measurements pre- 6.4.1 (1/7/2005)
scribed in [6.2.3] and are to be clear of areas which have The extent of renewal or reinforcement carried out to com-
been locally renewed or reinforced. ply with this App 4 is to be in accordance with [6.4.2].
6.2.3 (1/7/2005) 6.4.2 (1/7/2013)
At least two points are to be measured on each deck plate The minimum continuous length of a renewed or reinforced
and/or bottom shell plate required to be measured within structural member is to be not less than twice the spacing of
the cargo area in accordance with the requirements of the primary members in way. In addition, the thickness dim-
Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 3 for single hull oil tankers or Ch 4, Sec 4, inution in way of the butt-joint of each joining member for-
Tab 3for double hull oil tankers. ward and aft of the replaced member (plates, stiffeners,
6.2.4 (1/7/2005) girder webs and flanges, etc.) is not to be within the sub-
Within 0,1D (where D is the ship's moulded depth) of the stantial corrosion range (75% of the allowable diminution
deck and bottom at each transverse section to be measured associated with each particular member for non CSR ships;
in accordance with the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 3 or for CSR ships the limits indicated in Section 12 of the
for single hull oil tankers or Ch 4, Sec 4, Tab 3 for double "Common Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil Tankers").
hull oil tankers, every longitudinal and girder is to be meas- Where differences in thickness at the butt-joint exceed 15%
ured on the web and face plate, and every plate is to be of the lower thickness, a transition taper is to be provided.
measured at one point between longitudinals. 6.4.3 (1/7/2013)
6.2.5 (1/7/2005) Alternative repair methods involving the fitting of straps or
For longitudinal members other than those specified in structural member modification are subject to special con-
[6.2.4] to be measured at each transverse section in accord- sideration. When considered, the fitting of straps is to be
ance with the requirements of Ch 4, Sec 3, Tab 3 for single limited to the following conditions:
hull oil tankers or Ch 4, Sec 4, Tab 3 for double hull oil
a) to restore and/or increase longitudinal strength;
tankers, every longitudinal and girder is to be measured on
the web and face plate, and every plate is to be measured at b) the thickness diminution of the deck or bottom plating
least in one point per strake. to be reinforced is not within the substantial corrosion
6.2.6 (1/7/2005) range (75% of the allowable diminution associated with
the deck plating member for non CSR ships; or for CSR
The thickness of each component is to be determined by ships the limits indicated in Section 12 of the "Common
averaging all of the measurements taken in way of the trans- Structural Rules for Double Hull Oil Tankers");
verse section on each component.
c) the alignment and arrangement, including the termina-
tion of the straps, are in accordance with a standard rec-
6.3 Additional measurements where the lon-
ognised by the Society;
gitudinal strength is deficient
d) the straps are continuous over the entire 0,5L amidships
6.3.1 (1/7/2005)
length; and
Where one or more of the transverse sections are found to
be deficient in respect of the longitudinal strength require- e) continuous fillet welding and full penetration welds are
ments given in this App 4, the number of transverse sections used for butt welding and, depending on the width of
for thickness measurement is to be increased such that each the strap, for slot welds. The welding procedures
tank within the 0,5L amidships region has been sampled. applied are acceptable to the Society.
Tank spaces that are partially within, but extend beyond, 6.4.4 (1/7/2005)
the 0,5L region are to be sampled.
The existing structure, adjacent to replacement areas and in
6.3.2 (1/7/2005) conjunction with the fitted straps, etc., is to be capable of
Additional thickness measurements are also to be per- withstanding the applied loads, taking into account the
formed on one transverse section forward and one aft of buckling resistance and the condition of welds between the
each repaired area to the extent necessary to ensure that the longitudinal members and hull envelope plating.
Chapter 3
1.2 Definitions This Article [1] covers the survey of all new construction of
steel ships intended for classification and for international
voyages except for:
1.2.1 Hull structure (1/1/2008)
The hull structure (see Note 1) is defined as follows: a) those defined in SOLAS I/3
1.3.3 Equipment, fittings and reviewed by the Society for the specific new construc-
appendages (1/1/2008) tion is as follows:
This Article [1] does not cover the manufacture of equip- 1) plans and supporting documents,
ment, fittings and appendages regardless of whether they 2) examination and testing plans,
are made inside or outside the shipyard, examples being as
follows: 3) NDE plans,
4) welding consumable details,
a) hatch covers,
5) welding procedure specifications,
b) doors and ramps integral with the shell and bulkheads,
6) welding plan or details,
c) rudders and rudder stock,
7) welders' qualification records,
d) all forgings and castings integral to the hull. 8) NDE operators' qualification records;
Evidence of acceptance is to be provided by accompanying f) documents to be inserted into the ship construction file.
documentation from the Surveyor at the Manufacturer's and Refer to [1.10] for details;
verified at the shipyard.
g) a list of specific activities which are relevant to the ship-
1.3.4 Installation, welding and testing (1/1/2008) building functions. This list is not exhaustive and can be
modified to reflect the construction facilities or specific
This Article [1] applies to the installation in the ship, weld-
ship type.
ing and testing of:
a) the items listed in [1.3.3] above 1.5.2 Materials and equipment supplied (1/1/2008)
During the construction process as required, evidence is
b) equipment forming part of the watertight and weather-
also to be made available by the shipbuilder to the Surveyor
tight integrity of the ship.
to prove that the materials and equipment supplied to the
ship have been built or manufactured under survey relevant
1.3.5 Location of construction (1/7/2010)
to the classification Rules and statutory requirements.
This Article [1] applies to the hull structures and coating
constructed:
1.6 Review of the shipyard
a) at the shipbuilder's facilities,
1.6.1 Review of the construction facilities (1/7/2010)
b) by subcontractors at the shipbuilder's facilities,
The Society is to familiarise itself with the yard's production
c) by subcontractors at their own facilities or at other facilities, management processes and safety for considera-
remote locations. tion in terms of compliance with the requirements of Tab 1
(see Note 1) prior to any steelwork or construction taking
1.4 Personnel place in the following circumstances:
a) where the Society has no, or no recent, experience of
1.4.1 Qualification and monitoring of exclusive the construction facilities - typically after a one year
Surveyors (1/7/2010) lapse - or when significant new infrastructure has been
The Society's Surveyors are to confirm through patrol, added,
review and witness, as defined in [1.2.3], that ships are built b) where there has been significant management or per-
using approved plans in accordance with the relevant Rules sonnel restructuring having an impact on the ship con-
and statutory requirements. The Surveyors are to be quali- struction process, or
fied to be able to carry out their tasks, and procedures are to
c) where the shipbuilder contracts to construct a ship of a
be in place to ensure that their activities are monitored.
different type or substantially different in design.
Note 1: Reference is made to [1.11] - Shipyard review record, as
1.5 Survey of the hull structure an example.
builder is to be asked to agree to undertake ad hoc investi- be submitted for approval and examination at the time of
gations during construction where areas of concern arise the kick-off meeting. They are to include:
and to keep the Society advised of the progress of any such
a) proposals for the examination of completed steelwork -
investigation. Whenever an investigation is undertaken, the
generally referred to as the block plan and including
builder is to be requested, in principle, to agree to suspend details of joining blocks together at the pre-erection and
relevant construction activities if warranted by the severity erection stages or at other relevant stages;
of the problem.
b) proposals for fit-up examinations where necessary;
1.7.2 Delegated statutory requirements (1/1/2008)
c) proposals for testing of the structure (leak and hydro-
The records are to take note of specific published Adminis- static) as well as for all watertight and weathertight clos-
tration requirements and interpretations of delegated statu- ing appliances;
tory requirements.
d) proposals for non-destructive examination;
1.7.3 Construction progress records (1/7/2010) e) any other proposals specific to the ship type or to the
statutory requirements.
The shipyard shall be requested to advise of any changes to
the activities agreed at the kick-off meeting and these are to
1.8.2 Submittal of plans to the Surveyors (1/7/2010)
be documented. For instance, if the shipbuilder chooses to
use or change subcontractors, or to incorporate any modifi- The plans and any modifications to them are to be submit-
cations necessitated by changes in production or inspection ted to the Surveyors in sufficient time to allow review before
methods, rules and regulations, structural modifications, or the relevant survey activity commences.
in the event where increased inspection requirements are
deemed necessary as a result of a substantial non-conform- 1.9 Proof of the consistency of surveys
ance or otherwise.
1.9.1 Evidence for survey planning and
1.7.4 Fabrication quality standard (1/7/2010) activities (1/1/2008)
Shipbuilding quality standards for the hull structure during Inspection and test records, checklists etc are to be kept in
new construction are to be reviewed and agreed during the order to provide evidence that the Society's Surveyors have
kick-off meeting. Structural fabrication is to be carried out complied with the requirements of the newbuilding survey
in accordance with IACS Recommendation 47, "Shipbuild- planning and duly participated in the relevant activities
ing and Repair Quality Standard", or a recognised fabrica- shown in the shipbuilder's examination and test plans.
tion standard which has been accepted by the Society prior
to the commencement of fabrication/construction. The 1.10 Ship Construction File
work is to be carried out in accordance with the Rules and
under survey of the Society. 1.10.1 Document provider (1/7/2010)
1.7.5 Other attendees at the kick-off meeting The shipbuilder is to deliver documents for the Ship Con-
(1/1/2008) struction File. In the event that items have been provided by
another Party such as the Shipowner, and where separate
The kick-off meeting may be attended by other parties, such arrangements have been made for document delivery
as the Owner or Administrations, subject to agreement by excluding the shipbuilder, that Party has the responsibility.
the shipbuilder.
The Ship Construction File is to be reviewed for content in
accordance with the requirements of [1.10.2].
1.7.6 Special cases of kick-off meeting (1/7/2010)
In the event of series ship production, consideration may be 1.10.2 Contents of the Ship Construction File
given to waiving the requirement for a kick-off meeting for (1/7/2010)
the second and subsequent ships provided any changes are It is recognised that the purpose of documents held in the
documented as required in [1.7.1]. Ship Construction File on board the ship is to facilitate sur-
veys and repairs and maintenance, and, therefore, in addi-
tion to those listed in Tab 1, such documents are to include,
1.8 Examination and test plan for newbuild-
but not be limited to, the following:
ing activities
a) as-built structural drawings including scantling details,
1.8.1 Plans to be provided (1/1/2008) material details and, as applicable, wastage allowances,
location of butts and seams, cross-section details and
The shipbuilder is to provide plans of the items which are locations of all partial and full penetration welds, areas
intended to be examined and tested. These plans need not identified for close attention and rudders;
b) manuals required for classification and statutory ings (PSPC), as a class requirement under the IACS
requirements, e.g. loading and stability, bow doors, Common Structural Rules.
inner doors, side shell doors and stern doors - opera-
tions and maintenance manuals ( Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5 and 1.11 Shipyard review record
Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 6);
c) ship structure access manual, as applicable; 1.11.1 Contents of the shipyard review
d) copies of certificates of forgings and castings welded record (1/1/2008)
into the hull ( Pt D, Ch 2, Sec 3 and Pt D, Ch 2, Sec 4); The shipyard review record is to contain the following infor-
mation, for which the Society form "Shipyard review record"
e) details of equipment forming part of the watertight and
is to be filled in as appropriate:
weathertight integrity of the ship;
f) tank testing plan including details of the test require- a) name and location of shipyard
ments ( Pt B, Ch 12, Sec 3); b) details of any management systems
g) corrosion protection specifications ( Pt B, Ch 11, Sec 1 c) construction facilities
and Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [11]);
d) shipyard control of qualified welders
h) details for the in-water survey, if applicable, information
for divers, clearance measurement instructions etc, tank e) features of construction procedure
and compartment boundaries; f) quality control system
i) docking plan and details of all penetrations normally
g) measures for safety and health
examined at dry-docking;
h) control system of non-destructive examination (NDE)
j) Coating Technical File, for ships subject to compliance
with the IMO Performance Standard for Protective Coat- i) quality control on production line.
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1 Welding:
1.1 Welding con- Approved by Review Pt D, Ch 5, Consuma- Not Identify con-
sumables Society sepa- approval Sec 2 ble speci- required sumables
rately at the status and fication against
Manufac- patrol, ver- and approved list
turer's ify storage, approval
handling status
and treat-
ment in
accord-
ance with
Manufac-
turer's
require-
ments
Verify tem- E.g. kept
porary and dry, cov-
permanent ered,
storage facil- where
ities applica-
ble heated
Verify trace- E.g. ran-
ability dom
batch
number
checking
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.2 Welder quali- Qualified Review of Guide for Ship- Not Verify
fication welders welder cer- Welding yard's required welder qual-
tification records ification
and patrol with indi- standard,
vidual's e.g. class or
identifica- recognised
tion standard
approval
Verify
welder
approved for
weld posi-
tion
Verify valid-
ity of qualifi-
cation
certificate
1.3 Welding - All weld joint Review and Pt D, Ch 5, Approved Not Verify proce-
mechanical configura- patrol Sec 4 weld pro- required dures are
properties tions, posi- cedure available at
(welding pro- tions and specifica- relevant
cedures) materials to tion and workstations
be covered by welding
weld proce- plan rele-
dures vant to the
approved by ship
the Society or project or
by another process
QSCS Classifi-
cation
Society avail-
able
The Society Witness Verify weld
witnesses all procedure
new weld records have
procedure been
qualification approved
tests carried and cover all
out in the weld proc-
shipyard esses and
whenever the positions in
Society is sur- accordance
veying in the with classifi-
shipyard cation or
recognised
standards
and are
available for
the Sur-
veyor's refer-
ence
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.3a Welding Correctly cali- Patrol and Ship- Not Verify condi-
equipment brated and review builder's required tion of
maintained mainte- machinery
nance and and equip-
calibra- ment
tion
records
Verify
machines
are cali-
brated by
appropriate
staff
Verify cali-
bration car-
ried out in
accordance
with Manu-
facturer's
recommen-
dations
Verify cali-
bration in
accordance
with mainte-
nance
schedule
1.3b Welding Satisfactory Patrol Guide for Not Verify weld-
environment environment welding required ing areas
clean, dry,
well lit
Confirm rel-
evant meas-
ures taken
for any pre-
or post- heat
treatment,
drying of
surfaces
prior to
welding
Confirm
shielding
gases, fluxes
protected
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.3c Welding Sufficient Patrol - Guide for Verify super-
supervision number of welding vision is
skilled super- - Rules for effective
visors carrying out
non-
destructive
examina-
tions of
welding
1.4 Welding- sur- Substantially Visual - Guide for Ship- Not Identify
face disconti- free from sig- examina- welding builder's required worksta-
nuities nificant indi- tion, sur- - Rules for and rec- tions where
cations, face carrying out ognised NDE is car-
satisfactory detection non- standards ried out, e.g.
profile and tech- destructive and Rules panel line
size niques, examina- as appli- butt welds,
review of tions of cable, castings into
documents welding welding hull struc-
and patrol and NDE ture
of operator plans,
NDE
reports,
operator
qualifica-
tions
Verify NDE
carried out
in accord-
ance with
approved
plans where
applicable
Verify suita-
bility of NDE
methods
Verify opera-
tors suitably
qualified,
particularly
where sub-
contractors
have been
employed
Verify NDE
is carried out
according to
the accepta-
ble process
Review NDE
records
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.5 Welding - NDE is to be Radiogra- - Guide for Ship- Not Identify
embedded carried out by phy and Welding builder's required worksta-
discontinui- qualified ultrasonic - Rules for and rec- tions where
ties operators testing, carrying out ognised NDE is car-
capable of review of non- standards ried out, e.g.
ensuring that documents destructive and Rules panel line
welds are sub- and patrol examina- as appli- butt welds,
stantially free of opera- tions of cable, castings into
from signifi- tor, exami- welding welding hull struc-
cant indica- nation of and NDE ture
tions films plans,
NDE
reports,
operator
qualifica-
tions
Verify NDE
carried out
in accord-
ance with
approved
plans, where
applicable
Verify suita-
bility of NDE
methods
Verify opera-
tors suitably
qualified,
particularly
where sub-
contractors
have been
employed
Verify that
records have
been com-
pleted and
in accord-
ance with
recognised
standards,
e.g. IQI and
sensitivity
recorded
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
1.5 Welding - Verify that
Cont’d embedded reports and
discontinui- radiographs
ties have been
evaluated
correctly by
the ship-
builder. Sys-
tematic
review of
radiographs
carried out
by the Sur-
veyor
Verify equip-
ment cali-
bration is
satisfactory
and in
accordance
with Manu-
facturer's
and recog-
nised stand-
ards and
require-
ments
Verify NDE
is carried out
according to
the accepta-
ble process
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
2 Steel prepa-
ration and fit
up:
2.1 Surface prep- Traceability Patrol Guide for Material Not Verify stock-
aration, and accepta- welding certifi- required yard storage
marking and bility of mate- cates, satisfactory
cutting rial, check of ship-
steel plates builder's
and profiles, mark-
material type, ing/cut-
scantling ting
identifica- produc-
tion, testing tion docu-
marks ments at
the work
stage -
docu-
ments
retained
at the
facility
Verify mate-
rial tracea-
bility, e.g.
stamping
identifica-
tion against
material cer-
tification,
archiving of
records
Verify trans-
fer marking
after treat-
ment line
Verify stand-
ard of shot-
blasting and
priming
Verify suita-
bility of
primer
Verify that
steel grades
can be iden-
tified
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
2.1 Surface prep- Verify
Cont’d aration, machinery is
marking and adjusted to
cutting stay within
the Soci-
ety's or
Manufac-
turer's rec-
ommendatio
ns
Verify accu-
racy of
marking and
cutting
Verify stor-
age of piece
parts
2.2 Straightening Maintain Patrol and Guide for Recog- Not Verify that
material prop- review welding nised required straighten-
erties. Accept- stand- ing proc-
ance of ards, esses are
forming approved approved for
method proce- the grade
against dures and type of
improper steel, e.g.
deformations thermo
mechanical
control proc-
ess (tmcp), Z
plate
Verify that
plates and
sections are
within rec-
ognised tol-
erances
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
2.3 Forming Maintain Patrol Guide for Ship- Not Verify that
material prop- welding builder's required temperature
erties. Accept- proce- control is
ance of dure for exercised by
forming hot form- the operator
method ing
against
improper
deformations
Verify that
suitable
methods of
temperature
control are
available
when form-
ing special
steels and
materials
Verify that
forming
processes
are accepta-
ble
2.4 Conformity Check align- Patrol Guide for Ship- Not Verify the
with align- ment/fit- welding builder's required processes to
ment/fit- up/gap and rec- ensure satis-
up/gap crite- against refer- ognised factory fit-up
ria ence stand- standards and align-
ards and Rules ment at all
as appli- workstations
cable
Verify that
edge prepa-
rations are
re-instated
where lost
during fit-
ting opera-
tions
Verify reme-
dial proce-
dures are in
place to
compensate
for wide
gaps and
alignment
deviations
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
2.5 Conformity Check align- Patrol and Guide for Ship- Approved Verify that
for critical ment/fit- review welding builder's plans of the informa-
areas with up/gap and rec- critical tion rele-
alignment/fit- against ognised areas, if vant to the
up or weld approved standards applicable latest
configuration drawings and Rules approved
as appli- drawings is
cable, available at
approved the worksta-
plan or tions
standard,
builder's
records
Verify the
processes to
ensure satis-
factory fit-up
and align-
ment at all
workstations
Verify that
edge prepa-
rations are
re-instated
where lost
during fit-
ting opera-
tions
Verify reme-
dial proce-
dures are in
place to
compensate
for wide
gaps and
alignment
deviations
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
3 Steelwork Compliance Patrol of the Guide for Approved Verify that
process, e.g. with approved process and welding plans, the informa-
sub-assemby, drawings, vis- witness of ship- tion rele-
block, grand ual examina- the com- builder's vant to the
and mega tion of pleted item inspec- latest
block assem- welding and tion approved
bly, pre-erec- material, records, drawings is
tion and check of ship- available at
erection, alignment and builder's the worksta-
closing plates deformations and rec- tions
ognised
standards
and Rules
as appli-
cable,
construc-
tion plan
(steel-
work sub-
division)
Verify that
correct weld
sizes have
been
adopted
Verify opera-
tion of the
welding
processes at
the different
work stages
is satisfac-
tory
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
3 Steelwork Verify that
Cont’d process, e.g. the informa-
sub-assemby, tion rele-
block, grand vant to the
and mega latest
block assem- approved
bly, pre-erec- drawings is
tion and available at
erection, the worksta-
closing plates tions
Verify that
piece parts
are identifia-
ble
Verify that
fit-ups are
within rec-
ognised tol-
erances
Verify that
correct
welding
require-
ments speci-
fied in
reference 1
of this table
have been
adopted
Verify proc-
esses for
closing
plates are
acceptable
Confirm that
steelwork is
in accord-
ance with
the
approved
plan
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
4 Remedial Welding, Review Guide for Perma- Verify that
work and check against records and welding nent records have
alteration deformation, witness record of been main-
alignment shipyard tained of sig-
surveya- nificant
ble item deviations
from the
approved
plans, for sit-
uations such
as mis-cut
openings, re-
routing out-
fit items
Verify that
all devia-
tions
brought to
the atten-
tion of the
Society by
the ship-
builder are
acceptable
5 Tightness Absence of Patrol of the Pt B, Reg. II- Approved Approved Confirm that
testing, leaks process and Ch 12, 1/14 of tank test- tank test- tank testing
including witness of Sec 3 SOLAS as ing plan, ing plan is carried out
leak and the test amended ship- in accord-
hose testing, builder's ance with
hydropneu- inspec- the
matic testing tion approved
records plan
Confirm the
methods
used to carry
out leak test-
ing
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
5 Tightness Confirm that
Cont’d testing, correct test
including pressures
leak and maintained
hose testing, for leak,
hydropneu- hose and
matic testing hydro and
hydropneu-
matic test-
ing are
satisfactory
Verify that
adequate
records of
the tank test-
ing have
been main-
tained
6 Structural Structural Witness Pt B, Reg. II- Approved Approved Confirm that
testing adequacy of testing Ch 12, 1/14 of tank test- tank test- tank testing
the design Sec 3 SOLAS as ing plan, ing plan is carried out
amended ship- in accord-
builder's ance with
inspec- the
tion approved
records plan
Confirm that
correct test
pressures
maintained
for testing
are satisfac-
tory
Verify that
adequate
records of
the tank test-
ing have
been main-
tained
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
7 Corrosion Salt water bal- Review and Pt B, Reg. II- Manufac- Corrosion Verify that
protection last tanks with report on Ch 11, 1/3-2 of turer's protec- applied
systems, e.g. boundaries builder's & Sec 1 and SOLAS as and tion speci- coatings are
coatings, formed by the Manufac- Pt E, Ch 4, amended builder's fications approved
cathodic pro- hull enve- turer's doc- Sec 3, [11] specifica- and review
tection, lope, and also umentation tion records of
impressed bulk carrier application
current, hold internal
except for surfaces,
coating sys- coamings and
tem subject hatch covers
to PSPC are to have an
efficient pro-
tective coat-
ing. Safety
aspects of
cathodic sys-
tems to be
dealt with
separately.
Verify that
adequate
records have
been main-
tained and
copied to
the ship con-
struction file
Application Review AFS Con- Painting Paint Verify that
Antifouling vention specifica- specifica- adequate
Systems tion tion and records have
Mfq dec- been main-
laration tained and
copied to
the ship con-
struction file
7.1 Application Monitor Patrolling UI SC223. Reg. II- Coating Coating Verify that
of protective implementa- and review 1/3-2 of standard technical applied
coatings for tion of the SOLAS as file coatings are
dedicated coating amended approved
seawater bal- inspection and review
last tanks in requirements records of
all types of application
ships and in accord-
double-side ance with
skin spaces Chapter 7 of
of bulk carri- Annex to
ers subject to MSC.215(82).
PSPC
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
8 Installation,
welding and
testing of the
following:
8.1 Hatch covers Tightness and Witness Pt B, Reg. 13- Approved Details Confirm leak
securing Ch 12, 14-15 and tank test- required, test of hatch
Sec 3 16 of ILLC ing plan, structural covers
'66 ship- drawings
builder's
inspec-
tion
records
Confirm
operation
and secur-
ing test
8.2 Doors and Tightness and Witness Pt B, Reg. II- Approved Details Confirm leak
ramps inte- securing Ch 12, 1/18 of tank test- required test
gral with the Sec 3 SOLAS as ing plan,
shell and amended; ship-
bulkheads Reg. 12 builder's
and 21 of inspec-
ILLC '66 tion
records
Confirm
operation
and secur-
ing test
Confirm
safety device
operation
Ensure cor-
rect mainte-
nance
logs/manu-
als supplied
with the ship
construction
file
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
8.3 Rudders Fitting Witness Pt B, Approved Details Confirm
Ch 12, plan, required, alignment
Sec 3 ship- structural and mount-
builder's drawings ing and fit-
inspec- ting up to
tion the connec-
records tion to the
tiller
Confirm
function test
Verify fitting
of pintles
and all
securing
bolts
Verify all fit-
up records
including all
clearances
maintained
and placed
into ship
construction
file
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
8.4 Forgings and Compliance Patrol of the Pt D, Ch 2, Approved Copies of Verify cast-
castings with approved process and Sec 3 and plans, certifi- ings and
drawings, vis- witness of Pt D, Ch 2, ship- cates of forgings
ual examina- the com- Sec 4 builder's forgings against
tion of pleted item inspec- and cast- material cer-
welding and tion ings tificate
material, records,
check align- ship-
ment and builder's
deformations and rec-
ognised
standards
and Rules
as appli-
cable,
construc-
tion plan
(steel-
work sub-
division)
Verify that
correct
welding and
fit-up
require-
ments speci-
fied in
reference 1,
2.4 and 2.5
of this table
have been
adopted
Verify that
material cer-
tificates are
included in
the ship con-
struction file
8.5 Appendages Verify that
correct
welding and
fit-up
require-
ments speci-
fied in
reference 1,
2.4 and 2.5
of this table
have been
adopted
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
8.6 Equipment Tightness and Witness Reg. II- Approved Details Verify that
forming the securing 1/19 of tank test- required correct
watertight SOLAS as ing plan, welding and
and weather- amended; ship- fit-up
tight integ- Reg. 17- builder's require-
rity of the 18-19-20- inspec- ments speci-
ship, e.g. 22-23 of tion fied in
overboard ILLC '66 records reference 1,
discharges, 2.4 and 2.5
air pipes, of this table
ventilators have been
adopted
Verify com-
pliance with
Load line
Convention
1966 as
amended -
i.e. all fit-
tings in
accordance
with the
record of
freeboard
assignment
Pt C, Ch 1, Verify air
Sec 10 pipes, vents
etc. closing
devices are
approved
type
Verify mate-
rial certifi-
cates for
overboard
discharges,
where appli-
cable
Verify record
of freeboard
assignment
and all
material cer-
tificates
included in
the ship con-
struction file
Docu-
menta-
Docu-
Survey Statutory tion
Survey menta- Society
Shipbuilding Method Society require- available
Requirements tion for Specific proposals
No. quality con- required for Rule refer- ments and to Sur-
for Classifica- Ship Con- activities for the
trol function Classifica- ence relevant veyor dur-
tion struction project
tion reference ing
File
construc-
tion
9 Freeboard Within allow- Witness Reg. 4- 5- Details Verify free-
marks and able toler- 6- 7 and 8 required board marks
draught ances and in of ILLC in accord-
marks accordance '66 ance with
with the free- load line
board assign- assignment
ment
Verify
draught
marks in
accordance
with the
agreed toler-
ances speci-
fied by the
builder
unless more
onerous flag
State
require-
ments
10 Principal Within allow- Review and Guide for Details Verify princi-
dimensions able toler- witness welding required pal dimen-
ances sions in
accordance
with recog-
nised stand-
ards
Verify
dimensions
included in
ship con-
struction file
11 Safety Con- No outstand- Witness Reg. 10 of Verify that
struction cer- ing imperfec- SOLAS as Administra-
tification tions or amended tion require-
defects ments have
been incor-
porated into
the hull
structure
d) Pumps and other machinery items d) by machinery item manufacturers at the shipbuilder's
facilities
e) Systems in machinery spaces and in cargo areas
e) by machinery item manufacturers at their own facilities
f) Electrical equipment and installations or at other remote locations.
g) Fire protection, detection and extinction (limited to the
items covered by Classification, see Note 1 in Ch 1, 2.4 Personnel
Sec 1, [1.1.2] )
h) Automation systems 2.4.1 Qualification and monitoring of exclusive
Surveyors (1/1/2013)
i) Machinery system for mooring and anchoring The Society's Surveyors are to confirm through patrol,
j) Machinery systems required by specific Service Nota- review and witness, as defined in [2.2.3], that machinery
tion items are built and installed using approved plans in
accordance with the relevant Rules and delegated statutory 2.6.2 Delegated statutory requirements (1/1/2013)
requirements. The Surveyors are to be qualified to be able The records are to take note of specific published Adminis-
to carry out their tasks, and procedures are to be in place to tration requirements and interpretations of delegated statu-
ensure that their activities are monitored. tory requirements.
2.5.2 Materials and equipment supplied (1/1/2013) 2.6.4 Fabrication quality standard (1/1/2013)
The quality standard of shipbuilding, manufacturers of
During the construction and installation processes as machinery items, subcontractors for machinery items, sup-
required, evidence is also to be made available by the ship- plier of machinery items, for the machinery installations
builder to the Surveyor to prove that the materials and during new constructions are to be reviewed and agreed
equipment supplied to the ship have been built or manufac- during the kick-off meeting. Machinery items should be
tured under survey relevant to the classification Rules and manufactured and installed according to applicable IACS
delegated statutory requirements. Recommendations, or a recognized fabrication standard
which has been accepted by the Society prior to the com-
2.6 Newbuilding survey planning mencement of fabrication/construction. The work is to be
carried out in accordance with the Rules and under survey
2.6.1 Kick-off meeting (1/1/2013) of the Society.
Prior to commencement of surveys for any machinery 2.6.5 Other attendees at the kick-off
installation, the Society is to discuss with the shipbuilder at meeting (1/1/2013)
a kick-off meeting referred to in [1.7.1] the items related to The kick-off meeting may be attended by other parties, such
the building and/or installation activities of machinery as as the Owner or Administrations, subject to agreement by
per item [2.2.1] as applicable. The purpose of the meeting the shipbuilder.
is to agree on how the list of specific activities is to be
addressed. The meeting is to take into account the ship- 2.6.6 Special cases of kick-off meeting (1/1/2013)
builder's construction facilities and ship type, including the In the event of series ship production, consideration may be
list of proposed manufacturers, subcontractors and suppli- given to waiving the requirement for a kick-off meeting for
ers. A record of the meeting is to be made. If the Society has the second and subsequent ships provided any changes are
appointed a Surveyor for a specific newbuilding project or documented as required in [2.6.1] and in [2.6.3].
for the task of machinery installation surveillance, then this
Surveyor is to attend the kick-off meeting. The shipbuilder is 2.7 Examination and test plan for newbuild-
to be asked to agree to undertake ad hoc investigations dur- ing activities
ing construction where areas of concern arise and to keep
the Society advised of the progress of any such investiga- 2.7.1 Plans to be provided (1/1/2013)
tion. Whenever an investigation is undertaken, the builder The shipbuilder is to provide plans of the items which are
is to be requested, in principle, to agree to suspend relevant intended to be examined and tested. These plans need not
construction activities if warranted by the severity of the be submitted for approval and examination at the time of
problem. the kick-off meeting. They are to include:
a) list of machinery components to be fitted on board 2.8 Proof of the consistency of surveys
including the machinery arrangement plans, compre-
hensive of: 2.8.1 Evidence for survey planning and
activities (1/1/2013)
1) proposals for the examination of piping steelwork, Inspection and test records, checklists etc are to be kept in
including booklets of typical arrangements, com- order to provide evidence that the Society's Surveyors have
pleted with the list of the materials and fittings; complied with the requirements of the newbuilding survey
planning and duly participated in the relevant activities
2) proposals for the examination of electric systems fit-
shown in the shipbuilder's examination and test plans.
tings, including booklets of typical arrangements,
completed with the list of the materials and devices;
2.9 Inspection and tests of machinery com-
3) proposal for the examination of propulsion system(s) ponents
arrangement and associated fittings ;
2.9.1 Inspection and tests at workshop (1/1/2013)
4) proposal for the examination of steering system(s) Inspection and testing of machinery components, at the
arrangement and associated fittings; workshop, shall be carried out according to the provisions
of the applicable classification Rules and delegated statu-
5) proposal for the examination of the machinery sys-
tory regulations.
tems arrangement, as referred in Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 10,
and associated fittings 2.9.2 Inspection and tests at dock and sea
trials (1/1/2013)
6) proposal for the examination of automation sys-
Inspection and testing of machinery components during sea
tem(s) arrangement and associated fittings (if any);
trials are to be carried out according to the provisions of the
7) proposal for the examination of anchoring and applicable classification Rules and delegated statutory regu-
mooring arrangements and associated fittings, lations. The following Parts of the Rules are applicable:
a) main propulsion systems, including but not limited to
8) proposal for the examination of cargo system(s) propeller shafting line: Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 15
arrangement and associated fittings (if any);
b) auxiliary systems for propulsion and other services sys-
9) proposal for the examination of Additional class tems: Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 15
Notation machinery systems arrangement and asso- c) main and auxiliary systems for steering: Pt C, Ch 1,
ciated fittings (if any); Sec 15
b) proposal for non destructive examination of piping d) main and auxiliary piping systems: Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 15
steelwork, and in general for all systems requiring weld- and Pt C, Ch 1, Sec 10
ing for their manufacture or installation ; e) main, emergency and auxiliary electrical system for pri-
mary, secondary and emergency systems: Pt C, Ch 2,
c) proposals for testing of machinery components after Sec 15
their manufacture or installation on board;
f) automation systems: Pt C, Ch 3, Sec 5 and Pt C, Ch 3,
d) any other proposals specific to the ship type or to the Sec 6
delegated statutory requirements. g) machinery system for mooring and anchoring: Pt B,
Ch 12, Sec 3
2.7.2 Submittal of plans to the Surveyors (1/1/2013) h) machinery systems required for specific Service Nota-
The plans and any modifications to them are to be submit- tions: Part E
ted to the Surveyors in sufficient time to allow review before i) machinery systems required for specific Additional
the relevant survey activity commences. Class Notations: Part F.
1) for ships less than 5 years of age the survey takes the 8) in the context of applying 3) to 6) above, as applica-
form of an annual survey; ble, tank testing for ships over 15 years of age is not
required to be carried out unless the survey is cred-
2) for ships between 5 and 10 years of age the survey ited as a periodical survey for maintenance of class.
includes an Annual Survey and inspection of a rep- If the class entry survey is to be credited as a period-
resentative number of ballast spaces; ical survey for maintenance of class, consideration
may be given by the Society to the acceptance of the
3) for ships of 10 years of age and above but less than
tank testing carried out by the losing Society pro-
20 years of age, the survey includes an Annual Sur-
vided they were carried out within the applicable
vey and inspection of a representative number of
survey window of the periodical survey in question;
cargo spaces;
4) for ships provided with the Additional Service Fea- 9) in the context of applying 1) to 6) above, as applica-
ture "ESP" which are 15 years of age and above but ble, compliance with IACS Unified Requirements
less than 20 years of age, the survey has the scope of that demand fulfillment at the forthcoming due peri-
a class renewal survey or an intermediate survey, odical surveys (such as S26 and S27) is not required
whichever is due next; unless the survey is credited as a periodical survey
for maintenance of class.
5) for all ships which are 20 years of age and above,
the survey has the scope of a class renewal survey b) Machinery:
(this is also applicable to ships having their hull A general examination of all essential machinery is held
under continuous survey); and includes the following:
6) in the context of applying items 4) and 5) above, if 1) examination under working conditions of fuel oil
dry-docking of the ship is not due at the time of burning equipment of boilers, economisers and
transfer, consideration can be given to carrying out steam/steam generators. The adjustment of safety
an underwater examination in lieu of dry-docking. valves of this equipment is to be verified by check-
ing the records on the ship;
7) in the context of applying items 1) to 6) above, as
applicable: 2) all pressure vessels;
3) insulation resistance, generator circuit-breakers, 1.4 Addition of the Society's class to a ship
preference tripping relays and generator prime surveyed during construction by
mover governors are to be tested and paralleling and
load sharing to be proved ( Note 1);
another QSCS Classification Society at
ship's delivery
4) in all cases, navigating lights and indicators are to be
examined and their working and alternative sources 1.4.1 General (1/1/2008)
of power verified;
A survey for adding the Society's class at ship's delivery is to
5) bilge pumps, emergency fire pumps and remote be held by the Society, the extent of which is that of an
control for oil valves, fuel oil pumps, lubricating oil
annual survey as minimum.
pumps and forced draught fans are to be examined
under working conditions;
6) recirculating and ice clearing arrangements, if any; 1.5 Ships of less than 100 gross tonnage
7) the main and all auxiliary machinery necessary for 1.5.1 Surveys and documentation (1/7/2007)
operation of the ship at sea together with essential
controls and steering gear is to be tested under For ships of less than 100 gross tonnage, special considera-
working conditions. Alternative means of steering tion will be given to the scope of surveys and documenta-
are to be tested. A short sea trial is to be held at the tion to be supplied.
Surveyor's discretion if the ship has been laid up for
a long period;
1.6 Ships in service not classed with a
8) initial start arrangements are to be verified; QSCS Classification Society or not
9) in the case of oil tankers, the cargo oil system and classed at all
electrical installation in way of hazardous spaces are
to be checked for compliance with the Society's 1.6.1 General (1/7/2007)
Rule requirements. Where intrinsically safe equip- In this case, the class of the ship will be assigned upon a
ment is installed, the Surveyor is to satisfy himself
preliminary review of the documentation listed in [1.6.3]
that a recognised authority has approved such
equipment. The safety devices, alarms and essential and subsequent satisfactory completion of the surveys, the
instruments of the inert gas system are to be verified extent and scope of which are given below.
and the plant generally examined to ensure that it
does not constitute a hazard to the ship ( Note 1). 1.6.2 Surveys (1/7/2007)
Note 1: For the transfer of class or adding class at ship's delivery, The extent and scope of the admission to class survey are to
items listed in 3) and 9) may be verified by reviewing the ship's be not less than those required at the class renewal survey
records. of a ship of the same age and type; in addition all other
periodical surveys should be performed together with those
inspections which are linked to specific service notations
1.2 Addition of the Society's class to a ship
and/or additional class notations and/or special installations
in service classed by another QSCS the ship is provided with.
Classification Society
1.6.3 Documentation (1/7/2007)
1.2.1 General (1/7/2009)
As a general rule, the documentation to be supplied to the
Survey requirements for adding the Society’s class to a ship Society is not less than the following
in service are indicated in [1.2.2] and [1.2.3].
a) Main plans:
1.2.2 Surveys for double class ships (1/7/2007) 1) general arrangement,
The requirements of [1.1]apply.
2) capacity plan,
1.2.3 Surveys for dual class ships (1/7/2007) 3) loading cases, calculations of still water bending
Notwithstanding the records indicating that all surveys are moments, and relevant documents, particulars of
up-to-date, a survey for assignment of class is held by the loading calculator and instruction booklet as per the
Society, the extent of which is that of an annual survey as a Society's requirements, according to the case,
minimum. 4) stability documentation, as applicable (refer to
Part B, Chapter 3).
1.3 Transfer to the Society's class of a ship b) Hull structure plans:
surveyed during construction by 1) midship section,
another QSCS Classification Society at
2) profile and deck plan,
ship's delivery
3) shell expansion,
1.3.1 General (1/1/2008)
4) watertight bulkheads,
A survey for assignment of class at ship's delivery is to be
held by the Society, the extent of which is that of an annual 5) rudder and rudder stock,
survey as minimum. 6) hatch covers.
• availability of loading manual or, where required, elec- compression bars, drainage channels and, if any,
tronic loading instrument, including standard test drain pipes)
• accuracy of the shipboard computer for stability calcu- • chain or rope pulleys
lations (see Note 3). • guides
Note 1: Due attention is also to be given to fuel oil piping passing • guide rails and track wheels
through ballast tanks, which is to be pressure tested where doubts
arise. • stoppers, etc.
Note 2: Air pipe heads installed on exposed decks are those • wires, chains, gypsies, tensioning devices
extending above the freeboard deck or superstructure decks.
• hydraulic system essential to closing and securing
Note 3: It is the responsibility of the ship's Master to check the
• safety locks and retaining devices
accuracy of the shipboard computer for stability calculations at
each annual survey by applying at least one approved test condi- c) checking of the satisfactory condition of hatch coaming
tion (see Pt B, Ch 11, Sec 2, [4.5]). If a Surveyor of the Society is plating and its stiffeners
not present for the computer check, a copy of the test condition
results obtained by the computer check is to be retained on board d) random checking of the satisfactory operation of
as documentation of satisfactory testing for the Surveyor's verifica- mechanically operated hatch covers is to be made
tion. The testing procedure is to be carried out in accordance with including:
Pt B, Ch 11, Sec 2, [4.5.9]
• stowage and securing in open condition;
2.3 Cargo hatch covers and coamings, • proper fit and efficiency of sealing in closed condi-
weather decks and ship side plating tion;
above the waterline • operational testing of hydraulic and power compo-
nents, wires, chains and link drives.
2.3.1 (1/7/2006)
The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend- 2.4 Suspect areas
ing Surveyor that no changes have been made to the hatch
covers, hatch coamings and their securing and sealing 2.4.1 (1/7/2006)
devices without prior approval of the Society.
Suspect areas identified at previous surveys are to be exam-
The survey of hatch covers and coamings is to include: ined. Thickness measurements are to be taken of the areas
of substantial corrosion and the extent of thickness meas-
a) when fitted with portable covers, or wooden or steel urements is to be increased to determine the extension of
pontoons, checking of the satisfactory condition of: areas of substantial corrosion. Sec 5, Tab 2 may be used as
guidance for these additional thickness measurements.
• wooden covers and portable beams, carriers or These extended thickness measurements are to be carried
sockets for the portable beams, and their securing out before the annual survey is credited as completed.
devices
Note 1: These requirements are not applicable to cargo tanks of oil
• steel pontoons tankers, chemical tankers and double hull oil tankers, surveyed in
accordance with the requirements given in Ch 4, Sec 3, Ch 4,
• tarpaulins Sec 4 and Ch 4, Sec 5, respectively.
2.6 Additional requirements for single hold • for refrigerating machinery spaces using ammonia as
cargo ships (see Note 1 to [1.1.1] of Ch refrigerant:
4, Sec 8) - ventilation system including functional test
- bilge system including functional test
2.6.1 (1/1/2009)
- electrical equipment, confirming its proper mainte-
For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS II-
nance
1/23-3 (effective from 1 January 2007 to 31 December
2008) and II-1/25 (effective from 1 January 2009) for hold - gas detection system
water level detectors (see Note 1), the annual survey is to - breathing apparatus and protective clothing.
include an examination and a test, at random, of the water
ingress detection system and of their alarms. 3.1.3 When the ship is equipped with thruster installa-
tions, the annual survey is to include:
Note 1: This survey requirement is to be fulfilled at annual surveys
carried out after the ship has been made compliant with the • an external examination of the machinery installation
requirements of SOLAS regulations II-1/23-3 or II-1/25, as applica- • an operating test of the complete installation.
ble (see above) and commenced on or after 1 July 2007.
3.2 Boilers
3 Machinery and systems
3.2.1 For main and auxiliary boilers, the annual survey
consists of an external examination of boilers and their
3.1 General machinery installations appurtenances, including safety devices, foundations, con-
3.1.1 (1/7/2007) trols, relieving, high pressure and steam escape piping,
insulation and gauges.
The survey of general machinery installations is to cover the
following items: 3.2.2 For thermal oil heaters, a functional test while in
operation is to be carried out, during which the following
• general examination of machinery and boiler spaces
items are checked:
with particular attention to the fire and explosion haz-
ards • the heater for detection of leakages
• the condition of the insulation
• general examination of the machinery, steam, hydrau-
lic, pneumatic and other systems and their associated • the operation of indication, control and safety devices
fittings, for confirmation of their proper maintenance • the condition of remote controls for shut-off and dis-
charge valves
• testing of the means of communication and order trans-
mission between the navigating bridge and the machin- A satisfactory analysis of the quality of oil is to be made
ery control positions and other control stations available to the Surveyor.
• confirmation that the rudder angle indicator on the
3.2.3 For exhaust gas thermal oil heaters, in addition to the
bridge is in working order
requirements of [3.2.2], a visual examination and a tight-
• examination, as far as practicable, of the bilge pumping ness testing to the working pressure of the heater tubes are
systems and bilge wells, including operation of the to be carried out.
pumps, remote reach rods and level alarms, where fitted
• visual examination of the condition of any expansion 3.3 Electrical machinery and equipment
joints in sea water systems 3.3.1 (1/7/2004)
• external examination of pressure vessels other than boil- The survey of electrical machinery and equipment is to
ers and their appurtenances, including safety devices, cover the following items:
foundations, controls, relieving gear, high pressure pip- • general examination, visually and in operation, as feasi-
ing, insulation and gauges ble, of the electrical installations for power and lighting,
in particular main and emergency generators, electric
• visual examination of mechanical components used for motors, batteries, switchboards, switchgears, cables and
cooling and maintaining an ambient temperature lower circuit protective devices, indicators of electrical insula-
than 45°C (see Pt C, Ch 2, Sec 2, [1.2.2]). tion and automatic starting, where provided, of emer-
gency sources of power
3.1.2 (1/1/2007)
• checking, as far as practicable, the operation of emer-
When the ship is equipped with a refrigerating plant gency sources of power and, where they are automatic,
(whether or not covered by an additional class notation), also including the automatic mode.
the annual survey is to include the external examination of:
3.3.2 (1/7/2007)
• pressure vessels of the installation to the same extent as
The survey is also to cover electrical components used for
indicated in [3.1.1]
cooling and maintaining an ambient temperature lower
• refrigerant piping, as far as practicable than 45°C (see Pt C, Ch 2, Sec 2, [1.2.2]).
2.2.4 (1/7/2007) cooling pipes and overboard discharge valves and their
Piping systems outside tanks and compartments are to be connections to the shell plating. Where wastage is evident
visually examined and pressure tested as necessary, as per or suspected, thickness measurements are to be carried out,
the requirements laid down for the class renewal survey of and renewals or repairs effected when wastage exceeds
machinery and systems; see [3.5]. allowable limits.
Ventilators, air pipes, overflow pipes and gas vent pipes, Piping systems inside these spaces are to be dealt with
with their means of closure and flame screens, are to be according to [3.5].
opened up as necessary for the internal examination.
2.3.3 (1/7/2014)
2.2.5 (1/7/2003) Chain lockers are to be internally examined, while the
For all ships except for passenger ships, automatic air pipe anchor chains are ranged (see [2.2.6]). The pumping
heads are to be completely examined (both internally and arrangement of the chain lockers is to be tested.
externally ) as indicated in Tab 4.
For designs where the inner parts cannot be properly 2.4 Tanks
inspected from outside, this is to include removal of the
head from the air pipe. Particular attention is to be paid to 2.4.1 (1/7/2006)
the condition of the zinc coating in heads constructed from The type and number of tanks to be internally examined at
galvanised steel. each class renewal survey are detailed in Tab 1 for cargo
2.2.6 (1/7/2003) and water ballast tanks and Tab 5 for fuel oil, lubricating oil
and fresh water tanks, according to the age of the ship.
The anchors and chain cables are to be ranged and exam-
ined, and the required complement and condition verified. This internal examination is to ascertain the condition of the
The chain locker, holdfasts, hawse pipes and chain stoppers structure, bilges and drain wells, sounding, venting, pump-
are to be examined and pumping arrangements of the chain ing and drainage arrangements, including piping systems
locker tested. At class renewal surveys of ships more than 5 and their fittings. Due attention is to be given to plating or
years of age, chain cables are to gauged and renewed in double plates below the lower end of sounding and suction
cases where their mean diameter is worn below the limits pipes.
allowed.
Where wastage is evident or suspected, thickness measure-
2.2.7 (1/7/2005) ments are to be carried out, and renewals or repairs effected
The accuracy of the shipboard computer for stability calcu- when wastage exceeds allowable limits.
lations is to be checked by applying all approved test load-
Where the inner surface of the tanks is covered with cement
ing conditions. The testing procedure is to be carried out in
or other compositions, the removal of coverings may be
accordance with Pt B, Ch 11, Sec 2, [4.5.9].
waived provided they are examined, found sound and
2.2.8 (1/7/2006) adhering satisfactorily to the steel structures.
All bilge and ballast piping systems are to be examined and Note 1: For examination of independent (non-structural) tanks,
operationally tested to working pressure to the attending refer to [3.5.9].
Surveyor's satisfaction to ensure that tightness and condi-
Note 2: Due attention is also to be given to fuel oil piping passing
tion remain satisfactory. through ballast tanks, which is to be pressure tested when the ship
is more than 10 years old.
2.3 Holds and other dry compartments
2.4.2 (1/7/2010)
2.3.1 (1/7/2006) Where provided, the condition of corrosion prevention sys-
All spaces including holds and their 'tweendecks where fit- tems of ballast tanks is to be examined. For ballast tanks
ted, double bottom, deep, ballast, peak and cargo tanks, excluding double bottom tanks, where a hard protective
pump rooms, pipe tunnels, duct keels, machinery spaces, coating is found in poor condition and it is not renewed,
dry spaces, cofferdams and voids are to be internally exam- where soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or where
ined, including the plating and framing, bilges and drain a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
wells, sounding, venting, pumping and drainage arrange- time of construction, the tanks in question are to be exam-
ments. Internal examination of fuel oil, lube oil and fresh ined at annual surveys. Thickness measurements are to be
water tanks is to be carried out in accordance with Tab 5. carried out as deemed necessary by the Surveyor.
2.3.2 (1/1/2003) When such breakdown of hard protective coating is found
Machinery and boiler spaces, pump rooms and other in double bottom ballast tanks and it is not renewed, where
spaces containing machinery are to be internally examined, a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or where a
ascertaining the condition of the structure. Particular atten- hard protective coating has not been applied since the time
tion is to be given to tank tops, shell plating in way of tank of construction, the tanks in question may be examined at
tops, brackets connecting side shell frames and tank tops, annual surveys. When considered necessary by the Sur-
and bulkheads in way of tank tops and bilge wells. Particu- veyor, or where extensive corrosion exists, thickness meas-
lar attention is also to be given to the sea suctions, sea water urements are to be carried out.
Table 1 : Requirements for internal examination of cargo and ballast structural tanks at class renewal
survey (1/7/2006)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey) (1) (2)
age ≤ 5 5 < age ≤ 10 10 < age ≤15 (4) age > 15
Suspect areas Suspect areas Suspect areas Suspect areas
One transverse section of deck Two transverse sections within A minimum of three transverse sec-
plating in way of a cargo space 0,5 L amidship in way of two dif- tions in way of cargo spaces within 0,5
within 0,5 L amidship ferent cargo spaces (3) L amidship (3)
Internals in forepeak and after Internals in forepeak and after peak
peak tanks tanks
All cargo hold hatch covers and All cargo hold hatch covers and coam-
coamings (plating and stiffeners) ings (plating and stiffeners)
All exposed main deck plating full
length
Representative exposed superstructure
deck plating (poop, bridge, and fore-
castle deck)
Lowest strake and strakes in way of
tween decks of all transverse bulk-
heads in cargo spaces together with
internals in way
All wind and water strakes, port and
starboard, full length
All keel plates full length. Also, addi-
tional bottom plates in way of coffer-
dams, machinery space, and aft end of
tanks
Plating of seachests. Shell plating in
way of overboard discharges as consid-
ered necessary by the attending Sur-
veyor
(1) Thickness measurement locations are to be selected to provide the best representative sampling of areas likely to be most
exposed to corrosion, considering cargo and ballast history and arrangement and condition of protective coatings.
(2) Thickness measurements of internals may be specially considered by the Surveyor if the hard protective coating is in GOOD
condition.
(3) For ships less than 100 metres in length, the number of transverse sections required at the class renewal survey for ships 10 <
age ≤15 may be reduced to one, and the number of transverse sections required at subsequent class renewal surveys may be
reduced to two
(4) For ships more than 100 metres in length, at the class renewal surveys for ships 10 < age ≤15, thickness measurements of
exposed deck plating within 0,5 L amidship may be required.
Table 3 : Guidance for additional thickness measurements in way of substantial corrosion areas
Table 4 : Survey requirements for automatic air pipe heads at class renewal surveys (1/7/2003)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age ≤ 5 5 < age ≤ 10 age >10
- Two air pipe heads, one port and one starboard, - All air pipe heads located on the - All air pipe heads located on the
located on the exposed decks in the forward 0,25 exposed decks in the forward exposed decks.
L, preferably air pipes serving ballast tanks. 0,25 L.
- Two air pipe heads, one port and one starboard, on - At least 20%of air pipe heads on
the exposed decks, serving spaces aft of 0,25 L, the exposed decks serving
preferably air pipes serving ballast tanks. spaces aft of 0,25 L, preferably
air pipes serving ballast tanks.
See (1) and (2) See (1) and (2) See (3)
(1) The selection of air pipe heads to be inspected is left to the attending Surveyor.
(2) According to the results of this inspection, the Surveyor may require the inspection of other heads located on the exposed
decks.
(3) Exemption may be considered for air pipe heads where there is substantiated evidence of replacement within the previous five
years.
Table 5 : Requirements for internal examination of fuel oil, lubricating oil and fresh water tanks at class renewal
survey (1/7/2006)
2.6 Additional requirements for single hold to the characteristics and general condition of the ship con-
cargo ships (see Note 2 to [1.1.1] of Ch cerned may also be accepted.
4, Sec 8) Note 1: Attention is drawn to the requirement Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5.1]
regarding safe execution of surveys, in particular as regards health
2.6.1 (1/1/2009) hazards related to asbestos.
For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS II-
3.1.2 Machinery verification runs (1/1/2014)
1/23-3 (effective from 1 January 2007 to 31 December
2008) and II-1/25 (effective from 1 January 2009) for hold As part of the renewal survey of machinery, a dock trial (or
water level detectors (see Note 1), the class renewal survey functional tests) is to be carried out to attending Surveyors’
is to include an examination and a test of the water ingress satisfaction to confirm satisfactory operation of main and
detection system and their alarms. auxiliary machinery. If significant repairs are carried out to
main or auxiliary machinery or steering gear, consideration
Note 1: This survey requirement is to be fulfilled at class renewal
should be given to a sea trial to attending Surveyors’ satis-
surveys carried out after the ship has been made compliant with the
faction.
requirements of SOLAS regulations II-1/23-3 or II-1/25, as applica-
ble (see above) and commenced on or after 1 July 2007.
3.2 Main and auxiliary engines and turbines
3 Machinery and systems 3.2.1 General
Depending on the type of machinery, the following parts
3.1 General are to be opened up as necessary for inspection. Parts and
components are to be pressure tested as appropriate or as
3.1.1 The survey items listed below are to be covered to deemed necessary by the Surveyor. A working test is also to
the satisfaction of the Surveyor. However, other survey be carried out, including testing of alarms and safety
alternatives deemed equivalent by the Surveyor in relation devices.
3.2.2 Internal combustion engines of hub and blade sealing for controllable pitch propel-
a) Columns and entablature lers are to be verified. Locking arrangements for bolts, if
fitted, are to be checked. Results of lubricating oil analy-
b) Cylinders with their liners, cylinder covers (together
sis to detect possible deterioration of internal gears and
with valves and valve gear), pistons with their rods,
bearings or the presence of water are to be confirmed as
crossheads, slippers and guides (or gudgeon pins), con-
acceptable. The Manufacturer’s requirements may be
necting rods (with their top and bottom end bearings),
taken into account. Dismantling of the assembly for the
control gear, driven scavenge pumps, driven air com-
examination of internal parts may be required if the
pressors, driven fuel pumps, supercharging blowers, fuel
foregoing checks are not satisfactory
injection pumps, turning gear, etc.
• a running test of the system under operating conditions.
c) Crankshafts (together with their main bearings)
d) Reverse gear, reduction gear and clutches, if fitted. 3.3 Reduction gears, main thrust and inter-
3.2.3 Steam turbines mediate shaft(s)
a) Condensers and their cooling water and condensate 3.3.1 Reduction gears complete with all wheels, pinions,
extraction pumps shafts, couplings, bearings and gear teeth, including incor-
b) Casings and rotors (including their blading), impulse porated clutch arrangements, are to be opened up, as
wheels (including guide blading and diaphragms), noz- deemed necessary by the Surveyor, for visual inspection.
zles and nozzle boxes, journals and bearings, dummy For complicated assemblies, gears and roller bearings may
pistons, labyrinths, external glands, etc. be inspected without dismantling.
c) Shafts, including their flexible couplings.
3.3.2 All shafts, thrust blocks and bearings are to be exam-
Where the propulsion steam turbines are of a well-known ined.
type, and fitted with rotor position indicators and vibration
indicators of an approved type, as well as measuring equip-
3.4 Pumps and other machinery items
ment of steam pressure at proper locations along the steam
flow, and the arrangements for change-over in the event of 3.4.1 General
emergency operation of the plant are readily operable, the The items listed in [3.4.2] are to be opened up, as deemed
first class renewal survey may be limited to the examination necessary by the Surveyor, for visual inspection. Their parts
of rotor bearings, thrust bearings and flexible couplings, and components are to be pressure tested as appropriate
provided the Surveyor is satisfied from operation service and considered necessary by the Surveyor. A working test is
records and power trials subsequent to the survey, that the also to be carried out, including testing of alarms and safety
turbine plant is in good working condition. devices if deemed necessary by the Surveyor.
3.2.4 Gas turbines
3.4.2 Items to be surveyed (1/7/2007)
a) Casings, rotors and disks, impellers and blading of all
a) Air compressors with their intercoolers, filters and/or oil
turbines and compressors, combustion chambers, burn-
separators and safety devices
ers, heat exchangers, gas piping, compressed air piping
with fittings, starting and reverse arrangements b) Heat exchangers, ventilation fans for boilers and other
equipment used for essential services
b) Shafts and their flexible couplings.
c) Piston pumps and centrifugal pumps for sea water, bilge
3.2.5 Electric propulsion and salt water ballast
Where the propulsion machinery consists of an electrical d) Screw pumps, gear pumps and centrifugal pumps other
system, the propulsion motors, generators, cables and all than those listed in c) above (opening up is not required)
ancillary electrical gear, exciters and ventilating plant
e) Mechanical components used for cooling and maintain-
(including coolers) associated therewith are to be examined
ing an ambient temperature lower than 45°C (see Pt C,
and the insulation resistance to earth tested. Due attention
Ch 2, Sec 2, [1.2.2]).
is to be given to windings, commutations and sliprings. The
operation of protective gear and alarm devices is to be
checked, as far as practicable. Interlocks intended to pre- 3.5 Systems in machinery spaces
vent unsafe operations or unauthorised access are to be
3.5.1 Valves, cocks and strainers of the bilge and ballast
checked to verify that they are functioning correctly.
systems are to be opened up, thoroughly or partly as
3.2.6 Thruster installations deemed necessary by the Surveyor, for visual inspection,
When the ship is equipped with thruster installations, the and, together with the piping and safety devices, examined
class renewal survey is also to include: and tested under working conditions.
• a thorough examination of the machinery and electrical 3.5.2 The fuel oil, lubricating oil, hydraulic oil, thermal
installation, as applicable oil, and feed and cooling water systems, together with pres-
• an external examination of the propulsive part of the sure filters, heaters and coolers used for essential services,
installation to be carried out at the dry dock survey due are to be opened up and examined or tested, as considered
as part of the class renewal survey. During this examina- necessary by the Surveyor. Safety devices for the foregoing
tion other checks such as clearance readings, tightness items are to be examined.
3.5.3 The compressed air system together with its valves, 3.6 Electrical equipment and installations
fittings and safety devices is to be examined, as considered
necessary by the Surveyor. 3.6.1 An electrical insulation resistance test is to be per-
3.5.4 (1/7/2006) formed on the electrical equipment and cables. If needed,
for the purpose of this test, the installation may be subdi-
Compressed air receivers and other pressure vessels for vided or equipment which may be damaged disconnected.
essential services are to be cleaned internally and examined
internally and externally. Where the above receivers or ves- 3.6.2 The prime movers of generators are to be surveyed in
sels cannot be examined internally, they are to be hydrostat- accordance with [3.2] and their governors tested. All gener-
ically tested to 1,5 times the working pressure. Their fittings, ators are to be presented for inspection, clean and with cov-
valves and safety devices are to be opened up, as deemed ers opened and examined under working conditions.
necessary by the Surveyor, for visual inspection and pres-
sure tested as appropriate. 3.6.3 Main and emergency switchboards, section boards
and distribution boards are to be cleaned and doors or cov-
3.5.5 Steel pipes for superheated steam having a tempera- ers opened for examination of their fittings. The condition of
ture of the steam at the superheater outlet exceeding 450°C overcurrent protective devices and fuses is to be checked.
are to be examined and tested in accordance with [3.5.7] to Circuit-breakers of generators are to be tested, as far as
[3.5.8] at each class renewal survey. practicable, to verify that protective devices including pref-
erence tripping relays, if fitted, operate satisfactorily. The
3.5.6 Steel pipes for saturated steam or superheated steam tightening of busbar connections is to be checked.
having a temperature of the steam at the superheater outlet
not exceeding 450°C are to be examined and tested in 3.6.4 Electrical cables and cable runs are to be examined
accordance with [3.5.7] and [3.5.8] at each class renewal at random, in particular in places where deterioration is
survey for ships over 5 years of age. When the ship is 5 likely to occur; terminal boxes of essential services are also
years of age or less, the inspection may be limited to a to be subjected to a random check.
check of the satisfactory general condition of pipes.
3.6.5 (1/7/2007)
3.5.7 The examination and hydrostatic test of steel pipes The motors and starters concerning essential services
for main steam machinery, and steel pipes for auxiliary together with associated control and switchgear, including
steam machinery having internal diameter 75 mm and over, electrical components used for cooling and maintaining an
are to be carried out on a number of pipes selected by the ambient temperature lower than 45°C (see Pt C, Ch 2,
Surveyor after the lagging in way is removed. Sec 2, [1.2.2]), are to be examined and, if considered nec-
essary by the Surveyor, checked, as far as practicable, under
3.5.8 Representative pipe lengths connected with bolted working conditions.
flanges are to be internally and externally examined, and
hydrostatically tested to 1,1 times the working pressure at 3.6.6 Navigation light indicators are to be tested under
ambient temperature. Bolts and butt-welded joints between working conditions, and correct operation on the failure of
flanges and pipes are to be submitted to a non-destructive supply or failure of navigation lights verified.
test for crack detection.
3.6.7 The emergency sources of electrical power, their
3.5.9 Non-structural tanks located in machinery spaces automatic arrangements and associated circuits are to be
are to be externally examined; the relevant fittings, with tested.
particular regard to the remote control shut-off valves under
hydrostatic head, are to be externally examined to check 3.6.8 Emergency lighting, transitional emergency lighting,
the efficiency of manoeuvres and the absence of cracks or supplementary emergency lighting, general emergency
leakage. alarm and public address systems are to be tested as far as
3.5.10 (1/1/2007) practicable.
When the ship is equipped with a refrigerating plant 3.6.9 The visible condition of electrical equipment and
(whether or not covered by an additional class notation), installations is also to be checked as regards precautions
the class renewal survey is to include: against shock, fire and other hazards of electrical origin.
• examination and test at the design pressure of the parts
of the plant under pressure 3.6.10 A general examination of the electrical equipment
in areas where there may be flammable gas or vapour
• for refrigerating machinery spaces using ammonia as
and/or combustible dust is to be carried out to ensure that
refrigerant:
the integrity of the electrical equipment of a safety type has
- examination of valves and pumps of the bilge sys- not been impaired owing to corrosion, missing bolts, etc.,
tem to the same extent as indicated in [3.4] and that there is not an excessive build-up of dust on or in
dust-protected electrical equipment. Cable runs are to be
- examination and test of the electrical equipment to
examined for sheath and armouring defects, where practi-
the same extent as indicated in [3.6.10]
cable, and to ensure that the means of supporting the cables
- test of the gas detection system. are in satisfactory condition.
The proper condition of bonding straps for the control of installation, are fitted for essential machinery, they are to be
static electricity is to be checked. Alarms and interlocks tested to demonstrate that they are in satisfactory condition.
associated with pressurised equipment or spaces are to be
tested for correct operation. 3.8 Fire protection, detection and extinction
Note 1: Owners are reminded that maintenance, repairs or renewal 3.8.1 (1/1/2007)
of certified electrical equipment of a safe type remains their respon-
sibility or that of their representatives.
The class renewal survey of fire prevention arrangements
consists of the test of the fire and/or smoke detection and
alarm systems.
3.7 Controls
3.7.1 Where remote and/or automatic controls, not cov-
ered by an additional class notation related to automated
1 Survey of tailshafts 1.3.2 The modified survey for all types of shafts consists of
the following:
1.1 General • check of oil sealing glands in place
• measurements of weardown and their recording
1.1.1 The different types of surveys to which tailshafts may
• examination of the results of sterntube lubricating oil
be subjected and the intervals at which they are to be car-
analyses, to confirm they have been regularly performed
ried out are given in Ch 2, Sec 2, [5.5]. These surveys are:
and the recorded parameters are within acceptable lim-
• complete survey its
• modified survey
• check of the records of lubricating oil consumption, to
The requirements to be complied with at each survey are confirm it is within permissible limits.
listed below.
In addition, for the different types of shafts, the following is
required:
1.2 Complete survey
a) for shafts with keyed propeller coupling:
1.2.1 (1/7/2007)
• removal of propeller and key, and their examination
The complete survey of tailshafts consists of the following,
in way of the connection area
as applicable:
• examination by an appropriate crack detection
a) removal of propeller and key, where fitted, and their
method of the after end of the cylindrical part of
examination
shaft and forward one third of shaft cone
b) complete withdrawal of shaft to permit the examination
b) for shafts with keyless type propeller coupling:
of sterntube bearings (outboard or inboard depending
on the type of shaft) • check of the tightness of the propeller hub (propeller
hood, fore gland)
c) examination by an appropriate crack detection method
of the after end of the cylindrical part of the shaft and c) for shafts with a solid flange coupling at the aft end and
forward one third of shaft cone. The crack detection test variable pitch propeller:
of the aft flange fillet area may be dispensed with for the • check of tightness in way of blade glands and distri-
solid flange couplings fitted at the end of the shaft; see bution box
also Ch 2, Sec 2, [5.5.2] b)
• check of analysis of hydraulic oil
d) examination of shaft bearing surfaces, liners, joints,
• working test, as far as practicable, of the blade
threaded end and nut
manoeuvring.
e) examination of oil sealing glands with the necessary dis-
mantling 1.3.3 Where the Surveyor considers that the data pre-
f) measurements of clearances and/or weardown (prior to sented is not entirely to his satisfaction, further dismantling
and after the survey) and their recording may be required, including withdrawal of the tailshaft.
1.2.2 Where the notation MON-SHAFT has been assigned 2 Periodical survey of other propul-
as specified in Ch 2, Sec 2, [5.5.4], the tailshaft need not
be withdrawn at the complete survey and items b) and d) of sion systems
[1.2.1] need not be covered provided that all condition
monitoring data (bearing temperature, consumption and 2.1 Rotating and azimuth thrusters
analysis of lubricating oil) is found to be within permissible
2.1.1 (1/7/2007)
limits and the remaining requirements for the complete sur-
vey are complied with. The periodical survey of rotating and azimuth thrusters con-
sists of:
Where the Surveyor considers that the data presented is not
entirely to his satisfaction, the shaft is to be withdrawn. a) removing the propeller(s) in order to examine the fol-
lowing items, as applicable:
1.3 Modified survey • exposed parts
• cone and keyway to be checked by an appropriate
1.3.1 A modified survey may be carried out for those
crack detection method
tailshafts which fulfil the conditions described in Ch 2,
Sec 2, [5.5.3], where the periodicity of this type of survey is • sealing glands
also shown. • threaded end and nut.
For keyless or flange mounted propellers, alternative If the foregoing checks are not satisfactory, dismantling of
means to removal of the propeller for examination of the internal parts may be required.
the shaft cone, such as pressure testing of the hub and
hub gland, may be adopted at alternate surveys; 2.3 Pump jet systems
b) examining the results of a lubricating oil analysis (water
content and presence of material particles) to detect 2.3.1 The periodical survey of pump jet systems consists of
possible deterioration of internal gears and bearings examining the following parts:
• impeller, shaft and clearances of bearings
c) examining the orientation device.
• tightness of gland
If the foregoing checks are not satisfactory, dismantling of
the internal parts may be required. • water duct
• steering nozzle
2.2 Vertical axis propellers • reversing arrangements and control gear.
2.2.1 The periodical survey of vertical axis propeller sys- If the foregoing checks are not satisfactory, further disman-
tems consists of: tling may be required.
• checking the tightness of the oil glands and the backlash
of the gears from outside by action on the blades
• checking the condition of gears and couplings from
inside the ship
• examining the results of a lubricating oil analysis (water
content and presence of material particles) to detect
possible deterioration of internal gears and bearings.
2.1.3 The following safety devices and instrumentation are 2.1.4 Where repairs and/or renewal of components
to be examined and tested: exposed to pressure are performed, a pressure test is to be
carried out to 1,5 times the working pressure
• thermal fluid temperature safety device and control
• thermal fluid flow meter 2.1.5 Upon completion of the survey, the thermal oil
heater is to be examined under working conditions, with
• device for low thermal fluid level in the expansion tank
particular attention to safety devices and controls of the
• other regulation and safety systems. plant.
1.1.1 In order to maintain its class during a normal opera- 2.1.4 Protection against explosion
tion period, a ship is to be submitted to the surveys Cargo spaces and piping systems are to be cleaned and ven-
described in Ch 2, Sec 2 at their due dates and to the satis-
tilated to prevent gas from forming any pockets.
faction of the Society, and is to be free of overdue surveys
and conditions of class during the considered period. An inert gas system in operation is recommended for the
cargo spaces of oil and chemical tankers.
1.1.2 When a ship stops trading and is put out of commis-
sion for a certain period, i.e. is laid-up, the normal survey All flammable materials, sludge, etc. are to be removed
requirements may no longer apply provided that the Owner from the ship’s bilge, tank tops, double bottom tanks,
notifies the Society of this fact. The Owner is also to submit engine room, pump rooms and similar spaces.
a lay-up maintenance program to the Society for approval.
Hot work is not be carried out during lay-up, unless special
1.1.3 The lay-up maintenance program includes: precautionary measures are taken.
• the safety conditions to be kept throughout the lay-up 2.1.5 Safety equipment
period
All the equipment usually recommended for the safety of
• the measures taken to preserve the maintenance of the the watch personnel is to be provided, kept in working
ship throughout the lay-up period order and tested regularly.
• the survey requirements to be complied with for lay-up, The usual life-saving equipment such as liferafts, life-buoys,
maintenance of class in lay-up and re-commissioning.
breathing apparatus, oxygen masks and distress signals is to
be provided and made accessible.
2 Safety conditions
The requirements of the flag Administration and of the local
port authorities of the lay-up site are usually to be applied.
2.1
2.1.6 Emergency power
2.1.1 Power supply
The emergency source of power, emergency generator
Adequate power supply is to be supplied, or readily availa- and/or emergency air compressor are to be kept in working
ble, all around the clock, either from independent means order and tested weekly.
on board the ship or from shore.
The following safety conditions are to be kept throughout 3 Preservation measures for lay-up
the lay-up period.
and maintenance
2.1.2 Manning
3.1 General
Watch personnel are to be provided. The number of the
watch personnel will depend on the size of the ship, the
lay-up site and mooring arrangements, the shore assistance 3.1.1 A lay-up log-book is to be kept on board, in which
available in case of fire, leakage or flooding, the mainte- the maintenance work and tests carried out during the lay-
nance required to provide adequate preservation. A perma- up period are to be entered with the corresponding dates.
nent shore communication installation (radio, telephone) is The nature and frequency of the maintenance, inspections
also to be available. and tests are also to be defined in the lay-up log book.
3.1.2 The following measures for preservation and mainte- Chocks and hawse pipes are to be coated with bituminous
nance during the lay-up period are to be taken by Owners paint or equivalent if deemed necessary.
according to the type of ship, hull equipment, machinery
Cargo piping on deck is to be drained, blown through if
installations and the specific cases of lay-up conditions.
deemed necessary and kept dry by opening up drains.
3.2 Exposed parts of the hull Electrical machinery and navigational equipment are to be
protected by watertight covers.
3.2.1 Underwater parts of the hull are to be protected
against corrosion. It is advisable to provide an impressed 3.5 Machinery
current cathodic protection system where the quantity of
corrosive waste discharge is particularly high. When such 3.5.1 Machinery spaces
systems are provided they are to be serviced and checked at The air temperature inside the machinery spaces is normally
regular intervals. The condition of sacrificial anodes is to be to be kept above 0°C.
evaluated at the annual lay-up condition surveys.
Humidity is to be kept as low as possible and within accept-
3.2.2 The coating of the hull above the waterline, exposed able limits.
decks, access doors or covers on exposed decks, and hatch
covers is to be maintained in satisfactory condition. 3.5.2 Machinery - General
All accesses leading to internal spaces are to be kept closed. Exposed mechanical parts of machinery are to be greased.
All vent pipes and ventilation trunks are to be kept closed. All rotating machinery such as diesel engines, reciprocating
engines, pumps, turbines, electric motors and generators
are to be turned at regular intervals with a limited number
3.3 Internal spaces of revolutions (the lubricating oil system should be put in
operation or proper priming applied). Units are not to be
3.3.1 Cargo tanks and cargo holds are to be emptied,
stopped in the same position as the previous one.
cleaned and kept dry.
Bearing boxes are to be emptied, cleaned and refilled with
Ballast tanks are to be kept either full or empty. When bal-
new oil.
last spaces are kept filled with sea water, special care is to
be taken to keep such spaces topped up and protected
3.5.3 Main turbines
against corrosion. When provided, sacrificial anodes are to
be renewed when deemed necessary. The topping up is to Turbines are to be kept dry.
be regularly verified. All steam inlets are to be sealed.
3.3.2 Chain lockers are to be drained, cleaned and kept Expansion arrangements (sliding feet) are to be suitably
dry. Coating with bituminous paint is recommended. greased.
Electric heaters are to be put inside the turbines. Heat dry-
3.3.3 Fuel oil and lubricating oil tanks are to be drained ing is to be made in open circuit, all valves shut and gland
regularly. closing devices withdrawn.
Lubricating oil analysis is to be performed regularly and the
Turbines are to be turned weekly, the lubricating oil system
oil renewed when the result is not satisfactory. Prior to
being put in service. The shaft line is to be stopped after
being refilled, tanks are to be cleaned.
turning an integer number of revolutions plus one quarter of
Empty lubricating oil tanks are to be cleaned and kept dry. a revolution.
Fresh water or distilled water tanks are to be kept full or
3.5.4 Reduction gears
empty. Empty tanks are to be cleaned and kept dry. Where
cement wash is used as a coating, this is to be examined For large reduction gears, a fan activating the circulation of
and, if necessary, repaired prior to filling. hot air in closed circuit with air hoses is to be fitted (intake
at lower part of casing and discharge at upper part).
3.3.4 The bilge and tank top in engine rooms are to be
cleaned and kept dry. 3.5.5 Auxiliary turbine-driven machinery
Hull sea inlet and outlet valves not in use are to be kept Stators are to be drained and kept dry.
closed. Shaft sealing glands are to be lubricated.
Lubricating oil is to be analysed and renewed when
3.4 Deck fittings deemed necessary. Prior to oil renewal, the oil casings are
to be cleaned.
3.4.1 The windlass, capstans and winches are to be regu-
larly greased and turned once a week. Exhaust steam pipes are to be kept dry.
All wire cables are to be kept greased. Stuffing boxes are to be dismantled.
Visible parts of chains are to be coal-tarred and examined Turbines are to be turned weekly an integer number of revo-
regularly. lutions plus one quarter of a revolution.
3.8.3 Air heaters are to be cleaned and kept dry. 4.3 Recommendations for the mooring
Uptake, shell and fan outlets are to be cleaned and kept arrangements
closed with watertight hoods.
4.3.1 The following recommendations are to be consid-
Burners are to be dismantled, and atomisers greased. ered by Owners with respect to the mooring arrangements:
Desiccant is to be provided in furnaces where deemed nec- • ground holding should be adequate
essary. • vessels laid-up to buoys or anchored should be moored
in such a way as to be prevented from swinging with
Expansion arrangements (sliding feet) are to be suitably normal wind and tidal changes
greased.
• chain cables should not be subject to cross-contact or
The internal condition of boilers is to be checked every twisting and stern anchorage should generally be pro-
three months. vided
• laid-up ships should be in ballast condition in order to
3.8.4 Boilers may also be preserved sealed with inert gas reduce the effects of wind. Due consideration should be
(nitrogen), provided that cocks and valves are tight and the given to the still water bending moment. For guidance,
installation allows an internal pressure of at least 0,05 bar to normal ballast draft should be roughly between 30%
be maintained to prevent air penetration. Regular checks of and 50% of the maximum draft.
the overpressure are to be carried out and results recorded
in the log-book. 4.3.2 Ships should normally be moored singly. However,
when several ships are moored together, the following pro-
3.9 Automation equipment visions are to be made:
• ships are to be moored bow to stern
3.9.1 Recommendations for electronic components are • ships are to be of approximately the same size
the same as those given for electrical installations. • the number of ships moored together is, in principle, not
For pneumatic parts the manufacturers’ recommendations to exceed six
are to be followed and the system is to be checked regu- • breast-lines are to be of similar elasticity
larly. • fenders are to be provided.
Pressure, temperature or level sensors are generally not
affected by damage when not used. However, when availa- 4.4 Review of the mooring arrangements
ble, the manufacturers’ recommendations are to be fol-
lowed. 4.4.1 As indicated in [4.1.1], at the Owners’ request, the
mooring arrangements may be reviewed by the Society.
4 Lay-up site and mooring arrange- 4.4.2 The proposal for the mooring arrangements is in
ments such case to be submitted by the Owner and is to include
the following information.
a) Mooring site:
4.1 General
• geographical area (to be specified on a map)
4.1.1 The choice and suitability of the lay-up site, as well • characteristics of the sea bottom
as the type of mooring conditions, the mooring arrange- • water depth
ments and their efficiency during the lay-up period remain
• preferential angular sectors (effects of wind / tide /
the responsibility of the Owner.
current) indicated according to statistical studies
However, at the Owner’s request, the mooring arrangement • wave characteristics (amplitude, periods)
may be reviewed by the Society.
b) Geometry of mooring arrangements:
• ship’s position and direction
4.2 Recommendations for the lay-up site
• shore anchorage
4.2.1 The following recommendations are to be consid- • diagram showing mooring equipment (fore and aft)
ered by Owners regarding the choice and suitability of the • angle between chain cables and ship’s centreline
lay-up site. c) Characteristics of mooring equipment:
The site should be: • maximum holding strength of each anchor
• sheltered from open sea, strong currents and waves • type of mooring lines (chains, cables, sinkers, etc.)
• not exposed to whirling winds or turbulent tidal waves • length of each section
• weight of each section
• not exposed to moving ice
• mechanical characteristics of each section (breaking
• clear of corrosive waste waters load)
• provided with adequate ship/shore communications. • weight of sinkers.
4.4.3 On completion of the installation, the mooring • dealing with the recommendations due at the date of re-
arrangements are to be inspected by the Society. When the commissioning or which became due during the lay-up
ship is anchored, the underwater installation is to be period.
inspected by a diver whose report is to be presented to the
Society. In all cases where the Owner elects to carry out the “next
due” renewal survey, the due periodical hull and machinery
4.4.4 It is the responsibility of the Owners to ascertain the surveys, due or which become overdue during the lay-up
efficiency of the mooring arrangements during the lay-up period, will be replaced by this one.
period. The mooring arrangements are to be re-examined at
5.3.3 For the hull the following is to be carried out:
regular intervals (at least each year when the ship is
anchored) and when abnormal weather conditions occur at • examination of shell plating above the waterline, deck
the lay-up site. plating, hatch covers and coamings
• examination of load line items
5 Surveys • overall survey of all cargo tanks/holds
• overall survey of representative ballast tanks when the
5.1 Laying-up survey lay-up period does not exceed two years
• overall survey of all ballast tanks when the lay-up period
5.1.1 At the beginning of the lay-up period a laying-up sur- is two years and over
vey is to be carried out whose scope is to verify that the • function tests of bilge and ballast systems.
safety conditions, preservation measures, lay-up site and
mooring arrangements are in accordance with the program 5.3.4 (1/7/2007)
agreed by the Society. For the deck fittings the following is to be carried out:
• where possible, examination of deck piping under
5.1.2 Upon satisfactory completion of this survey, an
working pressure
endorsement to confirm that the ship has been placed in
lay-up is entered on the Certificate of Classification, which • function tests of class items
is subsequently to be kept on board. • checking inert gas installation under working condition
after inspection of water seal and function test of deck
5.2 Annual lay-up condition survey non-return valve and pressure/vacuum valves.
5.2.1 As described in Ch 2, Sec 2, [8], an annual lay-up 5.3.5 For machinery installations the following is to be
condition survey is to be performed in lieu of the normal checked:
annual class surveys. The purpose of this survey is to ascer- • the analysis of lubricating oil of main engines, auxiliary
tain that the lay-up maintenance program implemented is engines, reduction gears, main thrust bearings and
continuously complied with. sterntube
• the general condition of crankcase, crankshaft, piston
5.2.2 It is to be checked that the arrangements made for rods and connecting rods of diesel engines
the lay-up are unchanged and that the maintenance work
• the crankshaft deflections of diesel engines. In addition
and tests are carried out in accordance with the mainte-
when engines have been laid-up for more than two
nance manual and recorded in the lay-up log-book.
years, one piston is to be disconnected and one liner is
5.2.3 Upon satisfactory completion of the survey, the Cer- to be removed for examination. Dismantling is to be
tificate of Classification is endorsed. extended if deemed necessary
• the condition of blades of turbines through the inspec-
5.3 Re-commissioning survey tion doors
• the condition of the water side of condensers and heat
5.3.1 Owners are to make the necessary arrangements to exchangers
remove the temporary lay-up installations provided for pres- • the condition of expansion arrangements
ervation measures and the protective materials and coatings
• the condition of reduction gears through the inspection
(oil, grease, inhibitors, desiccants), before the survey is
doors
commenced.
• the condition after overhauling of pressure relief devices
It is the Owners’ responsibility to verify that the ship parts
that are not covered by class are reactivated in satisfactory • the test of bilge level alarms, when fitted.
operational condition. 5.3.6 The main and emergency electrical installations are
5.3.2 (1/1/2015) to be tested. The parallel shedding of main generators and
The scope of the re-commissioning survey is to include: main switchboard safety devices are to be checked. A meg-
ger test of the electrical installation is to be performed.
• a general examination of the hull, deck fittings, safety
systems, machinery installations (including boilers 5.3.7 (1/7/2012)
whose survey is not due) and steering gear For the fire prevention, detection and fire-fighting systems,
• all periodical surveys due at the date of re-commission- the following is to be examined and/or tested:
ing or which became overdue during the lay-up period • fire detectors and alarms.
5.3.8 The automated installation is to be checked for 5.3.11 For other specific classed installations, the Owners
proper operation. are to submit a survey program to the Society.
5.3.9 When classed, the installations for refrigerated cargo 5.3.12 On completion of the above surveys and tests, sea
are to be examined under working conditions. Where the trials are to be performed in the presence of a Surveyor of
lay-up period exceeds two years, representative compo- the Society.
nents of the installation are to be dismantled. The sea trials are to include :
• verification of the satisfactory performance of the deck
5.3.10 For cargo installations on liquefied gas carriers, the installations, main propulsion system and essential aux-
following is to be carried out: iliaries, including a test of the safety devices
• inspection of the primary barrier in tanks • an anchoring test
• complete tests of steering gear
• for membrane tanks, a global gas test of tanks whose
• full head and full astern tests
results are to be compared with those obtained at ship’s
delivery • tests of automated machinery systems, where applicable
• testing of gas piping at working pressure using inert gas. 5.3.13 Upon satisfactory completion of the surveys, an
endorsement to confirm the carrying out of all relevant sur-
A Surveyor of the Society is to attend the first cooling down veys and the re-commissioning of the ship is entered on the
and loading of the ship. Certificate of Classification.
Chapter 4
SECTION 1 GENERAL
SECTION 1 GENERAL
1.1.1 The purpose of this Chapter is to give details on the 2 Service notations subject to addi-
scope of surveys of certain ships which, due to the service tional surveys
notation assigned and related equipment, need specific
requirements to be verified for the maintenance of their 2.1
class.
2.1.1 The specific requirements detailed in this Chapter
1.1.2 These specific requirements either are additional to are linked to the service notation(s) assigned to the ship at
or supersede those stipulated in Chapter 3, which gives gen- the request of the Owner. Where a ship has more than one
eral requirements for surveys applicable to all types of service notation, the specific requirements linked to each
one are applicable, insofar as they are not contradictory (in
ships: this is indicated in each Section of this Chapter. These
such case, the most stringent requirement will be applied).
surveys are to be carried out at intervals as described in
Ch 2, Sec 2, concurrently with the surveys of the same type, 2.1.2 Tab 1 indicates which service notations are subject
i.e. annual, intermediate or class renewal surveys, detailed to specific requirements, and in which Section or Article
in Chapter 3. they are specified.
Table 1 : Service notations for which specific requirements are applicable (1/7/2011)
1.4.4 (1/7/2008)
1.2.4 Prior to survey, the Surveyor examines the documen- For close-up surveys of the cargo hold shell frames of bulk
tation on board and its contents, which are used as a basis carriers of 100000 dwt and above, the use of portable lad-
for the survey. ders is not accepted, and one or more of the following
means for access, acceptable to the Surveyor, are to be pro-
1.3 Reporting and evaluation of surveys vided:
a) Annual surveys, intermediate survey under 10 years of
1.3.1 The data and information on the structural condition age and class renewal survey no. 1:
of the ship collected during survey are evaluated for accept- • permanent staging and passages through structures;
ability and structural integrity of the ship's cargo area. • temporary staging and passages through structures;
1.3.2 (1/7/2006) • hydraulic arm vehicles such as conventional cherry
pickers, lifts and movable platforms;
For ships subject to the requirements of this Section, the sur-
• boats or rafts provided the structural capacity of the
veys of hull structure and piping systems are reported in
hold is sufficient to withstand static loads at all lev-
conformance to the Survey Reporting Principles laid down
els of water;
in App 1.
• other equivalent means.
1.3.3 A hull condition evaluation report (summarising the b) Subsequent intermediate surveys and class renewal sur-
results of class renewal surveys) is issued by the Society to veys:
the Owner, who is to place it on board the ship for refer- • either permanent or temporary staging and passage
ence at future surveys. The hull condition evaluation report through structures for close-up survey of at least the
is endorsed by the Society. upper part of hold frames;
• hydraulic arm vehicles such as conventional cherry
1.4 Access to structures pickers for surveys of lower and middle parts of shell
frames as an alternative to staging;
1.4.1 (1/1/2007) • lifts and movable platforms;
For overall surveys, means are to be provided to enable the • boats or rafts provided the structural capacity of the
Surveyor to examine the hull structure in a safe and practi- hold is sufficient to withstand static loads at all lev-
cal way. els of water;
The survey is to consist of an examination for the purpose of a) cover panels, including side plates, and stiffener attach-
ensuring, as far as practicable, that the hull, weather decks, ments that may be accessible in the open position by
hatch covers, coamings and piping are maintained in a sat- close-up survey (for corrosion, cracks, and deforma-
isfactory condition. tion);
2.2 Hull and equipment b) sealing arrangements of perimeter and cross-joints (gas-
kets for condition and permanent deformation, flexible
2.2.1 (1/7/2006) seals on combination carriers, gasket lips, compression
Examination of: bars, drainage channels and non-return valves);
• the hull plating and its closing appliances as far as can c) clamping devices, retaining bars, cleating (for wastage,
be seen adjustment and condition of rubber components);
• the watertight penetrations as far as practicable.
d) closed cover locating devices (for distortion and attach-
ment);
2.3 Weather decks, hatch covers and coam-
ings e) chain or rope pulleys;
2.3.8 (1/1/2008) tion, the extent of close-up surveys and thickness meas-
Where portable covers or wooden or steel pontoons are fit- urements may be specially considered.
ted, they are to be examined to confirm the satisfactory con-
e) All piping and penetrations in cargo holds, including
dition, where applicable, of:
overboard piping, are to be examined.
a) wooden covers and portable beams, carriers or sockets
for the portable beams, and their securing devices; 2.4.2 Ships over 15 years of age (1/7/2012)
b) steel pontoons, including close-up survey of hatch cover
The requirements of the survey, which are also given in Tab
plating;
1 and Tab 2, are the following:
c) tarpaulins;
a) Overall survey of all cargo holds.
d) cleats, battens and wedges;
e) hatch securing bars and their securing devices; b) Close-up survey of sufficient extent, minimum 25% of
frames, to establish the condition of the lower region of
f) loading pads/bars and the side plate edge;
the shell frames including approx. lower one third
g) guide plates and chocks; length of side frame at side shell and side frame end
h) compression bars, drainage channels and drain pipes (if attachment and the adjacent shell plating in the forward
any). cargo hold and one other selected cargo hold. Where
this level of survey reveals the need for remedial meas-
2.3.9 (1/7/2006)
ures, the survey is to be extended to include a close-up
Examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker tanks. survey of all of the shell frames and adjacent shell plat-
2.3.10 (1/7/2006) ing of that cargo hold as well as a close-up survey of
Examination of bunker and vent piping systems, including sufficient extent of all remaining cargo holds.
ventilators.
c) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where
extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurement is to
2.4 Cargo holds be carried out. If the results of these thickness measure-
ments indicate that substantial corrosion is found, the
2.4.1 Ships between 10 and 15 years of
extent of thickness measurements is to be increased in
age (1/7/2012)
accordance with Tab 7 to Tab 11. These thickness meas-
The requirements of the survey, which are also given in Tab urements are to be carried out before the annual survey
1 and Tab 2, are the following: is credited as completed. Suspect areas identified at pre-
a) Overall survey of all cargo holds. vious surveys are to be examined. Areas of substantial
b) Close-up survey of sufficient extent, minimum 25% of corrosion identified at previous surveys are to be sub-
frames, to establish the condition of the lower region of jected to thickness measurements.
the shell frames including approx. lower one third For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the
length of side frame at side shell and side frame end annual thickness gauging may be omitted where a pro-
attachment and the adjacent shell plating in the forward tective coating has been applied in accordance with the
cargo hold. Where this level of survey reveals the need coating manufacturer's requirements and is maintained
for remedial measures, the survey is to be extended to in good condition.
include a close-up survey of all of the shell frames and
adjacent shell plating of that cargo hold as well as a d) Where a hard protective coating is fitted in cargo holds
close-up survey of sufficient extent of all remaining as provided in [1.1.7] and is found to be in good condi-
cargo holds. tion, the extent of close-up surveys and thickness meas-
c) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where urements may be specially considered.
extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurement is to e) All piping and penetrations in cargo holds, including
be carried out. If the results of these thickness measure- overboard piping, are to be examined.
ments indicate that substantial corrosion is found, the
extent of thickness measurements is to be increased in 2.4.3 Ships subject to SOLAS regulation
accordance with Tab 7 to Tab 11. These extended thick- XII/9.1 (1/7/2006)
ness measurements are to be carried out before the
annual survey is credited as completed. Suspect areas This item contains additional requirements for the foremost
identified at previous surveys are to be examined. Areas cargo hold of ships subject to Reg. 9.1 of Ch. XII of SOLAS
of substantial corrosion identified at previous surveys 74 as amended, which are those meeting all the following
are to be subjected to thickness measurements. conditions:
For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the • bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single
annual thickness gauging may be omitted where a pro- side skin construction,
tective coating has been applied in accordance with the
coating manufacturer's requirements and is maintained • carrying solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1,780
in good condition. t/m3 and above,
d) Where a hard protective coating is fitted in cargo holds • contracted for construction (see Note 1) before 1 July
as provided in [1.1.7] and is found to be in good condi- 1999, and
• constructed with an insufficient number of transverse ing and pumping ballast tanks forward of the collision bulk-
watertight bulkheads to enable them to withstand flood- head and bilges of dry spaces, any part of which extends
ing of the foremost cargo hold in all loading conditions forward of the foremost cargo hold, and of their controls.
and remain afloat in a satisfactory condition of equilib-
rium as specified in Reg. 4.3 of Ch. XII of SOLAS 74 as 2.7 Means of access
amended.
2.7.1 (1/7/2011)
In accordance with Reg. 9.1 of Ch. XII of SOLAS 74 as Confirmation is to be given, when appropriate and as far as
amended, for the foremost cargo hold of the above ships, is practicable when internal spaces are examined, that the
the additional survey requirements given in Tab 2 are to be means of access to cargo and other spaces remain in good
included in the scope of the annual survey. condition.
Note 1: "The "contracted for construction" date means the date on
which the contract to build the vessel is signed between the pro-
spective owner and the shipbuilder. For further details regarding the 3 Intermediate survey - Hull items
date of "contract for construction", refer to IACS Procedural
Requirement (PR) No.29." 3.1 General
3.1.1 (1/7/2006)
2.5 Ballast tanks
The survey extent is dependent on the age of the ship as
2.5.1 Ballast tanks are to be internally examined when specified in [3.2], [3.3] and [3.4] and shown in Tab 3 and
required as a consequence of the results of the class Tab 4.
renewal survey and intermediate survey.
2.5.2 (1/1/2004) 3.2 Ships between 5 and 10 years of age
When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or where 3.2.1 Ballast tanks (1/7/2010)
extensive corrosion exists, thickness measurements are is to
be carried out. If the results of these thickness measure- a) For tanks used for water ballast, an overall survey of rep-
ments indicate that substantial corrosion is found, the extent resentative tanks selected by the Surveyor is to be car-
of thickness measurements is to be increased in accordance ried out. The selection is to include fore and aft peak
with Tab 7 to Tab 11. These extended thickness measure- tanks and a number of other tanks, taking into account
ments are to be carried out before the survey is credited as the total number and type of ballast tanks. If such over-
completed. all survey reveals no visible structural defects, the exam-
ination may be limited to verification that the corrosion
2.5.3 (1/7/2001) prevention system remains efficient.
Suspect areas identified at previous surveys are to be exam-
b) Where poor coating condition, corrosion or other
ined. Areas of substantial corrosion identified at previous
defects are found in water ballast tanks or where a hard
surveys are to be subjected to thickness measurements.
protective coating has not been applied since the time
2.5.4 (1/7/2012) of construction, the examination is to be extended to
For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the other ballast tanks of the same type.
annual thickness gauging may be omitted where a protec- c) In ballast tanks other than double bottom tanks, where a
tive coating has been applied in accordance with the coat- hard protective coating is found in poor condition, and
ing manufacturer's requirements and is maintained in good it is not renewed, or where a soft or semi-hard coating
condition. has been applied, or where a hard protective coating
2.5.5 (1/7/2011) has not been applied since the time of construction, the
Confirmation is to be given that the corrosion prevention tanks in question are to be examined and thickness
system fitted to dedicated ballast water tanks when appro- measurements carried out as considered necessary at
priate is maintained. annual surveys. When such breakdown of hard protec-
tive coating is found in ballast double bottom tanks, or
2.6 Additional requirements after determin- where a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
ing compliance with SOLAS regulation where a hard protective coating has not been applied,
the tanks in question may be examined at annual sur-
XII/12 (water level detectors) and XII/13
veys. When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or
(availability of pumping systems) where extensive corrosion exists, thickness measure-
2.6.1 (1/1/2007) ments are to be carried out.
For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS XII/12 d) In addition to the requirements above, suspect areas
for hold, ballast and dry space water level detectors, the identified at previous surveys are to be examined.
annual survey is to include an examination and a test, at
random, of the water ingress detection systems and of their 3.2.2 Cargo holds (1/7/2006)
alarms. a) An overall survey of all cargo holds, including close-up
2.6.2 (1/1/2007) survey of sufficient extent, minimum 25% of frames, is
For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS XII/13 to be carried out to establish the condition of:
for the availability of pumping systems, the annual survey is • Shell frames including their upper and lower end
to include an examination and a test of the means for drain- attachments, adjacent shell plating, and transverse
bulkheads in the forward cargo hold and one other and the hard protective coatings are found to be in a
selected cargo hold; good condition.
• Areas found suspect at previous surveys. c) Where substantial corrosion is found, the extent of
thickness measurements is to be increased in accord-
b) Where considered necessary by the Surveyor as a result ance with the requirements of Tab 7 to Tab 11. These
of the overall and close-up survey as described in a), the extended thickness measurements are to be carried out
survey is to be extended to include a close-up survey of before the survey is credited as completed. Suspect
all of the shell frames and adjacent shell plating of that areas identified at previous surveys are to be examined.
cargo hold as well as a close-up survey of sufficient Areas of substantial corrosion identified at previous sur-
extent of all remaining cargo holds. veys are to be subjected to thickness measurements.
For ships built under Common Structural Rules, the
3.2.3 Extent of Thickness Measurements (1/7/2012) identified substantial corrosion areas may be:
a) Thickness measurements are to be carried out to an 1) protected by coating applied in accordance with the
extent sufficient to determine both general and local coating manufacturer's requirements and examined
corrosion levels in areas subject to close-up survey as at annual intervals to confirm the coating in way is
described in [3.2.2] a). The minimum requirements for still in good condition, or alternatively
thickness measurements at the intermediate survey are 2) required to be measured at annual intervals.
areas found to be suspect areas at previous surveys.
d) Where the hard protective coating in cargo holds, as
b) The extent of thickness measurement may be specially defined in [1.1.7], is found in good condition, the extent
considered, provided the Surveyor is satisfied by the of close-up surveys and thickness measurements may be
close-up survey that there is no structural diminution specially considered.
Table 1 : Annual survey of cargo holds for bulk carriers and combination carriers of single side skin
construction (1/7/2006)
Table 2 : Additional survey requirements for the foremost cargo hold for ships subject to Reg. 9.1 of Ch. XII of
SOLAS 74 as amended, only for ships referred to in [2.4.3] (1/7/2006)
Table 3 : Intermediate survey of cargo holds for bulk carriers and combination carriers of single side skin
construction (1/7/2006)
3.3 Ships between 10 and 15 years of age The survey program is to be in a written format, based on
the information in [4.8]. The survey is not to commence
3.3.1 (1/7/2006)
until the survey program has been agreed. The survey pro-
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to the same
gram at intermediate survey may consist of the survey pro-
extent as the previous class renewal survey as required in
gram at the previous class renewal survey supplemented by
[4]. However, internal examination of fuel oil tanks and
the condition evaluation report of that class renewal survey
pressure testing of all tanks are not required unless deemed
and later relevant survey reports.
necessary by the attending Surveyor.
The survey program is to be worked out taking into account
3.3.2 (1/1/2003)
any amendments to the survey requirements after the last
In application of [3.3.1], the intermediate survey may be class renewal survey carried out.
commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed
during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the 4.1.2 (1/7/2006)
third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2, In developing the survey program, the following documen-
[4.2.2]. tation is to be collected and consulted with a view to select-
ing tanks, holds, areas and structural elements to be
3.3.3 (1/1/2003)
examined:
In application of [3.3.1], an underwater survey may be con-
• survey status and basic ship information
sidered in lieu of a bottom survey in dry condition (see
Ch 3, Sec 5, [2]). • the documentation on board, as described in [1.2.2]
and [1.2.3]
3.4 Ships over 15 years of age • main structural plans (scantling drawings), including
information on use of high tensile steels (HTS)
3.4.1 (1/7/2006)
• relevant previous survey and inspection reports from
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to the same both the Society and the Owner
extent as the previous class renewal survey as required in
[4]. However, internal examination of fuel oil tanks and • information on the use of ship holds and tanks, with
pressure testing of all tanks are not required unless deemed regard to the nature of the typical cargoes transported
necessary by the attending Surveyor. and other useful data
• information on the corrosion prevention level on the
3.4.2 (1/1/2003)
new building
In application of [3.4.1], the intermediate survey may be
commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed • information on the relevant maintenance level during
during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the operation.
third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
4.1.3 The survey program is to comply, at least, with the
[4.2.2].
requirements for close-up surveys, thickness measurements
3.4.3 (1/7/2002) and tank testing given in [4.4], [4.5] and [4.6], respectively.
In application of [3.4.1], a bottom survey in dry condition is In addition, the survey program is to include at least:
to be part of the intermediate survey. The overall and close- • basic ship information and particulars
up surveys and thickness measurements, as applicable, of
• main structural plans (scantling drawings), including
the lower portions of the cargo holds and ballast tanks (see
information on the use of high tensile steels (HTS)
Note 1) are to be carried out in accordance with the appli-
cable requirements for intermediate surveys, if not already • plan of holds and tanks
performed. • list of holds and tanks including information on their
Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo holds and ballast tanks are use, protective coating, if any, and its condition
considered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline. • conditions for survey, with regard to holds, tanks and
spaces which are to be safe for access, i.e. cleaned, gas
4 Class renewal survey freed, ventilated, illuminated
• provisions and methods for access to structures
4.1 Survey program and preparation for sur- • equipment for surveys
vey • nomination of holds, spaces and areas for close-up sur-
4.1.1 (1/1/2008) veys according to Tab 5
The Owner, in cooperation with the Society, is to work out a • nomination of sections and areas for thickness measure-
specific survey program prior to the commencement of any ments according to Tab 6
part of: • nomination of holds, if any, and tanks for tank testing
• the class renewal survey according to [4.6]
• the intermediate survey for bulk carriers over 10 years of • damage experience and repair history related to the ship
age. in question.
Prior to the development of the survey program, the Survey 4.1.4 The survey program is also to include the maximum
Planning Questionnaire is to be completed by the Owner acceptable structural corrosion diminution levels applicable
based on the information set out in [4.9], and forwarded to to the ship. The Society will advise the Owner of this infor-
the Society. mation.
4.1.5 In addition, the survey program is to include propos- survey work to be carried out. Refer also to Ch 2, Sec 2,
als on how to conduct surveys and tests in a safe and practi- [2.3.1].
cal way, including the means of providing access to
The following is an indicative list of items that are to be
structures for close-up survey, thickness measurements and addressed in the meeting:
tank testing. All other provisions described in Ch 2, Sec 2,
[2.3], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.6], Ch 2, Sec 2, a) schedule of the ship (i.e. the voyage, docking and
[2.7] and Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.9] regarding procedures for thick- undocking manoeuvres, periods alongside, cargo and
ness measurements, conditions for survey, access to struc- ballast operations etc);
tures, equipment for survey and survey at sea or at b) provisions and arrangements for thickness measure-
anchorage, respectively, are also to be complied with. ments (i.e. access, cleaning/de-scaling, illumination,
ventilation, personal safety);
4.1.6 Survey Planning Meeting (1/7/2010)
The establishment of proper preparation and close co-oper- c) extent of the thickness measurements;
ation between the attending Surveyor(s) and the Owner's d) acceptance criteria (refer to the list of minimum thick-
representatives on board prior to and during the survey are nesses);
an essential part in the safe and efficient conduct of the sur-
vey. During the survey on board safety meetings are to be e) extent of close-up survey and thickness measurement
held regularly. considering the coating condition and suspect
areas/areas of substantial corrosion;
Prior to commencement of any part of the renewal and
intermediate survey, a survey planning meeting is to be held f) execution of thickness measurements;
between the attending Surveyor(s), the Owner's representa- g) taking representative readings in general and where
tive in attendance, the thickness measurement company uneven corrosion/pitting is found;
representative, where involved, and the Master of the ship
or an appropriately qualified representative appointed by h) mapping of areas of substantial corrosion;
the Master or Company for the purpose of ascertaining that i) communication between the attending Surveyor(s), the
all the arrangements envisaged in the survey program are in thickness measurement company operator(s) and the
place, so as to ensure the safe and efficient conduct of the Owner's representative(s) concerning findings.
Table 4 : Intermediate survey of water ballast tanks for bulk carriers and combination carriers of single side skin
construction (1/7/2006)
4.2 Scope of survey attending Surveyor's satisfaction to ensure that tightness and
condition remain satisfactory.
4.2.1 (1/7/2007)
In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class 4.2.4 The survey extent of ballast tanks converted to void
renewal survey is to include examination, tests and checks spaces will be specially considered by the Society in rela-
of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related pip- tion to the requirements for ballast tanks.
ing, as required in [4.2.3], are in a satisfactory condition 4.2.5 (1/7/2010)
and are fit for their intended purpose for the new period of Where provided, the condition of the corrosion prevention
class to be assigned, subject to proper maintenance and system of ballast tanks is to be examined.
operation and to periodical surveys being carried out at the For ballast tanks, excluding double bottom tanks, where a
due dates. hard protective coating is found in poor condition, and it is
4.2.2 (1/7/2007) not renewed, where a soft or semi-hard coating has been
applied, or where a hard protective coating has not been
All cargo holds, ballast tanks, including double bottom
applied since the time of construction, the tanks in question
tanks, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void spaces bounding
are to be examined at annual surveys. Thickness measure-
cargo holds, decks and outer hull are to be examined, and
ments are to be carried out as deemed necessary by the Sur-
this examination is to be supplemented by thickness meas-
veyor.
urement and testing as required in [4.5] and [4.6] respec-
tively, to ensure that the structural integrity remains When such a breakdown of hard protective coating is found
effective. The aim of the examination is to discover substan- in water ballast double bottom tanks and is not renewed,
tial corrosion, significant deformation, fractures, damage or where a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
other structural deterioration that may be present. where a hard protective coating has not been applied since
the time of construction, the tanks in question may be
4.2.3 (1/7/2006) examined at annual surveys. When considered necessary
All piping systems within the above spaces are to be exam- by the Surveyor, or where extensive corrosion exists, thick-
ined and operationally tested to working pressure to the ness measurements are to be carried out.
Table 5 : Requirements for close-up survey at class renewal survey of bulk carriers and combination carriers of
single side skin construction (1/7/2007)
4.6.3 (1/7/2006)
Boundaries of ballast tanks are to be tested with a head of
liquid to the top of air pipes.
4.6.4 (1/7/2006)
Boundaries of ballast holds are to be tested with a head of
liquid to near to the top of hatches.
Table 6 : Requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal survey of bulk carriers and combination car-
riers of single side skin construction (1/7/2006)
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers and combination carriers of single side skin construction within the cargo
area
Table 8 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers and combination carriers of single side skin construction within the cargo
area
4 Upper
stool
Topside
tank
2
1
3
Lower
2 stool Hopper
Double bottom side tank
Table 9 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers and combination carriers of single side skin construction within the cargo
area
Table 10 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers and combination carriers of single side skin construction within the cargo
area
Table 11 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of bulk carriers and combination carriers of single side skin construction within the cargo
area
CARGO HOLDS
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Side shell frames Suspect frame and each adjacent (a) At each end and mid-span: 5-point pattern of both web
and flange
(b) 5-point pattern within 25 mm of welded attachment to
both shell and lower sloped plate
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build of the ship:
Owner:
Thickness measurement company:
Any other information which may be useful
4.8.7 Provisions and methods of access to 4.8.10 Identification of tanks for tank
structures (1/1/2008) testing (1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to indicate any This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
changes relating to (and is to update) the information on the cargo holds and tanks that are to undergo tank testing for
provisions and methods of access to structures provided in the ship in accordance with [4.6].
the Survey Planning Questionnaire referred to in [4.9].
4.8.11 Identification of areas and sections for
thickness measurements (1/1/2008)
4.8.8 List of equipment for survey (1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the areas and sections where thickness measurements are to be
equipment that will be made available for carrying out the taken in accordance with [4.3.4] and [4.5].
survey and the required thickness measurements.
4.8.12 Minimum thickness of hull
4.8.9 Survey requirements (1/1/2008) structures (1/1/2008)
a) Overall survey This section of the survey program is to specify the mini-
mum thickness for hull structures of the ship that are subject
This section of the survey program is to identify and list to survey, according to (a) or (b):
the spaces that are to undergo an overall survey for the
a) determined from the attached wastage allowance table
ship in accordance with [4.3] and [4.4.1].
and the original thickness according to the hull structure
b) Close-up survey plans of the ship (see Note 1);
This section of the survey program is to identify and list b) given in the following Tab 13.
the hull structures that are to undergo a close-up survey Note 1: The wastage allowance tables are to be attached to the sur-
for the ship in accordance with [4.4.2]. vey program.
Table 14 : Hull damage sorted by location for the ship concerned and for sister or similar ships (if available) in the
case of design related damage (1/1/2008)
4.9.7 Safety Management System (1/1/2008) An example of the "Survey Planning Questionnaire" form to
The Owner is to provide a list of any non-conformities be filled in by the Owner is available on the Society website
related to hull maintenance, including the associated cor- or may be supplied upon request; application may be made
rective actions. to dry.cargoships@rina.org.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Topside tanks
Hopper tanks
Upper stools
Lower stools
Fore peak
Aft peak
Miscellaneous other spaces:
The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend- d) confirmation that devices provided for measuring the
ing Surveyor that no modifications or alterations which temperature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfactorily
might impair safety have been made to the various installa- e) check of protection of the cargo pump room, and in par-
tions in dangerous zones without prior approval from the ticular of:
Society.
1) temperature sensing devices for bulkhead glands
The survey is to include: and alarms;
• confirmation that potential sources of ignition in or near 2) interlock between lighting and ventilation;
the cargo pump rooms, such as loose gear, excessive
3) gas detection system;
product in bilge, excessive vapours, combustible mate-
rials, etc., are eliminated and that access ladders are in 4) bilge level monitoring devices and alarms.
satisfactory condition
• examination, as far as practicable, of cargo, bilge, bal- 3.3 Inert gas system
last and stripping pumps for excessive gland seal leak-
age, verification of proper operation of electrical and 3.3.1 The survey is to include:
mechanical remote operating and shutdown devices a) external examination of the whole system, to check the
and operation of the pump room bilge system, and condition of all piping, including vent piping above the
checking that pump foundations are intact upper deck in the cargo tank area and overboard dis-
charges through the shell so far as practicable, and asso-
• confirmation that the ventilation system, including port- ciated components to verify, in particular, the absence
able equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo area of signs of corrosion and leakage of gas, water or other
(including cargo pump rooms) is operational, ducting is liquid from inert gas and water piping systems or from
intact and screens are clean the pressure/vacuum breaking device
• confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous b) check of proper operation of both inert gas blowers
zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in satis-
c) check of proper operation of ventilation system required
factory condition and has been properly maintained
for scrubber room (if any)
• confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo d) check of deck water seal for automatic water filling and
pump room bilge system is satisfactory draining
• examination of the cargo heating system e) check of absence of water carry over in the inert gas
from the deck water seal and check of the condition of
• examination of the cargo-transfer arrangement and con-
the non-return valve
firmation that the ship's cargo hoses are suitable for
their intended purpose and in satisfactory condition f) check of proper operation of all remotely operated or
automatically controlled valves and, in particular, of the
• confirmation that any special arrangement made for flue gas isolating valve located on the inert gas supply
bow or stern loading/unloading is in satisfactory condi- main after the blowers
tion and test of the means of communication and
remote shutdown of the cargo pumps g) check of proper operation of the interlocking feature fit-
ted to prevent soot blowers from operating when the
inert gas system is working
• examination of the emergency lighting in all cargo
pump rooms (for oil tankers constructed after 1 July h) check that the gas pressure regulating valve automati-
2002). cally closes when gas blowers are stopped
i) check, as far as practicable and using simulated condi- are to be carried out to ensure that the structural integrity
tions where necessary, of the following alarms and remains effective.
safety devices of the inert gas system: 4.3.2 (1/7/2010)
1) high oxygen content of gas in the inert gas main A ballast tank is to be examined at subsequent annual sur-
2) low gas pressure in the inert gas main veys (see Note 1) where:
3) low pressure in the supply to the deck water seal a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
4) high temperature of gas in the inert gas main, time of construction, or
including automatic shutdown devices b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
5) low water pressure to the scrubber, including auto- c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or
matic shutdown devices
d) the hard protective coating is found to be in less than
6) accuracy of portable and fixed oxygen measuring good condition and the hard protective coating is not
equipment by means of calibration gases repaired to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
7) high water level in the scrubber, including auto- Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating condi-
matic shutdown devices tion are to apply to ballast tanks whose coating condition will be
8) failure of the inert gas blowers assessed at the forthcoming class renewal survey and intermediate
survey on or after 1 July 2006. For the assessment of the coating
9) failure of the power supply to the automatic control condition, reference is to be made to IACS Recommendation
system for the gas regulating valve and to the instru- No.87 "Guidelines for Coating Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast
mentation for continuous indication and permanent Tanks and Combined Cargo / Ballast Tanks on Oil Tankers".
recording of pressure and oxygen content in the 4.3.3 (1/7/2006)
inert gas main
In addition to the requirements above, suspect areas identi-
10) high pressure of gas in the inert gas main fied at previous surveys are to be examined.
j) check, when practicable, of the proper operation of the
inert gas system on completion of the checks listed 4.4 Ships between 10 and 15 years of age
above.
4.4.1 (1/7/2006)
3.4 Steering capability The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
3.4.1 (1/7/2011) required in [6]. However, pressure testing of cargo and bal-
Confirmation is to be given, when appropriate, that the req- last tanks and the provisions for longitudinal strength evalu-
uisite arrangements to regain steering capability in the event ation of the hull girder as given in Ch 2, App 4, [6] are not
of the prescribed single failure are being maintained. required unless deemed necessary by the attending Sur-
veyor.
4 Intermediate survey - Hull items 4.4.2 (1/7/2006)
ThIn application of [4.4.1], the intermediate survey may be
4.1 Weather decks commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed
4.1.1 (1/7/2013) during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the
The survey is to include: third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
[4.2.1].
• examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, crude oil
washing, bunker, ballast, steam and vent piping systems 4.4.3 (1/7/2006)
as well as vent masts and headers. If upon examination In application of [4.4.1], an underwater survey may be con-
there is any doubt as to the condition of the piping, sidered in lieu of the requirements of [6.2.5].
pressure testing, thickness measurement or both may be
required.
4.5 Ships over 15 years of age
• confirmation that pipelines are electrically bonded to
the hull or alternatively, verification of electrical resist- 4.5.1 (1/7/2006)
ance to the hull The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
• examination of vent line drainage arrangements. same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
required in [6]. However, pressure testing of cargo and bal-
last tanks and the provisions for longitudinal strength evalu-
4.2 General
ation of the hull girder as given in Ch 2, App 4, [6] are not
4.2.1 (1/7/2006) required unless deemed necessary by the attending Sur-
The survey extent is dependent on the age of the ship as veyor.
specified in [4.3] to [4.5].
4.5.2 (1/7/2006)
In application of [4.5.1], the intermediate survey may be
4.3 Ships between 5 and 10 years of age commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed
4.3.1 (1/7/2006) during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the
All ballast tanks are to be examined. When considered nec- third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
essary by the Surveyor, thickness measurement and testing [4.2.1].
4.5.3 (1/7/2006) Prior to the development of the survey program, the Survey
In application of [4.5.1], a bottom survey in dry condition is Planning Questionnaire is to be completed by the Owner
to be part of the intermediate survey. The overall and close- based on the information set out in [6.9], and forwarded to
up surveys and thickness measurements, as applicable, of the Society.
the lower portions of the cargo tanks and ballast tanks (see The survey program is to be in a written format, based on
Note 1) are to be carried out in accordance with the appli- the information in [6.8]. The survey is not to commence
cable requirements for intermediate surveys, if not already until the survey program has been agreed. The survey pro-
performed. gram at intermediate surveys may consist of the survey pro-
Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo and ballast tanks are consid- gram at the previous class renewal survey supplemented by
ered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline. the condition evaluation report of that class renewal survey
and later relevant survey reports.
5 Intermediate survey - Cargo machin- The survey program is to be worked out taking into account
any amendments to the survey requirements implemented
ery items after the last class renewal survey carried out.
6.1.2 (1/1/2008)
5.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms
In developing the survey program, the following documen-
tation is to be collected and consulted with a view to select-
5.1.1 A general examination of the electrical equipment
ing tanks, areas and structural elements to be examined:
and cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for a) survey status and basic ship information
defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment b) documentation on board, as described in [1.2.2] and
and fixtures, non-approved lighting and fixtures, and [1.2.3]
improperly installed or defective or dead-end wiring.
c) main structural plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scant-
5.1.2 The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical ling drawings), including information regarding use of
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing through high tensile steels (HTS);
the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases d) Executive Hull Summary (or Condition Evaluation
where a proper record of testing is maintained, considera- Report);
tion may be given to accepting recent test readings effected
e) relevant previous damage and repair history;
by the ship’s personnel.
f) relevant previous survey and inspection reports from
5.1.3 The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating sys- both the recognised organisation and the Owner;
tem is to be verified. g) cargo and ballast history for the last 3 years, including
carriage of cargo under heated conditions;
5.2 Inert gas system h) details of the inert gas plant and tank cleaning proce-
dures;
5.2.1 For ships over 10 years old at the time of the interme-
diate survey due date, the following is to be carried out: i) information and other relevant data regarding conver-
sion or modification of the ship's cargo and ballast tanks
• main parts such as the scrubber, washing machines, since the time of construction;
blowers, deck water seal and non-return valve are to be
opened out as considered necessary and examined j) description and history of the coating and corrosion
protection system (including previous class notations), if
• gas distribution lines and shut-off valves, including soot any;
blower interlocking devices, are to be examined as
deemed necessary k) inspections by the Owner's personnel during the last 3
years with reference to structural deterioration in gen-
• all automatic shutdown devices and alarms are to be eral, leakages in tank boundaries and piping, and condi-
examined and tested. tion of the coating and corrosion protection system, if
any;
6 Class renewal survey - Hull items l) information regarding the relevant maintenance level
during operation including Port State Control reports of
6.1 Survey program and preparation for hull inspection containing hull related deficiencies, Safety
survey Management System non-conformities relating to hull
maintenance, including the associated corrective
6.1.1 (1/1/2008) action(s); and
The Owner, in co-operation with the Society, is to work out m) any other information that will help identify suspect
a specific survey program prior to the commencement of areas and critical structural areas.
any part of:
6.1.3 (1/1/2008)
• the class renewal survey The submitted survey program is to account of and comply
• the intermediate survey for oil tankers over 10 years of with at least the requirements for close-up surveys, thick-
age. ness measurements and tank testing given in Tab 2, Tab 3
and [6.5], respectively. In addition, the survey program is to 6.1.6 Survey Planning Meeting (1/7/2010)
include at least: Proper preparation and close co-operation between the
a) basic ship information and particulars; attending Surveyor(s) and the Owner's representatives on
board prior to and during the survey are an essential part in
b) main structural plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scant-
the safe and efficient conduct of the survey. During the sur-
ling drawings), including information regarding use of
vey on board safety meetings are to be held regularly.
high tensile steels (HTS);
c) arrangement of tanks; Prior to commencement of any part of the renewal and
intermediate survey, a survey planning meeting is to be held
d) list of tanks with information on their use, extent of between the attending Surveyor(s), the Owner's representa-
coatings and corrosion protection systems; tive in attendance, the thickness measurement company
e) conditions for survey (e.g. information regarding tank representative, where involved, and the Master of the ship
cleaning, gas freeing, ventilation, lighting etc); or an appropriately qualified representative appointed by
f) provisions and methods for access to structures; the Master or Company for the purpose of ascertaining that
all the arrangements envisaged in the survey program are in
g) equipment for surveys;
place, so as to ensure the safe and efficient conduct of the
h) identification of tanks and areas for close-up survey (see survey work to be carried out. Refer also to Ch 2, Sec 2,
[6.3]); [2.3.1].
i) identification of areas and sections for thickness meas- The following is an indicative list of items that are to be
urement (see [6.4]); addressed in the meeting:
j) identification of tanks for tank testing (see [6.5]); a) schedule of the ship (i.e. the voyage, docking and
k) identification of the thickness measurement company; undocking manoeuvres, periods alongside, cargo and
l) damage experience related to the ship in question; and ballast operations etc.);
m) critical structural areas and suspect areas, where rele- b) provisions and arrangements for thickness measure-
vant. ments (i.e. access, cleaning/de-scaling, illumination,
ventilation, personal safety);
6.1.4 The survey program is also to include the maximum
c) extent of the thickness measurements;
acceptable structural corrosion diminution levels applicable
to the ship. The Society will advise the Owner of this infor- d) acceptance criteria (refer to the list of minimum thick-
mation. nesses);
e) extent of close-up survey and thickness measurement
6.1.5 In addition, the survey program is to include propos- considering the coating condition and suspect
als on how to conduct surveys and tests in a safe and practi- areas/areas of substantial corrosion;
cal way, including the means of providing access to f) execution of thickness measurements;
structures for close-up survey, thickness measurements and
tank testing. All other provisions described in Ch 2, Sec 2, g) taking representative readings in general and where
[2.3], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.6], Ch 2, Sec 2, uneven corrosion/pitting is found;
[2.7] and Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.9] regarding procedures for thick- h) mapping of areas of substantial corrosion;
ness measurements, conditions for survey, access to struc- i) communication between the attending Surveyor(s), the
tures, equipment for survey and survey at sea or at thickness measurement company operator(s) and the
anchorage, respectively, are also to be complied with. Owner's representative(s) concerning findings.
Table 1 : Intermediate survey of cargo and water ballast tanks for oil tankers and combination carriers (1/1/2008)
Table 2 : Requirements for close-up survey at class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination
carriers (1/7/2004)
Table 4 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers within the cargo area
BOTTOM STRUCTURE
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Bottom plating Minimum of 3 bays across tank, including aft bay 5-point pattern for each panel between
Measurements around and under all suction bell longitudinals and webs
mouths
Bottom longitudinals Minimum of 3 longitudinals in each bay where 3 measurements in line across flange and
bottom plating measured 3 measurements on vertical web
Bottom girders and brackets At fore and aft transverse bulkhead, bracket toes Vertical line of single measurements on
and in centre of tanks web plating with one measurement
between each panel stiffener, or a mini-
mum of three measurements.
Two measurements across face flat. 5-
point pattern on girder/bulkhead brackets
Bottom transverse webs 3 webs in bays where bottom plating measured, 5-point pattern over 2 square metre area.
with measurements at both ends and middle Single measurements on face flat
Panel stiffening Where provided Single measurements
Table 5 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers within the cargo area
DECK STRUCTURE
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Deck plating Two bands across tank Minimum of three measurements per
plate per band
Deck longitudinals Minimum of 3 longitudinals in each of two bays 3 measurements in line vertically on webs
and 2 measurements on flange (if fitted)
Deck girders and brackets At fore and aft transverse bulkhead, bracket toes Vertical line of single measurements on
and in centre of tanks web plating with one measurement
between each panel stiffener, or a mini-
mum of three measurements.
Two measurements across face flat. 5-
point pattern on girder/bulkhead brackets
Deck transverse webs Minimum of 2 webs, with measurements at both 5-point pattern over 2 square metre area.
ends and middle of span Single measurements on face flat
Panel stiffening Where provided Single measurements
Table 6 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers within the cargo area
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers within the cargo area
6.4.5 (1/7/2006) Cargo tank testing carried out by the vessel's crew under the
direction of the Master may be accepted by the surveyor
For areas in tanks where hard protective coatings are found
provided the following conditions are complied with:
to be in good condition as defined in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.12],
the extent of thickness measurements according to Tab 3 a) a tank testing procedure has been submitted by the
may be specially considered. owner and reviewed by the Society prior to the testing
being carried out;
6.4.6 (1/7/2005)
b) there is no record of leakage, distortion or substantial
Transverse sections are to be chosen where the largest corrosion that would affect the structural integrity of the
reductions are suspected to occur or are revealed from deck tank;
plating measurements.
c) the tank testing has been satisfactorily carried out within
6.4.7 (1/7/2005) special survey window not more than 3 months prior to
the date of the survey on which the overall or close up
In cases where two or three sections are to be measured, at survey is completed;
least one is to include a ballast tank within 0,5L amidships.
d) the satisfactory results of the testing are recorded in the
In the case of oil tankers of 130 m in length and upwards (as vessel's logbook;
defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in
e) the internal and external condition of the tanks and
force) and more than 10 years of age, for the evaluation of
associated structure are found satisfactory by the sur-
the ship's longitudinal strength as required in [1.3.2], the
veyor at the time of the overall and close up survey.
sampling method of thickness measurements is given in
Ch 2, App 4, [6]. 6.5.2 The Surveyor may extend the tank testing as deemed
necessary.
6.5 Tank testing 6.5.3 (1/7/2006)
Boundaries of ballast tanks are to be tested with a head of
6.5.1 The minimum requirements for ballast tank testing at liquid to the top of air pipes.
renewal survey are given in [6.5.3] and Tab 8. 6.5.4 (1/7/2006)
The minimum requirements for cargo tank testing at Boundaries of cargo tanks are to be tested to the highest
renewal survey are given in [6.5.4] and Tab 8. point that liquid will rise to under service conditions.
Table 8 : Requirements for tank testing at class renewal survey of oil tankers and combination carriers (1/7/2006)
6.6 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms 6.8.2 Scope (1/1/2008)
6.6.1 (1/7/2013) The present survey program covers the minimum extent of
Cargo piping on deck, including crude oil washing (cow) overall surveys, close-up surveys, thickness measurements
piping, and cargo and ballast piping within the cargo area and pressure testing within the cargo area, of cargo tanks
are to be examined and operationally tested to working and ballast tanks, including fore and aft peak tanks,
pressure to the attending Surveyor’s satisfaction to ensure required by the Rules.
that their tightness and condition remain satisfactory. Spe-
The arrangements and safety aspects of the survey are to be
cial attention is to be given to any ballast piping in cargo
tanks and cargo piping in ballast tanks and void spaces. Sur- acceptable to the attending Surveyor(s).
veyors are to be advised on all occasions when this piping,
including valves and fittings, is opened during repair peri- 6.8.3 Documentation (1/1/2008)
ods and can be examined internally. All documents used in the development of the survey pro-
The Surveyor may require dismantling and/or thickness gram are to be available on board during the survey as
measurements of piping. A hydraulic test is to be carried out required in [1.2].
in the event of repair or dismantling or cargo, crude oil
washing, or ballast piping, or where doubts arise. 6.8.4 Arrangement of tanks and spaces (1/1/2008)
It is to be confirmed that pipelines are electrically bonded This section of the survey program is to provide information
to the hull or, alternatively, electrical resistance to the hull is (either in the form of plans or text) on the arrangement of
to be verified. tanks and spaces that fall within the scope of the survey.
6.6.2 All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks
6.8.5 List of tanks and spaces with information on
are to be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as
their use, extent of coatings and corrosion
applicable, resealed.
protection system (1/1/2008)
6.6.3 All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally This section of the survey program is to indicate any
examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be changes relating to (and is to update) the information on the
examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be pre- use of the tanks of the ship, the extent of coatings and the
sented clean for the examination of stripping devices and corrosion protective system provided in the Survey Planning
gutters. Questionnaire referred to in [6.9].
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build of the ship:
Owner:
Thickness measurement company:
Any other information which may be useful
6.8.13 Thickness measurement company (1/1/2008) 6.8.17 Other relevant comments and information
This section of the survey program is to identify changes, if (1/1/2008)
any, relating to the information on the thickness measure- This section of the survey program is to provide any other
ment company provided in the Survey Planning Question- comments and information relevant to the survey.
naire referred to [6.9].
Table 11 : Hull damage sorted by location for the ship concerned and for sister or similar ships (if available) in the
case of design related damage (1/1/2008)
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made availa- gerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases where a
ble to the Surveyor. proper record of testing is maintained, consideration may
be given to accepting recent test readings effected by the
7.1.2 Where a crude oil washing system is fitted, piping, ship’s personnel.
pumps, valves and deck-mounted washing machines are to
be examined and tested for signs of leakage, and anchoring 7.2 Inert gas system
devices of deck-mounted washing machines are to be
checked to the Surveyor's satisfaction.
7.2.1 In addition to the inspections required at the inter-
7.1.3 The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating sys- mediate survey, the following is to be carried out:
tem is to be verified and, if deemed necessary by the Sur- a) an internal examination of:
veyor, the system is to be pressure tested.
• the inert gas generator, where fitted
7.1.4 An operating test of the remote control of pumps and • the scrubber
valves and of automatic closing valves is to be carried out.
• the deck water seal including the non-return valve
7.1.5 A general examination of the electrical equipment
• the pressure/vacuum breaking device
and cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for • the cooling water systems including overboard dis-
defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment charge from the scrubber
and fixtures, non-approved lighting and fixtures, and
improperly installed or defective or dead-end wiring. • all valves
The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical equip- b) a test to verify the proper operation of the system upon
ment and circuits terminating in or passing through the dan- completion of all survey checks.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Other means
C (Cargo)/B Temporary Direct
Tank No. Structure Rafts Ladders (please spec-
(Ballast) staging access
ify)
Fore Peak
Peaks
Aft Peak
Under deck
Side shell
Wing Tanks
Bottom transverse
Longitudinal
Transverse
Under deck
Bottom transverse
Centre Tanks
Transverse
Slop tanks
Ballast tanks
Aft peak
Fore peak
Miscellaneous spaces:
2.6 Safe access to bow d) the hard protective coating is found to be in less than
good condition and the hard protective coating is not
2.6.1 (1/7/2011) repaired to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating condi-
The access to bow arrangement is to be examined, as appli-
tion are to apply to ballast tanks whose coating condition will be
cable. assessed at the forthcoming class renewal survey and intermediate
survey on or after 1 July 2006. For the assessment of the coating
condition, reference is to be made to IACS Recommendation
3 Intermediate survey - Hull items No.87 "Guidelines for Coating Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast
Tanks and Combined Cargo / Ballast Tanks on Oil Tankers".
Table 1 : Intermediate survey of cargo and water ballast tanks for double hull oil tankers (1/7/2007)
3.5.3 (1/7/2006) The survey program is to be worked out taking into account
In application of [3.5.1], a bottom survey in dry condition is any amendments to the survey requirements implemented
to be part of the intermediate survey. The overall and close- after the last class renewal survey carried out.
up surveys and thickness measurements, as applicable, of 4.1.2 (1/1/2008)
the lower portions of the cargo tanks and ballast tanks (see In developing the survey program, the following documen-
Note 1) are to be carried out in accordance with the appli- tation is to be collected and consulted with a view to select-
cable requirements for intermediate surveys, if not already ing tanks, areas and structural elements to be examined:
performed.
a) survey status and basic ship information;
Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo and ballast tanks are consid-
ered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline.
b) documentation on board, as described in [1.2.2] and
[1.2.3]
c) main structural plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scant-
4 Class renewal survey - Hull items
ling drawings), including information regarding use of
high tensile steels (HTS);
4.1 Survey program and preparation for hull d) Executive Hull Summary (or Conditional Evaluation
survey Report);
4.1.1 (1/1/2008) e) relevant previous damage and repair history;
The Owner, in co-operation with the Society, is to work out f) relevant previous survey and inspection reports from
a specific survey program prior to the commencement of both the recognised organisation and the Owner;
any part of:
g) cargo and ballast history for the last 3 years, including
• the class renewal survey carriage of cargo under heated conditions;.
• the intermediate survey for double hull oil tankers over h) details of the inert gas plant and tank cleaning proce-
10 years of age. dures;
Prior to the development of the survey program, the Survey i) information and other relevant data regarding conver-
Planning Questionnaire is to be completed by the Owner sion or modification of the ship's cargo and ballast tanks
based on the information set out in [4.9], and forwarded to since the time of construction;
the Society. j) description and history of the coating and corrosion
The survey program is to be in a written format, based on protection system (including previous class notations), if
the information in [4.8]. The survey is not to commence any;
until the survey program has been agreed. The survey pro- k) inspections by the Owner's personnel during the last 3
gram at intermediate surveys may consist of the survey pro- years with reference to structural deterioration in gen-
gram at the previous class renewal survey supplemented by eral, leakages in tank boundaries and piping, and condi-
the condition evaluation report of that class renewal survey tion of the coating and corrosion protection system, if
and later relevant survey reports. any;
l) information regarding the relevant maintenance level between the attending Surveyor(s), the Owner's representa-
during operation including Port State Control reports of tive in attendance, the thickness measurement company
inspection containing hull related deficiencies, Safety representative, where involved, and the Master of the ship
Management System non-conformities relating to hull or an appropriately qualified representative appointed by
maintenance, including the associated corrective the Master or Company for the purpose of ascertaining that
action(s); and all the arrangements envisaged in the survey program are in
m) any other information that will help identify suspect place, so as to ensure the safe and efficient conduct of the
areas and critical structural areas. survey work to be carried out. Refer also to Ch 2, Sec 2,
[2.3.1].
4.1.3 (1/1/2008)
The submitted survey program is to take account of and The following is an indicative list of items that are to be
comply with at least the requirements for close-up surveys, addressed in the meeting:
thickness measurements and tank testing given in Tab 2, a) schedule of the ship (i.e. the voyage, docking and
Tab 3 and [4.5], respectively. In addition, the survey pro- undocking manoeuvres, periods alongside, cargo and
gram is to include at least: ballast operations etc);
a) basic ship information and particulars; b) provisions and arrangements for thickness measure-
b) main structural plans (scantling drawings), including ments (i.e. access, cleaning/de-scaling, illumination,
information regarding use of high tensile steels (HTS); ventilation, personal safety);
c) plan of tanks c) extent of the thickness measurements;
d) list of tanks with information on use, corrosion preven- d) acceptance criteria (refer to the list of minimum thick-
tion and condition of coating; nesses);
e) conditions for survey (e.g. information regarding tank e) extent of close-up survey and thickness measurement
cleaning, gas freeing, ventilation, lighting etc); considering the coating condition and suspect
f) provisions and methods for access to structures; areas/areas of substantial corrosion;
g) equipment for surveys; f) execution of thickness measurements;
h) nomination of tanks and areas for close-up survey (see g) taking representative readings in general and where
[4.3]); uneven corrosion/pitting is found;
i) nomination of sections for thickness measurement (see h) mapping of areas of substantial corrosion; and
[4.4]);
i) communication between the attending Surveyor(s), the
j) nomination of tanks for tank testing (see [4.5]);
thickness measurement company operator(s) and the
k) identification of the thickness measurement company; Owner's Representative(s) concerning findings.
l) damage experience related to the ship in question;
m) critical structural areas and suspect areas, where rele- 4.2 Scope of survey
vant.
4.2.1 (1/1/2003)
4.1.4 (1/1/2003) In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class
The survey program is also to include the maximum accept- renewal survey is to include examination, tests and checks
able structural corrosion diminution levels applicable to the of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related pip-
ship. The Society will advise the Owner of this information. ing, as required in [4.6.1], are in satisfactory condition and
4.1.5 (1/1/2003) are fit for their intended purpose for the new period of class
In addition, the survey program is to include proposals on to be assigned, subject to proper maintenance and opera-
how to conduct surveys and tests in a safe and practical tion and to periodical surveys being carried out at the due
way, including the means of providing access to structures dates.
for close-up survey, thickness measurements and tank test- 4.2.2 (1/1/2008)
ing. All other provisions described in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.3],
All cargo tanks, ballast tanks, including double bottom
Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.6], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.7] and
tanks, pump rooms, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void
Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.9] regarding procedures for thickness meas-
spaces bounding cargo tanks, decks and outer hull are to be
urements, conditions for survey, access to structures, equip-
examined, and this examination is to be supplemented by
ment for survey and survey at sea or at anchorage,
thickness measurement and testing required in [4.4] and
respectively, are also to be complied with.
[4.5], respectively, to ensure that the structural integrity
4.1.6 Survey Planning Meeting (1/7/2010) remains effective. The aim of the examination is to discover
Proper preparation and close co-operation between the substantial corrosion, significant deformation, fractures,
attending Surveyor(s) and the Owner's representatives on damage or other structural deterioration that may be
board prior to and during the survey are an essential part in present.
the safe and efficient conduct of the survey. During the sur- 4.2.3 (1/1/2003)
vey on board safety meetings are to be held regularly. The survey extent of ballast tanks converted to void spaces
Prior to the commencement of any part of the renewal and will be specially considered by the Society in relation to the
intermediate survey, a survey planning meeting is to be held requirements for ballast tanks.
Table 2 : Requirements for close-up survey at class renewal survey of double hull oil tankers (1/1/2003)
Table 3 : Requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal survey of double hull oil tankers (1/7/2006)
Table 4 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
Table 5 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
DECK STRUCTURE
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Deck plating Two transverse bands across tank Minimum of three measurements per
plate per band
Deck longitudinals Every third longitudinal in each of two Three measurements in line vertically on
bands with a minimum of one longitudinal webs and two measurements on flange (if
fitted)
Deck girders and brackets (usually in At fore and aft transverse bulkhead, Vertical line of single measurements on
cargo tanks only) bracket toes and in centre of tanks web plating with one measurement
between each panel stiffener, or a mini-
mum of three measurements.
Two measurements across flange. 5-point
pattern on girder/bulkhead brackets
Deck transverse webs Minimum of two webs, with measure- 5-point pattern over one square metre
ments at both ends and middle of span area.
Single measurements on flange
Vertical web and transverse bulkhead in Minimum of two webs, and both trans- 5-point pattern over one square metre area
wing ballast tank (two metres from deck) verse bulkheads
Panel stiffening Where applicable Single measurements
Table 6 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
Table 8 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion on double
hull oil tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2003)
4.4.3 (1/7/2006) the date of the survey on which the overall or close up
survey is completed;
The Surveyor may further extend the thickness measure-
ments as deemed necessary. d) the satisfactory results of the testing are recorded in the
vessel's logbook; surveyor at the time of the overall and
4.4.4 (1/7/2013)
close up survey.s logbook;
For ships not built under the Common Structural Rules,
when pitting is found on bottom plating and its intensity is e) the internal and external condition of the tanks and
20% or more, thickness measurements are to be extended associated structure are found satisfactory by the sur-
in order to determine the actual plate thickness out of the veyor at the time of the overall and close up survey.
pits and the depth of the pits. Where the wastage is in the 4.5.2 (1/1/2003)
substantial corrosion range or the average depth of pitting is
1/3 or more of the actual plate thickness, the pitted plate is The Surveyor may extend the tank testing as deemed neces-
to be considered as a substantially corroded area. sary.
For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the 4.5.3 (1/7/2006)
acceptance criteria for pitting is according to Section 12 of Boundaries of ballast tanks are to be tested with a head of
the Common Structural Rules for Oil Tankers and as speci- liquid to the top of air pipes.
fied in Ch 2, App 3, [5.2.2].
4.5.4 (1/7/2006)
4.4.5 (1/7/2006)
Boundaries of cargo tanks are to be tested to the highest
For areas in tanks where hard protective coatings are found point that liquid will rise to under service conditions.
to be in good condition as defined in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.12],
the extent of thickness measurements according to Tab 3 4.5.5 (1/7/2006)
may be specially considered. The testing of double bottom tanks and other spaces not
designed for the carriage of liquid may be omitted, provided
4.4.6 (1/7/2005)
a satisfactory internal examination is carried out together
Transverse sections are to be chosen where the largest with an examination of the tank top.
reductions are suspected to occur or are revealed from deck
plating measurements.
4.6 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms
4.4.7 (1/7/2005)
4.6.1 (1/7/2013)
In cases where two or three sections are to be measured, at
Cargo piping on deck, including crude oil washing (COW)
least one is to include a ballast tank within 0,5L amidships.
piping, and cargo and ballast piping within the cargo area
In the case of oil tankers of 130 m in length and upwards (as are to be examined and operationally tested to working
defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in pressure to the attending Surveyor's satisfaction to ensure
force) and more than 10 years of age, for the evaluation of that their tightness and condition remain satisfactory. Where
the ship's longitudinal strength as required in [1.3.2], the provided, special attention is to be given to any ballast pip-
sampling method of thickness measurements is given in ing in cargo tanks and any cargo piping in ballast tanks and
Ch 2, App 4, [6]. void spaces.
Surveyors are to be advised on all occasions when this pip-
4.5 Tank testing ing, including valves and fittings, is opened during repair
periods and can be examined internally.
4.5.1 (1/7/2014)
The Surveyor may require dismantling and/or thickness
The minimum requirements for ballast tank testing at Spe-
measurements of piping. A hydraulic test is to be carried out
cial Survey are given in [4.5.3] and Tab 9.
in the event of repair or dismantling of cargo, crude oil
The minimum requirements for cargo tank testing at Special washing, or ballast piping, or where doubts arise.
Survey are given in [4.5.4] and Tab 9.
It is to be confirmed that pipelines are electrically bonded
Cargo tank testing carried out by the vessel's crew under the to the hull or, alternatively, electrical resistance to the hull is
direction of the Master may be accepted by the surveyor to be verified.
provided the following conditions are complied with:
4.6.2 (1/1/2003)
a) a tank testing procedure has been submitted by the All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are to
owner and reviewed by the Society prior to the testing be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as applicable,
being carried out; resealed.
b) there is no record of leakage, distortion or substantial 4.6.3 (1/1/2003)
corrosion that would affect the structural integrity of the
tank; All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally exam-
ined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be examined.
c) the tank testing has been satisfactorily carried out within The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be presented clean
special survey window not more than 3 months prior to for the examination of stripping devices and gutters.
4.7 Emergency towing arrangement tion. Where the pennant line is stored in a watertight
condition and can be confirmed as being maintained,
4.7.1 (1/1/2003)
consideration may be given to waiving the requirement
The survey is to include:
to examine the pennant line over the full length
• an examination of the emergency towing arrangement
• an examination of the strong-points, fairleads and ped-
• confirmation that the arrangement is readily available estal roller together with their attachments to the hull
with aft towing arrangement pre-rigged and forward structure.
chafing gear secured to the strong-point
• an examination of the pick-up gear, towing pennant and
chafing gear over the full length for possible deteriora-
Table 9 : Requirements for tank testing at class renewal survey of double hull oil tankers (1/7/2006)
Figure 1 : Close-up survey requirements for double hull tankers, areas (1) to (5) (1/1/2003)
Close-up Survey
Area
(2)
(2)
(1)
(3) (3)
(5) (5)
(4)
Figure 2 : Close-up survey requirements for double hull tankers, areas (6) and (7) (1/1/2003)
Close- up Survey
Area
6
7
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Thickness measurement company:
Any other information which may be useful
4.8.13 Thickness measurement company (1/1/2008) 4.8.14 Damage experience related to the ship
(1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to identify changes, if This section of the survey program, using Tab 12, is to pro-
any, relating to the information on the thickness measure- vide details of the hull damage for at least the last three
ment company provided in the Survey Planning Question- years in way of the cargo and ballast tanks and void spaces
naire referred to in [4.9]. within the cargo area. This damage is subject to survey.
Table 12 : Hull damage sorted by location for the ship concerned and for sister or similar ships (if available) in the
case of design related damage (1/1/2008)
The survey program is to be completed with the following 4.9.7 Safety Management System (1/1/2008)
wording:
The Owner is to provide a list of any non-conformities
Prepared by the owner in co-operation with the Society for related to hull maintenance, including the associated cor-
compliance with [4.1.3] of Pt A, Ch 4, Sec 4 of the Rules. rective actions.
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of
4.9.8 Approved thickness measurement
authorised Owner's representative) company (1/1/2008)
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of The Owner is to provide the name and address of the
authorised representative of the Society) approved thickness measurement company.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Other means
C (Cargo)/B Temporary Direct
Tank No. Structure Rafts Ladders (please spec-
(Ballast) staging access
ify)
Fore Peak
Peaks
Aft Peak
Under deck
Side shell
Wing Tanks
Bottom transverse
Longitudinal
Transverse
Under deck
Bottom transverse
Centre Tanks
Transverse
Slop tanks
Ballast tanks
Aft peak
Fore peak
Miscellaneous spaces:
2 Annual survey - Hull items No.87 "Guidelines for Coating Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast
Tanks and Combined Cargo / Ballast Tanks on Oil Tankers".
• confirmation that the ventilation system, including port- made for the supply of any required vapour detection
able equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo area tubes
(including cargo pump rooms) is operational, ducting is • confirmation that the cargo sample stowage arrange-
intact and screens are clean ments are in satisfactory condition
• confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous
• confirmation that the system for continuous monitoring
zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in satis- of the concentration of flammable vapours is in satisfac-
factory condition and has been properly maintained tory condition
• confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo • confirmation that the system for continuous monitoring
pump room bilge system is satisfactory of the concentration of flammable vapours is in satisfac-
tory condition
• confirmation that cargo pump room rescue arrange-
ments are in order • confirmation, as far as practicable, that the intrinsically
safe systems and circuits used for measurement, moni-
• examination, as far as practicable, and confirmation of toring, control and communication purposes in all haz-
the satisfactory operation of the arrangements for the ardous locations are being properly maintained
ventilation of spaces normally entered during cargo • confirmation that sampling points or detector heads are
handling operations and other spaces in the cargo area located in suitable positions in order that potentially
dangerous leakages are readily detected.
• confirmation that removable pipe lengths or other
approved equipment necessary for cargo separation are
available and in satisfactory condition 3.3 Inert gas system and inert/padding/dry-
ing gas
• examination, when applicable, of the cargo heating or
cooling systems, including any sampling arrangements, 3.3.1 If an inert gas system such as that installed on board
and confirmation that the means for measuring the tem- oil tankers is fitted, the requirements given in Sec 3, [3.3]
perature and associated alarms are operating satisfacto- are to be complied with.
rily
3.3.2 If an inert gas system consisting of a gas container
• examination of the cargo transfer arrangements and package is fitted, arrangements are to be made for sufficient
confirmation that any hoses are suitable for their inert or padding gas to be carried to compensate for normal
intended purpose and, where appropriate, type losses and means are to be provided for monitoring of
approved or marked with the date of testing ullage spaces.
• confirmation that any special arrangement made for 3.3.3 If drying gas is necessary to supply the cargo spaces,
bow or stern loading/unloading is in satisfactory condi- arrangements are to be made for sufficient drying gas to be
tion and test of the means of communications and the carried to compensate for normal losses and means are to
remote shutdown for the cargo pumps be provided for monitoring of ullage spaces.
• confirmation that, if applicable, the provisions made for 3.3.4 When drying agents are used on air inlets to cargo
chemical products which have special requirements as tanks, it is to be verified that arrangements are made for suf-
per Pt E, Ch 8, Sec 15 are satisfactory. ficient medium to be carried.
the piping, pressure testing, thickness measurement or 4.5 Ships over 15 years of age
both may be required
4.5.1 (1/7/2006)
• confirmation that the pipelines and independent cargo
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
tanks, where applicable, are electrically bonded to the
same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
hull
required in [6]. However, pressure testing of cargo and bal-
• examination of vent line drainage arrangements. last tanks is not required unless deemed necessary by the
attending Surveyor.
4.2 General 4.5.2 (1/7/2006)
4.2.1 (1/7/2006) In application of [4.5.1], the intermediate survey may be
The survey extent is dependent on the age of the ship as commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed
specified in [4.3] to [4.5]. during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the
third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
4.3 Ships between 5 and 10 years of age [4.2.1].
4.3.1 (1/7/2006) 4.5.3 (1/7/2006)
For tanks used for water ballast, an overall survey of repre- In application of [4.5.1], a bottom survey in dry condition is
sentative tanks selected by the Surveyor is to be carried out. to be part of the intermediate survey. The overall and close-
If such inspections reveal no visible structural defects, the up surveys and thickness measurements, as applicable, of
examination may be limited to verification that the hard the lower portions of the cargo tanks and ballast tanks (see
protective coating remains in good condition. Note 1) are to be carried out in accordance with the appli-
4.3.2 (1/7/2010) cable requirements for intermediate surveys, if not already
performed.
A ballast tank is to be examined at subsequent annual sur-
veys (see Note 1) where: Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo and ballast tanks are consid-
ered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline.
a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
time of construction, or
5 Intermediate survey - Cargo machin-
b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
ery items
c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or
d) the hard protective coating is found to be in less than 5.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms
good condition and the hard protective coating is not
repaired to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. 5.1.1 A general examination of the electrical equipment
Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating condi- and cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
tion are to apply to the ballast tanks whose coating condition will and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
be assessed at the forthcoming class renewal survey and intermedi- defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment,
ate survey on or after 1 July 2006.
non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improperly
For the assessment of the coating condition, reference is to be installed or defective or dead-end wiring.
made to IACS Recommendation No.87 "Guidelines for Coating
Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast Tanks and Combined Cargo / 5.1.2 The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical
Ballast Tanks on Oil Tankers". equipment and circuits terminating in or passing through
4.3.3 (1/7/2006) the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases
In addition to the requirements above, suspect areas identi- where a proper record of testing is maintained, considera-
fied at previous surveys are to be examined. tion may be given to accepting recent test readings effected
by the ship’s personnel.
4.4 Ships between 10 and 15 years of age
5.1.3 The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating/cool-
4.4.1 (1/7/2006) ing system is to be verified.
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
same extent as the previous class renewal survey as 5.2 Inert gas system
required in [6]. However, pressure testing of cargo and bal-
last tanks is not required unless deemed necessary by the 5.2.1 For ships over 10 years old at the time of the interme-
attending Surveyor. diate survey due date, if an inert gas system such as that
4.4.2 (1/7/2006) installed on board oil tankers is fitted, the requirements
In application of [4.4.1], the intermediate survey may be given in Sec 3, [5.2] for intermediate survey of oil tankers
commenced at the second annual survey and be progressed are to be complied with.
during the succeeding year with a view to completion at the
5.2.2 For ships over 10 years old at the time of the interme-
third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
diate survey due date and fitted with another type of inert
[4.2.1].
gas producing system, the main parts such as the inert gas
4.4.3 (1/7/2006) generator, deck water seal or equivalent back flow arrange-
In application of [4.4.1], an underwater survey may be con- ment, segregation devices, as fitted are to be overhauled for
sidered in lieu of the requirements of [6.2.7]. examination and alarms are to be tested.
Inert gas producer isolating valves, when fitted, are to be eral, leakages in tank boundaries and piping, and condi-
dismantled for examination. tion of the coating and corrosion protection system, if
any
6 Class renewal survey - Hull items
l) information regarding the relevant maintenance level
during operation, including Port State Control reports of
6.1 Survey program and preparation for hull inspection containing hull related deficiencies, Safety
survey Management System non-conformities relating to hull
6.1.1 (1/1/2010) maintenance, including the associated corrective
The Owner, in co-operation with the Society, is to work out action(s); and
a specific survey program prior to the commencement of
any part of: m) any other information that will help identify suspect
areas and critical structural areas.
• the class renewal survey
• the intermediate survey for chemical tanker over 10 6.1.3 (1/1/2010)
years of age.
The survey program is to take account of and comply, at
The survey program at intermediate surveys may consist of least, with the requirements for close-up surveys, thickness
the survey program at the previous class renewal survey measurements, tank testing and pipe testing given in Tab 2,
supplemented by the condition evaluation report of that Tab 3, [6.5] and [6.6.3], respectively. In addition, the survey
class renewal survey and later relevant survey reports.
program is to include at least:
The survey program is to be worked out taking into account
any amendments to the survey requirements implemented a) basic ship information and particulars
after the last class renewal survey carried out.
b) main structural plans (scantling drawings), including
The survey program is to be in a written format based on the information on the use of high tensile steels (HTS), clad
information in [6.8].
steels and stainless steels
Prior to the development of the survey program, the Survey
Planning Questionnaire is to be completed by the Owner c) plan of tanks
based on the information set out in [6.9], and forwarded to
the Society. d) list of tanks including information on their use, corro-
sion prevention and condition of coating
6.1.2 (1/1/2010)
In developing the survey program, the following documen- e) conditions for survey, with regard to tanks and spaces
tation is to be collected and consulted with a view to select- which are to be safe for access, i.e. cleaned, gas freed,
ing tanks, areas and structural elements to be examined: ventilated and illuminated
a) survey status and basic ship information
f) provisions and methods for access to structures
b) information included in the documentation on board, as
described in [1.2.2] and [1.2.3] g) equipment for surveys
c) main structural plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scant- h) nomination of tanks, spaces and areas for close-up sur-
ling drawings), including information on use of high ten- veys according to [6.3]
sile steels (HTS) and stainless steels
d) Condition Evaluation Report or Executive Hull Summary i) nomination of sections and areas for thickness measure-
ments according to [6.4]
e) relevant previous damage and repair history
f) relevant previous survey and inspection reports from j) nomination of tanks for tank testing according to [6.5];
both the Society and the Owner and the pipes that are to undergo pipe testing according
to [6.6.3]
g) information on the use of ship tanks, typical cargoes
and other relevant data k) identification of the thickness measurement company
h) details of the inert gas plant and tank cleaning proce-
dures l) damage experience related to the ship in question
i) information and other relevant data regarding conver- m) critical structural areas and suspect areas, where rele-
sion or modification of the ship's cargo and ballast tanks vant.
since the time of construction
j) description and history of the coating and corrosion 6.1.4 The survey program is also to include the maximum
protection system (previous class notations), if any acceptable structural corrosion diminution levels applicable
k) inspections by the Owner's personnel during the last 3 to the ship. The Society will advise the Owner of this infor-
years with reference to structural deterioration in gen- mation.
Table 1 : Intermediate survey of cargo and water ballast tanks for chemical tankers (1/7/2006)
6.1.5 In addition, the survey program is to include propos- c) extent of the thickness measurements;
als on how to conduct survey and tests in a safe and practi- d) acceptance criteria (refer to the list of minimum thick-
cal way, including the means of providing access to nesses);
structures for close-up survey, thickness measurements and
tank testing. All other provisions described in Ch 2, Sec 2, e) extent of close-up survey and thickness measurement
[2.3], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.5], Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.6], Ch 2, Sec 2, considering the coating condition and suspect
[2.7] and Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.9] regarding procedures for thick- areas/areas of substantial corrosion;
ness measurements, conditions for survey, access to struc- f) execution of thickness measurements;
tures, equipment for survey and survey at sea or at g) taking representative readings in general and where
anchorage, respectively, are also to be complied with. uneven corrosion/pitting is found;
6.1.6 Survey Planning Meeting (1/1/2010) h) mapping of areas of substantial corrosion; and
Proper preparation and close co-operation between the i) communication between attending Surveyor(s), the
attending Surveyor(s) and the Owner's representatives on thickness measurement company operator(s) and
board prior to and during the survey are an essential part of Owner's Representative(s) concerning findings.
the safe and efficient conduct of the survey. During the sur-
vey on board safety meetings are to be held regularly. 6.2 Scope of survey
Prior to the commencement of any part of the class renewal 6.2.1 (1/1/2003)
and intermediate survey, a survey planning meeting is to be
In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class
held between the attending Surveyor(s), the Owner's repre-
renewal survey is to include examination, tests and checks
sentative in attendance and the thickness measurement
of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related pip-
company representative, where involved, and the Master of
ing, as required in [6.6.1], is in satisfactory condition and is
the ship or an appropriately qualified representative
fit for its intended purpose for the new period of class to be
appointed by the Master or Company for the purpose of
assigned, subject to proper maintenance and operation and
ascertaining that all the arrangements envisaged in the sur-
to periodical surveys being carried out at the due dates.
vey program are in place, so as to ensure the safe and effi-
cient conduct of the survey work to be carried out. Refer 6.2.2 (1/7/2006)
also to Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.3.1]. All cargo tanks, ballast tanks, including double bottom
The following is an indicative list of items that are to be tanks, pump rooms, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void
addressed in the meeting: spaces bounding cargo tanks, decks and outer hull are to be
examined, and this examination is to be supplemented by
a) schedule of the vessel (i.e. the voyage, docking and thickness measurement and testing as required in [6.4] and
undocking manoeuvres, periods alongside, cargo and [6.5], respectively, to ensure that the structural integrity
ballast operations etc.); remains effective. The aim of the examination is to discover
b) provisions and arrangements for thickness measure- substantial corrosion, significant deformation, fractures,
ments (i.e. access, cleaning/descaling, illumination, damages or other structural deterioration, that may be
ventilation, personal safety); present.
6.2.3 The survey extent of ballast tanks converted to void The overall and close-up surveys and thickness measure-
spaces will be specially considered by the Society in rela- ments, as applicable, of the lower portions of the cargo
tion to the requirements for ballast tanks. tanks and ballast tanks (see Note 1) are to be carried out in
6.2.4 (1/1/2010) accordance with the applicable requirements for class
Where provided, the condition of the corrosion prevention renewal surveys, if not already performed.
system of cargo tanks is to be examined. Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo and ballast tanks are consid-
ered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline.
A ballast tank is to be examined at subsequent annual sur-
veys (see Note 1) where:
6.3 Overall and close-up surveys
a) a hard protective coating has not been applied since the
time of construction, or 6.3.1 (1/1/2002)
Each class renewal survey is to include an overall survey of
b) a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or
all tanks and all spaces. For fuel oil, lube oil and fresh
c) substantial corrosion is found within the tank, or water tanks, however, the requirements given in Ch 3,
d) the hard protective coating is found to be in less than Sec 5, Tab 1 are to be complied with.
good condition and the hard protective coating is not
repaired to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. 6.3.2 The survey of stainless steel tanks may be carried out
as an overall survey supplemented by close-up survey as
Thickness measurements are to be carried out as deemed
deemed necessary by the Surveyor.
necessary by the Surveyor.
Note 1: The requirements related to the protective coating condi- 6.3.3 Each class renewal survey is to include a close-up
tion are to apply to the ballast tanks whose coating condition will examination of sufficient extent to establish the condition of
be assessed at the forthcoming class renewal survey and intermedi- cargo tanks and salt water ballast tanks. The minimum
ate survey on or after 1 July 2006. For the assessment of the coating requirements for close-up surveys are given in Tab 2.
condition, reference is to be made to IACS Recommendation
No.87 "Guidelines for Coating Maintenance & Repairs for Ballast 6.3.4 (1/7/2006)
Tanks and Combined Cargo / Ballast Tanks on Oil Tankers". The Surveyor may extend the close-up survey as deemed
necessary, taking into account the maintenance of the tanks
6.2.5 In the case of independent cargo tanks, the survey under survey, the condition of the corrosion prevention sys-
consists of: tem and also in the following cases:
• an external examination of cargo tanks • where tanks have structural arrangements or details
• an examination of cargo tank supports, chocks, keys which have suffered defects in similar spaces or on sim-
and the adjacent hull structure with non-destructive ilar ships according to available information
testing if deemed necessary. • where tanks have structures approved with reduced
scantlings due to an approved corrosion control system.
6.2.6 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
attending Surveyor that the arrangements in cargo tanks 6.3.5 (1/7/2006)
(including coating) related to the transported products are For areas in tanks where hard protective coatings are found
suitable for the purpose. to be in good condition, as defined in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.12],
6.2.7 (1/7/2006) the extent of close-up surveys required according to Tab 2
The class renewal survey is to include a bottom survey in may be specially considered.
dry condition as laid down in Ch 3, Sec 6, [2.2.1].
Table 2 : Requirements for close-up survey at class renewal survey of chemical tankers (1/7/2013)
B/ (2) ONE DECK TRANS- B ONE DECK TRANS- A/ (7) ALL WEB FRAME RINGS Additional transverse areas
VERSE VERSE - in a cargo wing tank as deemed necessary by
- in a cargo tank or on - in each remaining the Society
deck ballast tank or on
deck (for S.H.)
B ONE DECK TRANS- (6) THE KNUCKLE
VERSE AREA AND THE
- in a cargo wing tank or UPPER PART (5
on deck (for single hull) metres approx) of
one web frame in
each remaining bal-
last tank (for double
hull)
D/C/ ONE TRANSVERSE B/ (2) ONE DECK TRANS- A/ (7) ONE WEB FRAME RING
(4) BULKHEAD (lower part VERSE - in each remaining cargo
for single hull - in two cargo centre tank
- complete for double tanks or on deck (for
hull) single hull) and one
- in a ballast tank deck transverse in
two cargo tanks (for
double hull)
Note 1: (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements for double hull
chemical tankers (see Fig 1, Fig 2 and Fig 3).
(1) Web frame in a ballast tank means vertical web in side tank, hopper web in hopper tank, floor in double bottom tank and deck
transverse in double deck tank (where fitted), including adjacent structural members. In fore and aft peak tanks web frame
means a complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members.
(2) Deck transverse, including adjacent deck structural members (or external structure on deck in way of the tank, where applica-
ble).
(3) Transverse bulkhead complete in cargo tanks, including girder system, adjacent structural members (such as longitudinal bulk-
heads) and internal structure of lower and upper stools, where fitted.
(4) Transverse bulkhead complete in ballast tanks, including girder system and adjacent structural members, such as longitudinal
bulkheads, girders in double bottom tanks, inner bottom plating, hopper side, connecting brackets.
(5) Transverse bulkhead lower part in cargo tank, including girder system, adjacent structural members (such as longitudinal bulk-
heads) and internal structure of lower stool, where fitted.
(6) The knuckle area and the upper part (5 metres approximately), including adjacent structural members. Knuckle area is the area
of the web frame around the connections of the slope hopper plating to the inner hull bulkhead and the inner bottom plating,
up to 2 metres from the corners both on the bulkhead and the double bottom.
(7) Web frame in a cargo oil tank means deck transverse, longitudinal bulkhead vertical girder and cross ties, where fitted, includ-
ing adjacent structural members.
Note 2: A-B-C-D: are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements for single hull chemical tankers (see
Fig 1 and Fig 2).
A : Complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members.
B: Deck transverse including adjacent deck structural members.
C: Transverse bulkhead complete - including girder system and adjacent structural members.
D: Transverse bulkhead lower part - including girder system and adjacent structural members.
Note 3: Ballast double hull tank: means double bottom tank plus double side tank plus double deck tank, as applicable, even if these
tanks are separate.
Note 4: Where no centre cargo tanks are fitted (as in case of centre longitudinal bulkhead), transverse bulkheads in wing tanks are to
be surveyed.
D/ ONE TRANSVERSE
(5) BULKHEAD
- in a cargo wing
tank
Note 1: (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements for double hull
chemical tankers (see Fig 1, Fig 2 and Fig 3).
(1) Web frame in a ballast tank means vertical web in side tank, hopper web in hopper tank, floor in double bottom tank and deck
transverse in double deck tank (where fitted), including adjacent structural members. In fore and aft peak tanks web frame
means a complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members.
(2) Deck transverse, including adjacent deck structural members (or external structure on deck in way of the tank, where applica-
ble).
(3) Transverse bulkhead complete in cargo tanks, including girder system, adjacent structural members (such as longitudinal bulk-
heads) and internal structure of lower and upper stools, where fitted.
(4) Transverse bulkhead complete in ballast tanks, including girder system and adjacent structural members, such as longitudinal
bulkheads, girders in double bottom tanks, inner bottom plating, hopper side, connecting brackets.
(5) Transverse bulkhead lower part in cargo tank, including girder system, adjacent structural members (such as longitudinal bulk-
heads) and internal structure of lower stool, where fitted.
(6) The knuckle area and the upper part (5 metres approximately), including adjacent structural members. Knuckle area is the area
of the web frame around the connections of the slope hopper plating to the inner hull bulkhead and the inner bottom plating,
up to 2 metres from the corners both on the bulkhead and the double bottom.
(7) Web frame in a cargo oil tank means deck transverse, longitudinal bulkhead vertical girder and cross ties, where fitted, includ-
ing adjacent structural members.
Note 2: A-B-C-D: are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements for single hull chemical tankers (see
Fig 1 and Fig 2).
A : Complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members.
B: Deck transverse including adjacent deck structural members.
C: Transverse bulkhead complete - including girder system and adjacent structural members.
D: Transverse bulkhead lower part - including girder system and adjacent structural members.
Note 3: Ballast double hull tank: means double bottom tank plus double side tank plus double deck tank, as applicable, even if these
tanks are separate.
Note 4: Where no centre cargo tanks are fitted (as in case of centre longitudinal bulkhead), transverse bulkheads in wing tanks are to
be surveyed.
Figure 1 : Representative transverse section of chemical tanker. Areas A & B and 1 and 2 (1/7/2013)
B, (2)
A, (1)
Figure 2 : Representative transverse section of chemical tanker. Areas C & D and 3, 4 and 5 (1/7/2013)
Transverse BHD of chemical tankers
Sec A Sec B
C, (3)
Access trunk
to stool space
C
D, (5)
(4)
A B D
Sec C
3m
(6) (7) (7)
Increased thickness
(6)
Table 3 : Requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal survey of chemical tankers (1/7/2006)
Table 4 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of chemical tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2010)
Table 5 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of chemical tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2010)
DECK STRUCTURE
Structural member Extent of measurement Pattern of measurement
Deck plating Two transverse bands across tank Minimum of three measurements per plate per band
Deck longitudinals Every third longitudinal in each of Three measurements in line vertically on webs and two
two bands with a minimum of one measurements on flange (if fitted)
longitudinal
Deck girders and brackets At fore and aft transverse bulkhead, Vertical line of single measurements on web plating with
bracket toes and in centre of tanks one measurement between each panel stiffener, or a min-
imum of three measurements.
Two measurements across flange.
5-point pattern on girder/bulkhead brackets
Deck transverse webs Minimum of 2 webs, with measure- 5-point pattern over 1 square metre area.
ments at both ends and middle of Single measurements on flange
span
Vertical web and transverse Minimum of two webs, and both 5-point pattern over one square metre area
bulkhead in wing ballast tank for transverse bulkheads
double hull design (two metres
from deck)
Panel stiffening Where applicable Single measurements
Table 6 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of chemical tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2010)
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements at those areas of substantial corrosion
Class renewal survey of chemical tankers within the cargo area length (1/1/2010)
Table 8 : Requirements for tank testing at class renewal survey of chemical tankers (1/7/2006)
6.6.5 All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally 6.8.3 Documentation (1/1/2010)
examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be
All documents used in the development of the survey pro-
examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be pre-
gram are to be available on board during the survey as
sented clean for the examination of stripping devices and
required in [1.2].
gutters.
6.8.4 Arrangement of tanks and spaces (1/1/2010)
6.7 Emergency towing arrangement
This section of the survey program is to provide information
6.7.1 The survey is to include: (either in the form of plans or text) on the arrangement of
• an examination of the emergency towing arrangement tanks and spaces that fall within the scope of the survey.
• confirmation that the arrangement is readily available
with aft towing arrangement pre-rigged and forward 6.8.5 List of tanks and spaces with information on
chafing gear secured to the strong-point their use, extent of coatings and corrosion
protection system (1/1/2010)
• an examination of the pick-up gear, towing pennant and
chafing gear over the full length for possible deteriora- This section of the survey program is to indicate any
tion. Where the pennant line is stored in a watertight changes relating to (and is to update) the information on the
condition and can be confirmed as being maintained, use of the tanks of the ship, the extent of coatings and the
consideration may be given to waiving the requirement corrosion protective system provided in the Survey Planning
to examine the pennant line over the full length. Questionnaire referred to in [6.9].
• an examination of the strong-points, fairleads and ped-
estal roller together with their attachments to the hull 6.8.6 Conditions for survey (1/1/2010)
structure. This section of the survey program is to provide information
on the conditions for survey, e.g. information regarding
6.8 Survey Program cargo tank cleaning, gas freeing, ventilation, lighting, etc..
6.8.1 Basic information and particulars (1/1/2010) 6.8.7 Provisions and methods of access to
Basic information and particulars of the ship are indicated structures (1/1/2010)
in Tab 9.
This section of the survey program is to indicate any
6.8.2 Scope (1/1/2010) changes relating to (and is to update) the information on the
This survey program covers the minimum extent of overall provisions and methods of access to structures provided in
surveys, close-up surveys, thickness measurements and the Survey Planning Questionnaire referred to in [6.9].
pressure testing within the cargo area, of cargo tanks and
ballast tanks, including fore and aft peak tanks, required by 6.8.8 List of equipment for survey (1/1/2010)
the Rules. This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
The arrangements and safety aspects of the survey are to be equipment that will be made available for carrying out the
acceptable to the attending Surveyor(s). survey and the required thickness measurements.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Class ID:
Date of build of the ship:
Owner:
Thickness measurement company:
Any other information which may be useful
6.8.9 Survey requirements (1/1/2010) 6.8.11 Identification of areas and sections for
thickness measurements (1/1/2010)
a) Overall survey
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
This section of the survey program is to identify and list areas and sections where thickness measurements are to be
the spaces that are to undergo an overall survey for the taken in accordance with [6.4.1].
ship in accordance with [6.3.1] and [6.3.2].
6.8.12 Minimum thickness of hull
b) Close-up survey structures (1/1/2010)
This section of the survey program is to specify the mini-
This section of the survey program is to identify and list
mum thickness for hull structures of the ship that are subject
the hull structures that are to undergo a close-up survey
to the Rule requirements (indicate either (a) or preferably
for the ship in accordance with [6.3.2] and [6.3.3].
(b), if such information is available):
6.8.10 Identification of tanks for tank testing and a) Determined from the attached wastage allowance table
pipes for pipe testing (1/1/2010) (see Note 1) and the original thickness in the hull struc-
ture plans of the ship;
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
tanks that are to undergo tank testing for the ship in accord- b) Given in Tab 10.
ance with [6.5] and the pipes that are to undergo pipe test- Note 1: The wastage allowance tables are to be attached to the sur-
ing in accordance with [6.6.3]. vey program.
Substantial
Original as-built Minimum
corrosion
Area or location thickness thickness
thickness
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
DECK:
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
BOTTOM
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
SHIP SIDE
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
LONGITUDINAL BULKHEAD
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
INNER BOTTOM
Plating
Longitudinals
Longitudinal girders
TRANSVERSE BULKHEADS
Plating
Stiffeners
TRANSVERSE WEB FRAMES, FLOORS AND STRINGERS AND
DIAPHRAGMS
Plating
Flanges
Stiffeners
6.8.13 Thickness measurement company (1/1/2010) 6.8.17 Other relevant comments and information
(1/1/2010)
This section of the survey program is to identify changes, if
any, relating to the information on the thickness measure- This section of the survey program is to provide any other
ment company provided in the Survey Planning Question- comments and information relevant to the survey.
naire referred to in [6.9].
6.8.18 Appendices to be provided (1/1/2010)
6.8.14 Damage experience related to the
The following appendices are to be attached to the survey
ship (1/1/2010)
program:
This section of the survey program is, using Tab 11 and
Tab 12 below, to provide details of the hull damage for at a) Appendix 1 - List of plans
least the last three years in way of the cargo and ballast This appendix is to identify and list the main structural
tanks and void spaces within the cargo area. This damage is plans of cargo and ballast tanks (scantling drawings),
subject to survey. including information regarding use of high tensile steel
(HTS), clad steel and stainless steel to be available as
6.8.15 Areas identified with substantial corrosion required in item b) of the list in [6.1.3].
from previous surveys (1/1/2010)
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the b) Appendix 2 - Survey Planning Questionnaire
areas of substantial corrosion from previous surveys. The Survey Planning Questionnaire (refer to [6.9]),
which has been submitted by the Owner, is to be
6.8.16 Critical structural areas and suspect areas appended to the survey programme.
(1/1/2010)
c) Appendix 3 - Other documentation
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
critical structural areas and suspect areas, if such informa- This part of the survey program is to identify and list any
tion is available. other documentation that forms part of the plan.
Table 12 : Hull damage for sister or similar ships (if available) in the case of design related damage (1/1/2010)
Prepared by the Owner in co-operation with the Society for 6.9.5 Owner's inspections (1/1/2010)
compliance with [6.1.3]. Using a format similar to that of Tab 15 (which is given as
an example), the Owner is to provide details of the results
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of of the inspections for the last 3 years on all cargo and bal-
authorised Owner's representative) last tanks and void spaces within the cargo area, including
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of peak tanks.
authorised representative of the Society)
6.9.6 Reports of Port State Control
inspections (1/1/2010)
6.9 Survey Planning Questionnaire The Owner is to provide a list of any reports of Port State
Control inspections containing hull structural related defi-
6.9.1 General (1/1/2010) ciencies and relevant information on rectification of the
deficiencies.
The following information will enable the Owner in co-
operation with the Society to develop a survey program 6.9.7 Safety Management System (1/1/2010)
complying with the requirements given in [6.8]. It is essen- The Owner is to provide a list of any non-conformities
tial that the Owner provides up-to-date information when related to hull maintenance, including the associated cor-
completing this questionnaire,. When completed, the ques- rective actions.
tionnaire, is to provide all information and material
required in [6.8]. 6.9.8 Approved thickness measurement
company (1/1/2010)
6.9.2 Particulars (1/1/2010) The Owner is to provide the name and address of the
The particulars of the ship are indicated in Tab 13. approved thickness measurement company.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Class ID:
Date of build of the ship:
Owner:
Ballast tanks
Aft peak
Fore peak
Signature:
Date:
Miscellaneous spaces
Signature:
Date:
7 Class renewal survey - Cargo 7.1.5 An operating test of the remote control of pumps and
valves and of automatic closing valves is to be carried out.
machinery items
7.1.6 A general examination of the electrical equipment
7.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms and cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
7.1.1 Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally defective and non-certified safe type electrical equipment,
examined and prime movers checked. A working test is to non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improperly
be carried out. installed or defective or dead-end wiring.
The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical equip-
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made availa- ment and circuits terminating in or passing through the dan-
ble to the Surveyor. gerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases where a
proper record of testing is maintained, consideration may
7.1.2 Where a washing system is fitted, piping, pumps, be given to accepting recent test readings effected by the
valves and deck-mounted washing machines are to be ship’s personnel.
examined and tested for signs of leakage, and anchoring
devices of deck-mounted washing machines are to be
7.2 Inert gas system
checked to the Surveyor's satisfaction.
7.2.1 The requirements given in [5.2] for intermediate sur-
7.1.3 The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating/cool- vey are to be complied with.
ing system is to be verified and, if deemed necessary by the
Surveyor, the system is to be pressure tested. 7.2.2 If an inert gas system such as that installed on board
oil tankers is fitted, the requirements given in Sec 3, [7.2]
7.1.4 Heat exchangers and anti-sparking fans are to be for class renewal survey of oil tankers are to be complied
examined. with.
e) examination of venting systems, including vent masts f) examination of cargo (if accessible), bilge, ballast and
and protective screens, for cargo tanks, interbarrier stripping pumps for excessive gland seal leakage
spaces, hold spaces, fuel tanks and ballast tanks g) confirmation that electrical equipment in gas-dangerous
f) examination of cargo tank and interbarrier space relief spaces and zones is in satisfactory condition and has
valves and associated safety systems and alarms been properly maintained
g) confirmation that the certificate for the relief valve h) examination, as far as possible, of arrangements for the
opening/closing pressures is on board use of cargo as fuel, and associated instrumentation and
h) examination of drip trays or insulation for deck protec- safety devices
tion against cargo leakage i) confirmation that, if fitted, cargo reliquefaction or refrig-
i) examination of the cargo pump room, cargo compressor eration equipment is in satisfactory condition.
room and cargo control room j) confirmation that the manually operated emergency
j) confirmation of proper maintenance of arrangements for shutdown system together with the automatic shutdown
the airlocks of the cargo pumps and compressors are satisfactory
k) confirmation that all accessible cargo piping systems are k) confirmation that the arrangements for the air locks are
electrically bonded to the hull. being properly maintained.
3.5 Instrumentation and safety devices the nitrogen control system for insulation and interbar-
rier spaces.
3.5.1 (1/7/2008)
The survey is to include:
a) confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo dis- 3.7 Steering capability
charge lines are operational (see Note 1)
3.7.1 (1/7/2011)
b) confirmation that cargo tank liquid level gauges are
operational and that high level alarms as well as auto- Confirmation is to be given, when appropriate, that the req-
matic shut-off systems are satisfactory (see Note 1) uisite arrangements to regain steering capability in the event
c) confirmation that the temperature indicating equipment of the prescribed single failure are being maintained.
of the cargo containment system and associated alarms
are satisfactory (see Note 1)
4 Intermediate survey - Hull items
d) examination of the log-books for confirmation that the
emergency shutdown system has been tested
e) confirmation that cargo tank, hold and insulation space 4.1 Schedule
pressure gauging systems and associated alarms are sat-
isfactory 4.1.1 Survey planning meeting (1/7/2008)
f) examination, and testing as appropriate, of fixed gas A survey planning meeting is to be held prior to the com-
detection equipment mencement of the survey.
g) confirmation of the availability and suitability of the
portable gas detection equipment and instruments for
measuring oxygen levels. 4.2 Scope
Note 1: Verification of these devices is to be carried out by one or
more of the following methods: 4.2.1 Extent of the survey (1/7/2008)
• visual external examination
The extent of the survey is dependent on the age of the ves-
• comparing of read-outs from different indicators
sel as specified in [4.2.2].
• consideration of read-outs with regard to the actual cargo
and/or actual conditions
• examination of maintenance records with reference to the
4.2.2 Ballast tanks (1/7/2008)
cargo plant instrumentation maintenance manual
a) For ships between 5 and 10 years of age, an overall sur-
• verification of calibration status of the measuring instruments. vey of representative ballast tanks is to be carried out. If
there is no hard protective coating, or if there is soft or
3.6 Inert gas/air drying systems semi-hard coating or poor coating condition, the exami-
3.6.1 (1/7/2010) nation is to be extended to other ballast tanks of the
The survey is to include: same type.
a) the examinations and tests as provided for the annual b) For ships over 10 years of age, an overall survey of all
survey of inert gas systems of oil tankers, given in Sec 3, ballast tanks is to be carried out.
[3.3]
b) confirmation that arrangements are made for sufficient c) If such examinations reveal no visible structural defects,
inert gas to be carried to compensate for normal losses the examination may be limited to verification that the
and that means are provided for monitoring the spaces corrosion prevention system remains efficient.
c) confirmation that the use of inert gas has not increased d) For ballast tanks, excluding double bottom tanks, if
beyond that needed to compensate for normal losses by there is no hard protective coating, or if there is soft or
examining records of inert gas usage semi-hard coating, or poor coating condition and it is
d) confirmation that the means for prevention of backflow not renewed, the tanks in question are to be internally
of cargo vapour to gas-safe spaces are in satisfactory examined at annual intervals.
operating condition
e) When such conditions are found in double bottom bal-
e) confirmation that any air drying system and any inter-
last tanks, the tanks in question may be internally exam-
barrier and hold space purging inert gas system are sat-
ined at annual intervals.
isfactory
f) for membrane containment systems, confirmation by f) The minimum requirements for close-up surveys at
the Master to the Surveyor of the normal operation of intermediate survey are given in Tab 1.
Table 1 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at hull intermediate surveys of liquefied gas carriers (1/7/2008)
5 Intermediate survey - Cargo installa- 5.3 Cargo area, cargo pump rooms, cargo
tion items compressor rooms
5.3.1 (1/7/2008)
5.1 General
Electrical equipment and cables in dangerous zones such as
5.1.1 Aim of survey (1/7/2008) cargo pump rooms, cargo compressor rooms and spaces
The aim of the intermediate survey is to supplement the adjacent to and areas above cargo tanks are to be examined
annual survey by testing cargo handling installations with as far as practicable and tested with particular regard to:
related automatic control, alarm and safety systems for cor-
rect functioning. a) protective earthing (spot check)
Table 2 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at class renewal surveys of liquefied gas carriers (1/7/2008)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age ≤ 5 5 < age ≤ 10 age > 10
One web frame in a representative All web frames in a ballast tank, which is to All web frames in all ballast tanks (1)
ballast tank of the topside, hopper be a double hull side tank or a topside tank.
side and double hull side type (1) If such tanks are not fitted, another ballast All transverse bulkheads in all ballast tanks (2)
tank is to be selected (1)
One transverse bulkhead in a bal-
last tank (3) One web frame in each remaining ballast
tank (1)
Table 3 : Minimum requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal surveys of liquefied gas
carriers (1/7/2008)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age ≤ 5 5 < age ≤ 10 10 < age ≤ 15 age > 15
Suspect areas Suspect areas Suspect areas Suspect areas
One section of deck plating for Within the cargo area: Within the cargo area: Within the cargo area:
the full beam of the ship within • each deck plate • each deck plate • each deck plate
0,5 L amidships in way of a • b)one transverse section • two transverse sections (1) • three transverse sections
ballast tank, if any within 0,5 L amidships in • all wind and water strakes (1)
way of a ballast tank, if any • each bottom plate
• duct keel plating and inter-
nals
Selected wind and water Selected wind and water All wind and water strakes, full
strakes outside the cargo area strakes outside the cargo area length
Measurements, for general Measurements, for general Measurements, for general Measurements, for general
assessment and recording of assessment and recording of assessment and recording of assessment and recording of
corrosion pattern, of those corrosion pattern, of those corrosion pattern, of those corrosion pattern, of those
structural members subject to structural members subject to structural members subject to structural members subject to
close-up survey according to close-up survey according to close-up survey according to close-up survey according to
Tab 2 Tab 2 Tab 2 Tab 2
(1) At least one section is to be within 0,5 L amidships and, where applicable, in way of a ballast tank.
Note 1:For ships having independent tanks of type C, with a midship section similar to that of a general cargo ship, the extent of
thickness measurements may be increased to include the tank top plating at the discretion of the Surveyor.
Note 2:For areas in spaces where coatings are found to be in good condition, the extent of thickness measurements may be spe-
cially considered by the Society.
Note 3:The Surveyor may extend the thickness measurements as deemed necessary. When thickness measurements indicate sub-
stantial corrosion, the extent of such measurements is to be increased to determine the extent of areas of substantial corrosion.
Tab 4 may be used as guidance for these additional thickness measurements.
Table 4 : Guidance for additional thickness measurements in way of substantial corrosion (1/7/2008)
7 Class renewal survey - Cargo instal- e) dome and stump connections to tank shell,
lation items f) foundations for pumps, towers, ladders, etc.,
g) pipe connections.
7.1 General Where the tanks are to be hydraulically tested in accord-
7.1.1 (1/7/2008) ance with [7.2.7], non-destructive testing is to be carried
out after the hydraulic testing.
The requirements of intermediate survey apply with the fol-
lowing additions. 7.2.4 Type B tanks (1/7/2008)
For independent tanks of type B, the extent of non-destruc-
7.2 Cargo containment tive testing is to be as given in a program specially prepared
for the cargo tank design.
7.2.1 Cleaning and examination of tanks (1/7/2008)
All cargo tanks are to be cleaned and examined internally. 7.2.5 Tightness of tanks (1/7/2008)
The tightness of all cargo tanks is to be verified by an appro-
7.2.2 Insulation and cold spots (1/7/2008) priate procedure. Provided that the effectiveness of the
ship's gas detection equipment has been confirmed, it will
When accessible, the outer surface of uninsulated cargo
be acceptable to utilise this equipment for the tightness test
tanks or the outer surface of cargo tank insulation together
of independent tanks below deck.
with any vapour or protective barrier is to be examined.
Special attention is to be given to the cargo tank and insula-
7.2.6 Hydraulic or hydro-pneumatic test (1/7/2008)
tion in way of chocks, supports and keys. Removal of insu-
lation may be required in order to verify the condition of the Where the results of the examinations dealt with in [7.2.1]
tank or the insulation itself if found necessary by the Sur- to [7.2.5] or the examination of the voyage records raise
veyor. doubts as to the structural integrity of a cargo tank, a
hydraulic or hydro-pneumatic test is to be carried out.
Where the arrangement is such that the insulation cannot
be examined, the surrounding structures of wing tanks, dou- For integral tanks and for independent tanks of type A and
ble bottom tanks and cofferdams are to be examined for B, the test pressure is to be not less than the MARVS.
cold spots when the cargo tanks are in the cold condition For independent tanks of type C, the test pressure is to be
unless voyage records together with the instrumentation not less than 1,25 times the MARVS.
give sufficient evidence of the integrity of the insulation sys-
tem. 7.2.7 Type C tanks (1/7/2009)
7.2.3 Non-destructive testing (1/7/2011) When the ship is 10 years old and thereafter at every alter-
nate class renewal survey, independent cargo tanks of type
Non-destructive testing is to supplement cargo tank inspec- C are to be either:
tion with special attention to be given to the integrity of the
main structural members, tank shell and highly stressed a) hydraulically tested to 1,25 times the MARVS, and
parts, including welded connections as deemed necessary thereafter non-destructively tested in accordance with
by the Surveyor. However, for type C tanks, this does not [7.2.3], or
mean that non-destructive testing can be dispensed with b) subjected to thorough non-destructive testing in accord-
totally. The following items are, inter alia, considered highly ance with a program specially prepared for the tank
stressed parts: design. If a special program of non-destructive testing
a) cargo tank supports and anti-rolling/anti-pitching does not exist, special attention is to be given to the
devices, detection of surface cracks in welded connections in
highly stressed areas as listed in [7.2.3]. At least 10% of
b) web frames or stiffening rings, the length of the welded connections in each of the
above-mentioned areas is to be tested. This testing is to
c) Y-connections between tank shell and a longitudinal
be carried out internally and externally, as applicable.
bulkhead of bilobe tanks,
Insulation is to be removed as necessary for the required
d) swash bulkhead boundaries, non-destructive testing.
7.2.8 Hold spaces and secondary barriers nation raises doubt as to the integrity of the pipelines, a
(1/7/2008) pressure test at 1,25 times the MARVS for the pipeline is to
As far as accessible, all hold spaces and hull insulation (if be carried out. After reassembly the complete piping sys-
provided), secondary barriers and tank supporting structures tems are to be tested for leaks.
are to be visually examined. 7.3.2 (1/7/2008)
The secondary barrier of tanks is to be checked for its effec- It is to be verified that all cargo piping systems are electri-
tiveness by means of a pressure/vacuum test, a visual exam- cally bonded to the hull.
ination or any other acceptable method. 7.3.3 (1/7/2008)
7.2.9 Membrane and semi-membrane systems Pressure relief valves on cargo piping are to be function
(1/7/2014) tested. A random selection of valves is to be opened for
examination and adjusted.
a) For membrane containment systems, a tightness test of
the primary and secondary barrier is to be carried out in 7.3.4 (1/7/2008)
accordance with the system Designers' procedures and Vent line drainage arrangements are to be examined.
acceptance criteria as approved by the Society.
Low differential pressure tests may be used to monitor 7.4 Cargo area, cargo pump rooms, cargo
the cargo containment system performance, but are not compressor rooms
considered an acceptable test for the tightness of the
secondary barrier. 7.4.1 Examination of spaces (1/7/2008)
b) For membrane containment systems with glued second- All cargo pump room, compressor room and control room
ary barriers, if the designer's threshold values are boundaries are to be generally examined. Gas-tight shaft
exceeded, an investigation is to be carried out and addi- sealing devices are to be examined. The bottom of cargo
tional testing such as thermographic or acoustic emis- pump rooms and cargo compressor rooms is to be pre-
sions testing should be carried out. sented clean for the examination of stripping devices and
gutters.
7.2.10 Gas-tight bulkheads (1/7/2008)
All gas-tight bulkheads are to be examined and the effec- 7.4.2 Examination of pumps (1/7/2008)
tiveness of gas-tight shaft sealing is to be verified. Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally examined
and prime movers checked. A working test is to be carried
7.2.11 Tanks electrically bonded (1/7/2008) out.
It is to be verified that independent cargo tanks are electri- Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made availa-
cally bonded to the hull. ble to the Surveyor.
7.4.5 Reliquefaction or refrigeration plants, integrity of suction lines between suction points and
arrangements for the use of cargo as fuel analysing units
(1/7/2008)
When there is a reliquefaction or refrigeration plant, and/or d) examination and tests of systems for the removal of
arrangements for the use of cargo as fuel, the corresponding water from interbarrier spaces and hold spaces
machinery and equipment, such as cargo pumps, compres- e) examination of portable equipment, such as hoses and
sors, heat exchangers, condensers, liquid nitrogen tanks, spool pieces used for segregation of piping systems for
process pressure vessels and other components, are to be cargo, inert gas and bilge pumping.
surveyed to the same extent as required for similar equip-
ment on board oil tankers at the class renewal survey (refer
to Sec 3). 7.5 Inert gas system
LNG Carrier
Figure 2 (1/7/2008)
L
C L
C
LNG Carrier
Figure 3 (1/7/2008)
LPG Carrier
cL
cL
Figure 4 (1/7/2008)
LPG Carrier
It is to be verified that documented operating procedures for e) proper sequence of the interlock system for the open-
closing and securing doors are kept on board and posted at ing/closing system and the securing and locking
an appropriate place. devices;
f) mechanical lock of the securing devices;
The Surveyor is to examine the OMM with special attention
to the register of inspections and its contents as a basis for g) proper locking of hydraulic securing devices in the
the survey. event of a loss of the hydraulic fluid, according to the
procedure provided by the OMM;
2.1.4 Structural examination (1/1/2012) h) correct indication of open/closed position of doors and
Bow, inner, side shell and stern doors are to be examined securing/locking devices at navigation bridge and other
with particular attention paid to: control stations;
a) structural arrangement of doors including plating, sec- i) isolation of the hydraulic securing/locking devices from
ondary stiffeners, primary structure, hinging arms and other hydraulic systems;
welding; j) confirmation that the operating panels are inaccessible
to unauthorised persons;
b) shell structure surrounding the opening of the doors and
the securing, supporting and locking devices including k) verification that a notice plate giving instructions to the
shell plating, secondary stiffeners, primary structure and effect that all securing devices are to be closed and
welding; locked before leaving harbour is placed at each operat-
ing panel and supplemented by warning indicator
c) hinges and bearings, thrust bearings; lights;
d) hull and door side supports for securing, supporting and l) examination of electrical equipment for opening, clos-
locking devices; ing and securing the doors.
e) close-up survey of securing, supporting and locking 2.1.9 Function test of the indicator
devices including welding, in accordance with the system (1/1/2012)
requirements given in Tab 1.
A check of the satisfactory operation of the indicator sys-
Whenever a crack is found, an examination with NDT is to tem, where fitted, is to be carried out, as applicable, includ-
be carried out in the surrounding area and for similar items ing:
as considered necessary by the Surveyor. a) proper visible indication and audible alarm on the navi-
gation bridge panel, according to the selected function
2.1.5 Measurement of clearances (1/1/2012) "harbour/sea voyage" and on the operating panel;
Clearances of hinges, bearings and thrust bearings are to be b) lamp test function on both panels;
taken, where no dismantling is required. Where the func-
tion test is not satisfactory, dismantling may be required to c) verification that it is not possible to turn off the indicator
measure the clearances. If dismantling is carried out, a vis- light on both panels;
ual examination of hinge pins and bearings together with d) verification of fail-safe performance, according to the
NDT of the hinge pin is to be carried out. Clearances of procedure provided by the OMM;
securing, supporting and locking devices are to be meas-
e) confirmation that power supply for the indicator system
ured, where indicated in the OMM.
is supplied by the emergency source or other secure
power supply and independent of the power supply for
2.1.6 Sealing arrangement (1/1/2012)
operating the doors;
An examination of packing material/rubber gaskets and
f) proper condition of sensors and protection from water,
retaining bars or channels, including welding, is to be car-
ice formation and mechanical damage.
ried out.
2.1.10 Test of water leakage detection
2.1.7 Drainage arrangement (1/1/2012) system (1/1/2012)
An examination of drainage arrangement, including bilge Where fitted, the water leakage detection system is to be
wells and drain pipes, where fitted, is to be carried out. A tested including proper audible alarm on the navigation
test of the bilge system between the inner and outer doors is bridge panel and on the engine control room panel, accord-
to be carried out. ing to the procedure provided by the OMM.
2.1.11 Test of television surveillance Maintenance Manual (OMM) or the Manufacturer's recom-
system (1/1/2012) mendations and the periodical surveys being carried out at
Where fitted, the television surveillance system is to be the due dates for the five-year period until the next class
tested including proper indication on the navigation bridge renewal survey.
monitor and on the engine control room monitor.
3.1.2 Thickness measurements and
2.1.12 Tightness test (1/1/2012) testing (1/1/2012)
A hose test or equivalent is to be carried out. If the visual The examinations of the doors are to be supplemented by
examination and function test have shown satisfactory thickness measurements and testing to verify compliance
results, the tightness test of shell doors on ro-ro cargo ships with applicable requirements so that the structural and
need not be carried out unless considered necessary by the weathertight integrity remain effective. The aim of the
attending Surveyor. examination is to identify corrosion, significant deforma-
tion, fractures, damages or other structural deterioration,
2.1.13 NDT and thickness measurements (1/1/2012) that may be present.
When considered necessary by the Surveyor, NDT and
thickness measurements may be required after visual exam- 3.1.3 Survey of doors (1/1/2012)
ination and function test. The bow, inner, side shell and stern doors are to be sur-
veyed as follows.
2.2 Internal platforms and ramps
a) A survey of the items listed in [2.1.4], including close-
up survey of securing, supporting and locking devices,
2.2.1 The annual survey of internal movable platforms and
together with welding, is to be carried out in accord-
ramps (excluding those considered as inner doors and cov-
ance with the requirements given in Tab 1.
ered in [2.1]) and related equipment consists of:
• a general examination of the installation, particular b) Non-destructive testing and thickness measurements are
attention being paid to the condition of steel cables to be carried out on securing, supporting and locking
devices, including welding, to the extent considered
• confirmation of the proper operation of platforms/ramps necessary by the Surveyor. Whenever a crack is found,
and of mechanical stops and locks an examination with NDT is to be carried out in the sur-
• checking, as far as practicable, of the alarms and safety rounding area and for similar items as considered nec-
devices. essary by the Surveyor.
Table 1 : Minimum Requirements for Close-Up Surveys of Doors, Locking, Securing and Supporting Devices and
Fittings (1/1/2012)
3.3 Fire protection, detection and extinction charges and similar openings and other inlets and dis-
charges in the shell plating below the margin line
3.3.1 Within the scope of survey of fire protection, detec-
• confirmation that valves for closing the main and auxil-
tion and extinction arrangements as required for the class
iary sea inlets and discharges in the machinery spaces
renewal survey of all ships in Ch 3, Sec 5, [3.8], attention is
are readily accessible, and that indicators showing the
to be given to the particular arrangements related to ro-ro
status of the valves are provided, as required or fitted
cargo spaces, such as those indicated in [2.3.1].
• confirmation that gangway access and cargo ports fitted
below the margin line may be effectively closed and
4 Passenger ships - Annual survey that the inboard ends of any ash or rubbish chutes are
fitted with an effective cover.
4.1 Watertight bulkheads
4.1.1 The survey of watertight bulkheads and arrange- 4.3 Lightweight survey
ments consists of: 4.3.1 (1/7/2001)
• examination, as far as practicable, of collision and It is to be verified that the last lightweight survey was car-
watertight bulkheads, and confirmation that their water- ried out not more than five years ago (refer to [1.1.3]).
tight integrity has not been impaired
• checking the diagram provided on the navigation bridge
showing the location of the watertight doors and related 5 Passenger ships - Class renewal survey
indicators for their open/closed position
• testing operation of local and remote control (from the 5.1
navigation bridge) of the watertight doors, and in partic- 5.1.1 (1/7/2001)
ular, operation from each side of the bulkhead of audi-
It is to be verified that the last lightweight survey was car-
ble alarms or visual signals and control handles, as
ried out not more than five years ago (refer to [1.1.3]).
required or fitted
• confirmation of operation of watertight doors in the
event of failure of main and emergency sources of 6 Ro-ro passenger ships - Annual and
power class renewal surveys
• confirmation that notices are affixed at appropriate loca-
tions. 6.1
4.2 Openings in shell plating 6.1.1 The scope of the annual survey and class renewal
survey of ro-ro passenger ship is to include the scope of sur-
4.2.1 The survey consists of: veys required for the service notations ro-ro cargo ship and
• examination of the arrangements for closing sidescuttles passenger ship, as detailed in [2] and [4] for annual survey
and their deadlights, as well as scuppers, sanitary dis- and [3] and [5] for class renewal survey .
• wooden covers and portable beams, carriers or and the adjacent shell plating in a forward lower
sockets for the portable beam, and their securing cargo hold and one other selected lower cargo hold.
devices; Where this level of survey reveals the need for reme-
• steel pontoons; dial measures, the survey is to be extended to
include a close-up survey of all of the shell frames
• tarpaulins; and adjacent shell plating of those cargo holds and
• cleats, battens and wedges; associated ‘tweendeck spaces (as applicable) as well
• hatch securing bars and their securing devices; as a close-up survey of sufficient extent of all
remaining cargo holds and ‘tweendeck spaces (as
• loading pads/bars and the side plate edge; applicable).
• guide plates and chocks;
3) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or
• compression bars, drainage channels and drain where extensive corrosion exists, thickness measure-
pipes (if any). ment is to be carried out. If the results of these thick-
d) Check of the satisfactory condition of hatch coaming ness measurements indicate that there is substantial
plating and its stiffeners, including close-up survey. corrosion, then the extent of measurements is to be
increased to determine the extent of areas of sub-
e) A random check of the satisfactory operation of
stantial corrosion. Tab 3 may be used as guidance
mechanically operated hatch covers is to be made,
for these additional measurements. These extended
including:
thickness measurements are to be carried out before
• stowage and securing in open condition; the annual survey is credited as completed.
• proper fit and efficiency of sealing in closed condi-
4) Where the protective coating in cargo holds, as
tion;
applicable, is found to be in good condition, the
• operational testing of hydraulic and power compo- extent of close-up surveys may be specially consid-
nents, wires, chains, and link drives. ered.
Note 1: For survey of air pipes, flame screens on vents and ventila-
tors, refer to the requirements given in Ch 3, Sec 3, [2.2.1]. 5) All piping and penetrations in cargo holds, includ-
ing overboard piping, are to be examined.
2.1.4 Suspect areas (1/7/2006)
Suspect areas identified at previous surveys are to be exam- 2.1.6 Examination of Ballast Tanks (1/7/2006)
ined. Thickness measurements are to be taken of the areas Examination of ballast tanks is to be carried out when
of substantial corrosion and the extent of thickness meas- required as a consequence of the results of the class
urements is to be increased to determine the extent of areas renewal survey and intermediate survey. When considered
of substantial corrosion. Tab 3 may be used as guidance for necessary by the Surveyor, or where extensive corrosion
these additional thickness measurements. These extended exists, thickness measurement is to be carried out. If the
thickness measurements are to be carried out before the results of these thickness measurements indicate that there
annual survey is credited as completed. is substantial corrosion, then the extent of measurements is
to be increased to determine the extent of areas of substan-
2.1.5 Examination of Cargo Holds (1/7/2006) tial corrosion. Tab 3 may be used as guidance for these
a) For ships 10 - 15 years of age, the following is to apply: additional measurements. These extended thickness meas-
urements are to be carried out before the annual survey is
1) Overall survey of one forward and one aft cargo
credited as completed.
hold and their associated tween deck spaces.
2) When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or
where extensive corrosion exists, thickness measure- 2.2 Additional requirements for single hold
ment is to be carried out. If the results of these thick- cargo ships
ness measurements indicate that there is substantial
2.2.1 (1/1/2009)
corrosion, then the extent of measurements is to be
increased to determine the extent of areas of sub- For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS II-
stantial corrosion. Tab 3 may be used as guidance 1/23-3 (effective from 1 January 2007 to 31 December
for these additional measurements. These extended 2008) and II-1/25 (effective from 1 January 2009) for hold
thickness measurements are to be carried out before water level detectors (see Note 1), the annual survey is to
the annual survey is credited as completed. include an examination and a test, at random, of the water
ingress detection system and of their alarms (see Note 2).
b) For ships over 15 years of age, the following is to apply:
Note 1: This survey requirement is to be fulfilled at annual surveys
1) Overall survey of all cargo holds and ‘tweendeck”
carried out after the ship has been made compliant with the
spaces. requirements of SOLAS regulations II-1/23-3 or II-1/25, as applica-
2) Close-up examination of sufficient extent, with a ble (see above) and commenced on or after 1 July 2007
minimum of 25% of frames, to establish the condi- Note 2: This survey requirement also applies to those cargo ships
tion of the lower region of the shell frames including which, although belonging to the ship types listed in [1.1.1] that
approximately the lower one third length of side are excluded from the application of this Section, are fitted with a
frame at side shell and side frame end attachment single cargo hold.
4.2 Scope of survey ined at annual surveys. When considered necessary by the
Surveyor, or where extensive corrosion exists, thickness
4.2.1 (1/7/2006)
measurements are to be carried out.
In addition to the requirements of the annual surveys, the
class renewal survey is to include examination, tests and 4.2.7 (1/7/2006)
checks of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related Where the hard protective coating in spaces is found to be
piping, as required in [4.2.3], are in a satisfactory condition in good condition, the extent of close-up surveys and thick-
and fit for the intended purpose for the new period of class ness measurements may be specially considered.
of 5 years to be assigned, subject to proper maintenance
and operation and to periodical surveys being carried out at 4.3 Hatch covers and coamings
the due dates. 4.3.1 (1/7/2003)
4.2.2 (1/7/2006) A thorough inspection of the items listed in [2.1.3] is to be
All cargo holds, water ballast tanks, including double bot- carried out.
tom tanks, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void spaces bound- 4.3.2 (1/7/2003)
ing cargo holds, decks and outer hull are to be examined, A check of the satisfactory operation of all mechanically
and this examination is to be supplemented by thickness operated hatch covers is to be made, including:
measurement and testing as required in [4.5] and [4.6], to
• stowage and securing in open condition;
ensure that the structural integrity remains effective. The
aim of the examination is to discover substantial corrosion, • proper fit and efficiency of sealing in closed conditions;
significant deformation, fractures, damage or other struc- • operational testing of hydraulic and power components,
tural deterioration, that may be present. wires, chains and link drives.
4.2.3 (1/7/2006) 4.3.3 (1/7/2003)
All piping systems within the above spaces are to be exam- A check of the effectiveness of sealing arrangements of all
ined and operationally tested to working pressure to the hatch covers by hose testing or equivalent is to be carried
attending Surveyor's satisfaction to ensure that tightness and out.
condition remain satisfactory. 4.3.4 (1/7/2003)
Note 1: For survey of automatic air pipes refer to Ch 3, Sec 5, Thickness measurement of the hatch cover and coaming
[2.2.5].
plating and stiffeners is to be carried out as given in Tab 2.
Note 2: For examination of automatic air pipe heads, reference is
to be made to the requirements given in Ch 3, Sec 5, Tab 4.
4.4 Extent of overall and close-up surveys
4.2.4 (1/7/2003)
4.4.1 (1/7/2006)
The survey extent of ballast tanks converted to void spaces
An overall survey of all tanks and spaces, excluding fuel oil,
is to be specially considered in relation to the requirements
lube oil and fresh water tanks, is to be carried out at each
for ballast tanks.
class renewal survey.
4.2.5 (1/7/2006) Note 1: For fuel oil, lube oil and fresh water tanks, reference is to
The class renewal survey is to include a bottom survey in be made to the requirements given in Ch 3, Sec 5, [2.4.1].
dry condition as laid down in Ch 3, Sec 6, [2.2.1]. The 4.4.2 (1/7/2006)
overall and close-up surveys and thickness measurements, The minimum requirements for close-up surveys at class
as applicable, of the lower portions of the cargo holds and renewal survey are given in Tab 1.
water ballast tanks are to be carried out in accordance with
the applicable requirements for the class renewal surveys, if 4.4.3 (1/7/2006)
not already performed. The Surveyor may extend the close-up survey as deemed
Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo holds and ballast tanks are
necessary taking into account the maintenance of the
considered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline. spaces under survey, the condition of the corrosion preven-
tion system and where spaces have structural arrangements
4.2.6 (1/7/2010) or details which have suffered defects in similar spaces or
The condition of the corrosion prevention system of ballast on similar ships according to available information.
tanks, where provided, is to be examined.
4.4.4 (1/7/2006)
For tanks used for water ballast, excluding double bottom For areas in spaces where hard protective coatings are
tanks, where a hard protective coating is found in poor con- found to be in a good condition, the extent of close-up sur-
dition and it is not renewed, where soft or semi-hard coat- veys according to Tab 1 may be specially considered.
ing has been applied, or where a hard protective coating
has not been applied since the time of construction, the
4.5 Extent of thickness measurements
tanks in question are to examined at annual surveys. Thick-
ness measurements are to be carried out as deemed neces- 4.5.1 (1/7/2003)
sary by the Surveyor. The minimum requirements for thickness measurements at
When such breakdown of hard protective coating is found class renewal survey are given in Tab 2.
in water ballast double bottom tanks and it is not renewed, 4.5.2 (1/7/2006)
where a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or Representative thickness measurements to determine both
where a hard protective coating has not been applied since general and local levels of corrosion in the shell frames and
the time of construction the tanks in question may be exam- their end attachments in all cargo holds and water ballast
Table 1 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at class renewal surveys of general dry cargo ships (1/7/2006)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age ≤ 5 5 < age ≤ 10 10 < age ≤ 15 15 > age
(A) Selected shell frames in one (A) Selected shell frames in all (A) All shell frames in the for- (A) All shell frames in all cargo
forward and one aft cargo hold cargo holds and tween deck ward lower cargo hold and holds and tween deck spaces
and associated tween deck spaces. 25% of frames in each of the including upper and lower end
spaces. (B) One transverse bulkhead in remaining cargo holds and attachments and adjacent shell
(B) One selected cargo hold each cargo hold. tween deck spaces including plating.
transverse bulkhead. (B) Forward and aft transverse upper and lower end attach- Areas (B) - (F) as for class
(D) All cargo hold hatch covers bulkhead in one side ballast ments and adjacent shell plat- renewal survey for ships
and coamings (plating and stiff- tank, including stiffening sys- ing. between 10 and 15 years of
eners). tem. (B) All cargo hold transverse age.
(C) One transverse web with bulkheads.
associated plating and framing (B) All transverse bulkheads in
in two representative water bal- ballast tanks, including stiffen-
last tanks of each type (i.e. top- ing system.
side, hopper side, side tank or (C) All transverse webs with
double bottom tank). associated plating and framing
(D) All cargo hold hatch covers in each water ballast tank.
and coamings (plating and stiff- (D) All cargo hold hatch covers
eners). and coamings (plating and stiff-
(E) Selected areas of all deck eners).
plating and underdeck struc- (E) All deck plating and under-
ture inside line of hatch open- deck structure inside line of
ings between cargo hold hatch openings between cargo
hatches. hold hatches.
(F) Selected areas of inner bot- (F) All areas of inner bottom
tom plating. plating.
(A) Cargo hold transverse frames.
(B) Cargo hold transverse bulkhead plating, stiffeners and girders.
(C) Transverse web frame or transverse watertight bulkhead in water ballast tanks.
(D) Cargo hold hatch covers and coamings.
(E) Deck plating and underdeck structure inside line of hatch openings between cargo hold hatches.
(F) Inner bottom plating.
See Fig 1 and Fig 2 for the areas corresponding to (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) and (F).
Note 1:Close-up survey of cargo hold transverse bulkheads to be carried out at the following levels:
• Immediately above the inner bottom and immediately above the tween decks, as applicable.
• Mid-height of the bulkheads for holds without tween decks.
• Immediately below the main deck plating and tween deck plating.
Table 2 : Minimum requirements for thickness measurements at class renewal surveys of general dry cargo ships
(1/7/2006)
Age of ship (in years at time of class renewal survey due date)
age ≤ 5 5 < age ≤ 10 10 < age ≤ 15 15 > age
1. Suspect areas. 1. Suspect areas. 1. Suspect areas. 1. Suspect areas.
2. One transverse section of 2. Two transverse sections 2.Within the cargo length area:
deck plating in way of a cargo within 0,5L amidships in way a) a minimum of three trans-
space within 0,5L amidships. of two different cargo spaces. verse sections within 0,5L
amidships
b) each deck plate outside
line of cargo hatch open-
ings
c) each bottom plate, includ-
ing lower turn of bilge
d) duct keel or pipe tunnel
plating and internals.
3. Measurement for general 3. Measurement for general 3. Measurement for general
assessment and recording of assessment and recording of assessment and recording of
corrosion pattern of those corrosion pattern of those corrosion pattern of those
structural members subject to structural members subject to structural members subject to
close-up survey according to close-up survey according to close-up survey according to
Tab 1. Tab 1 Tab 1.
4. Within the cargo length 4. All wind and water strakes,
area, each deck plate outside full length.
line of cargo hatch openings.
5. All wind and water strakes
within the cargo length area.
6. Selected wind and water
strakes outside the cargo length
area.
Note 1:Thickness measurement locations are to be selected to provide the best representative sampling of areas likely to be most
exposed to corrosion, considering the cargo and ballast history and arrangement and condition of protective coatings.
Note 2:For ships less than 100 metres in length, the number of transverse sections required at class renewal survey for ships 10-15
years of age may be reduced to one and the number of transverse sections at class renewal surveys for ships 15 years of age and
above may be reduced to two.
Table 3 : Guidance for additional thickness measurements in way of substantial corrosion (1/7/2003)
Figure 1 : Areas for close-up survey of general dry cargo ships (1/7/2003)
(E)
Double bottom
tank
Inner bottom plating (F) Deck plating and underdeck
structure (E)
(E)
Tween deck
Transverse
bulckhead (B)
Figure 2 : Areas for close-up survey of general dry cargo ships (1/7/2003)
Strut
Bottom side girder Bottom center girder
CL
Note 1: For combination carriers with longitudinal bulkheads, a) survey program, as required in [4.1], until such time as
additional requirements are specified in Sec 3 or Sec 4, as applica- the class renewal survey or the intermediate survey, as
ble. applicable, has been completed
1.1.2 (1/1/2005) b) main structural plans of cargo holds and ballast tanks,
For bulk carriers with hybrid cargo hold arrangements, e.g. (for CSR ships these plans are to include for each struc-
with some cargo holds of single side skin and others of dou- tural element both the as-built and renewal thickness.
ble side skin, the requirements of Sec 2 are to apply to Any thickness for voluntary addition is also to be clearly
cargo holds of single side skin. indicated on the plans. The midship section plan to be
1.1.3 (1/1/2005) supplied on board the ship is to include the minimum
allowable hull girder sectional properties for hold trans-
The requirements apply to surveys of the hull structure and
verse section in all cargo holds).
piping systems in way of cargo holds, cofferdams, pipe tun-
nels and void spaces within the cargo area and all salt water c) previous repair history
ballast tanks. They are additional to the requirements appli- d) cargo and ballast history
cable to the remainder of the ship, given in Chapter 3
e) ship's personnel reports on:
according to the relevant surveys.
• structural deterioration/defects in general
1.1.4 (1/1/2005)
The requirements contain the minimum extent of examina- • leakage in bulkheads and piping systems
tion, thickness measurements and tank testing. When sub- • condition of coatings or corrosion prevention sys-
stantial corrosion, as defined in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.8], and/or tems, if any
structural defects are found, the survey is to be extended f) any other information that may help to identify critical
and is to include additional close-up surveys when neces- structural areas and/or suspect areas requiring inspec-
sary. tion.
1.1.5 (1/1/2005) 1.2.4 (1/1/2005)
When, in any survey, thickness measurements are required: Prior to survey, the Surveyor examines the documentation
• the procedure detailed in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.3] is to be on board and its contents, which are used as a basis for the
applied survey.
• the thickness measurement company is to be part of the
survey planning meeting held prior to commencing the 1.3 Reporting and evaluation of surveys
survey. 1.3.1 (1/1/2005)
The data and information on the structural condition of the
1.2 Documentation on board ship collected during survey are evaluated for acceptability
1.2.1 (1/1/2005) and structural integrity of the ship's cargo area.
The Owner is to supply and maintain documentation on 1.3.2 (1/7/2006)
board as specified in [1.2.2] and [1.2.3], which is to be For ships subject to the requirements of this Section, the sur-
readily available for examination by the Surveyor. veys of hull structure and piping systems are reported in
The documentation is to be kept on board for the lifetime of conformance to the Survey Reporting Principles laid down
the ship. in App 1.
3.2 Ships between 5 and 10 years of age areas identified at previous surveys are to be examined.
Areas of substantial corrosion identified at previous sur-
3.2.1 Ballast tanks (1/7/2010) veys are to be subjected to thickness measurements.
a) For tanks used for water ballast, an overall survey of rep- For ships built under the Common Structural Rules, the
resentative tanks selected by the Surveyor is to be car- identified substantial corrosion areas may be:
ried out. The selection is to include fore and aft peak
1) protected by coating applied in accordance with the
tanks and a number of other tanks, taking into account
coating manufacturer's requirements and examined
the total number and type of ballast tanks. If such over-
at annual intervals to confirm the coating in way is
all survey reveals no visible structural defects, the exam-
still in good condition, or alternatively
ination may be limited to verification that the corrosion
prevention system remains efficient. 2) required to be measured at annual intervals.
b) Where poor coating condition, corrosion or other d) Where a hard protective coating is fitted in cargo holds,
defects are found in water ballast tanks or where a hard as defined in Sec 2, [1.1.7], and is found in good condi-
protective coating has not been applied since the time tion, the extent of close-up surveys and thickness meas-
of construction, the examination is to be extended to urements may be specially considered.
other ballast tanks of the same type.
c) In ballast tanks other than double bottom tanks, where a 3.3 Ships between 10 and 15 years of age
hard protective coating is found in poor condition, and 3.3.1 (1/7/2006)
it is not renewed, or where a soft or semi-hard coating
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
has been applied, or where a hard protective coating
same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
has not been applied since the time of construction, the
required in [4]. However, internal examination of fuel oil
tanks in question are to be examined and thickness
tanks and pressure testing of all tanks are not required
measurements carried out as considered necessary at
unless deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor.
annual surveys. When such breakdown of hard protec-
tive coating is found in ballast double bottom tanks, or 3.3.2 (1/1/2005)
where a soft or semi-hard coating has been applied, or In application of [3.3.1], the intermediate survey may be
where a hard protective coating has not been applied, commenced at the second annual survey and continued
the tanks in question may be examined at annual sur- during the following year with a view to completion at the
veys. When considered necessary by the Surveyor, or third annual survey in lieu of the application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
where extensive corrosion exists, thickness measure- [4.2.1].
ments are to be carried out.
3.3.3 (1/1/2005)
d) In addition to the requirements above, suspect areas In application of [3.3.1], an underwater survey may be con-
identified at previous surveys are to be examined. sidered in lieu of the requirements of [4.2.6].
3.2.2 Cargo Holds (1/1/2005)
The requirements of the survey are the following.
3.4 Ships over 15 years of age
a) Overall survey of all cargo holds 3.4.1 (1/7/2006)
The requirements of the intermediate survey are to be to the
b) Where considered necessary by the Surveyor as a result
same extent as the previous class renewal survey as
of the overall survey as described in a), the survey is to
required in [4]. However, internal examination of fuel oil
be extended to include a close-up survey of those areas
tanks and pressure testing of all tanks are not required
of structure in the cargo holds selected by the Surveyor.
unless deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor.
3.2.3 Extent of thickness measurements (1/7/2012) 3.4.2 (1/1/2005)
a) Thickness measurements are to be carried out to an In application of [3.4.1], the intermediate survey may be
extent sufficient to determine both general and local commenced at the second annual survey and continued
corrosion levels in areas subject to close-up survey, during the following year with a view to completion at the
where required as per [3.2.2] b), and as provided in third annual survey in lieu of application of Ch 2, Sec 2,
[3.2.1] c). [4.2.1].
b) The extent of thickness measurement may be specially 3.4.3 (1/7/2006)
considered provided the Surveyor is satisfied by the In application of [3.4.1], a bottom survey in dry condition is
close-up survey that there is no structural diminution to be part of the intermediate survey. The overall and close-
and the hard protective coatings are found to be in a up surveys and thickness measurements, as applicable, of
good condition. the lower portions of the cargo holds and ballast tanks (see
c) Where substantial corrosion is found, the extent of Note 1) are to be carried out in accordance with the appli-
thickness measurements is to be increased in accord- cable requirements for intermediate surveys, if not already
ance with the requirements of Tab 5 to Tab 8. These performed.
extended thickness measurements are to be carried out Note 1: Lower portions of the cargo holds and ballast tanks are
before the survey is credited as completed. Suspect considered to be the parts below the light ballast waterline.
Table 1 : Minimum requirements of overall and close-up survey and thickness measurements at intermediate sur-
vey of double skin bulk carriers (1/7/2006)
Table 2 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at class renewal hull survey of double skin bulk carriers,
excluding ore carriers (1/1/2013)
One transverse web with asso- One transverse web with asso- All transverse webs with asso- All transverse webs with asso-
ciated plating and longitudinals ciated plating and longitudinals ciated plating and longitudinals ciated plating and longitudinals
in two representative water bal- as applicable in each water as applicable in each water as applicable in each water
last tanks of each type (This is ballast tank (A)(see Note 1) ballast tank (A)(see Note 1) ballast tank (A)(see Note 1)
to include the foremost topside
and double side water ballast
tanks on either side) (A)(see
Note 1)
Forward and aft transverse All transverse bulkheads All transverse bulkheads
bulkheads including stiffening including stiffening system in including stiffening system in
system in a transverse section each water ballast tank (A)(see each water ballast tank (A)(see
comprising topside, hopper Note 1) Note 1)
side and double side water bal-
last tanks on one side of the
ship (i.e. port or
starboard) (A)(see Note 1)
25% of ordinary transverse 25% of ordinary transverse All ordinary transverse web
web frames in the foremost web frames in all double side frames in all double side tanks
double side tanks (B)(see Note tanks (B)(see Note 1) (B)(see Note 1)
1)
Two selected cargo hold trans- One transverse bulkhead in All cargo hold transverse bulk- Areas (C)-(E) as for class
verse bulkheads, including each cargo hold, including heads, including internal struc- renewal survey for ships
internal structure of upper and internal structure of upper and ture of upper and lower stools, between 10 and 15 years of
lower stools, where fitted lower stools, where fitted where fitted (C) (see Note 1) age (see Note 1)
(C)(see Note 1) (C)(see Note 1)
All cargo hold hatch covers All cargo hold hatch covers All cargo hold hatch covers
and coamings (plating and stiff- and coamings (plating and stiff- and coamings (plating and stiff-
eners) (D)(see Note 1) eners) (D)(see Note 1) eners) (D)(see Note 1)
All deck plating and under All deck plating and under
deck structure inside line of deck structure inside line of
hatch openings between all hatch openings between all
cargo hold hatches (E)(see Note cargo hold hatches (E)(see Note
1) 1)
Note 1: (A),(B),(C),(D)and (E)are areas to be subjected to close-up surveys and thickness measurements (see Fig 1 and Fig 2).
(A) : Transverse web frame or transverse watertight bulkhead in topside, hopper side and double side ballast tanks. In fore and
aft peak tanks, transverse web frame means a complete transverse web frame ring including adjacent structural members
(B) : Ordinary transverse frame in double side tanks
(C) : Cargo hold transverse bulkhead plating, stiffeners and girders
(D) : Cargo hold hatch covers and coamings
(E) : Deck plating inside line of hatch openings between cargo hold hatches
Note 2: Close-up survey of transverse bulkheads to be carried out at four levels:
Level (a) : Immediately above the inner bottom and immediately above the line of gussets (if fitted) and shedders for ships without
lower stool)
Level (b) : Immediately above and below the lower stool shelf plate (for those ships fitted with lower stools), and immediately
above the line of the shedder plates.
Level (c) : About mid-height of the bulkhead.
Level (d) : Immediately below the upper deck plating and immediately adjacent to the upper wing tank, and immediately below the
upper stool shelf plate for those ships fitted with upper stools, or immediately below the topside tanks.
A C
Hatch opening
E E
Area B
Table 3 : Minimum requirements for close-up survey at class renewal hull survey of ore carriers (1/7/2008)
Figure 3 : Close-up Survey and Thickness Measurement Areas of ore carriers (1/7/2009)
Typical transverse section Typical transverse bulkhead
Area A Areas A and C
Area D
Upper stool
Lower stool
Double bottom
tank
A
A
Hatch opening
E E
Table 5 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements in those areas of substantial corrosion of double
skin bulk carriers within the cargo length area (1/1/2005)
4.3 Hatch covers and coamings 4.4 Overall and close-up surveys
4.3.1 (1/1/2008) 4.4.1 (1/7/2006)
A thorough inspection of the items listed in [2.3] is to be An overall survey of all cargo holds, tanks and spaces is to
carried out, in addition to all hatch covers and coamings. be carried out at each class renewal survey. For fuel oil
tanks in the cargo length area, the requirements given in
4.3.2 (1/1/2005) Ch 3, Sec 5, Tab 5 are to be complied with.
4.3.4 (1/1/2005) For areas in spaces where hard protective coatings are
found to be in a good condition, the extent of close-up sur-
Thickness measurement of the hatch cover and coaming veys according to Tab 2 may be specially considered. Refer
plating and stiffeners is to be carried out as given in Tab 4. also to [4.2.7].
Table 6 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements in those areas of substantial corrosion of double
skin bulk carriers within the cargo length area (1/1/2005)
DECK STRUCTURE INCLUDING CROSS STRIPS, MAIN CARGO HATCHWAYS, HATCH COVERS, COAMINGS AND TOPSIDE
TANKS
Hatch Covers Side and end skirts, each three locations Five-point pattern at each location
Three longitudinal bands, outboard strakes (2) and cen- Five-point measurement each band
treline strake (1)
Mastre delle boccaporte Each side and end of coaming, one band lower 1/3, one Five-point measurement each band i.e.
band upper 2/3 of coaming end or side coaming
Topside Ballast Tanks Transverse watertight bulkheads:
• Bulkhead Five-point pattern over 1 sq. metre of plat-
ing
• Stiffeners Five-point pattern over 1 metre length
Three representative bays of slope plating in all plating Five point pattern over 1 sq. metre of plat-
ing
Longitudinals, suspect and adjacent Five point pattern over 1 sq. metre of plat-
ing
Main Deck Plating Suspect plates and adjacent (4) Five-point pattern over 1 sq. metre of plat-
ing
Main Deck Longitudinals Suspect Plates Five point pattern on both web and flange
over 1 metre length
Web Frames/Transverses Suspect Plates Five-point pattern over 1 sq. metre
Table 7 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements in those areas of substantial corrosion of double
skin bulk carriers within the cargo length area (1/7/2008)
STRUCTURE IN DOUBLE SIDE SPACES OF DOUBLE SKIN BULK CARRIERS INCLUDING WING VOID SPACES OF ORE CARRIERS
Table 8 : Requirements for extent of thickness measurements in those areas of substantial corrosion of double
skin bulk carriers within the cargo length area (1/1/2005)
Lower stool, where fitted • Transverse band within 25mm of welded connection to inner Five-point pattern between stiffen-
bottom ers over one metre length
• Transverse band within 25mm of welded connection to shelf
plate
Transverse bulkheads • Transverse band at approximately mid height Five-point pattern over one square
• Transverse band at part of bulkhead adjacent to upper deck or metre of plating
below upper stool shelf plate (for those ships fitted with upper
stools)
4.6 Tank testing extends forward of the foremost cargo hold, and of their
controls.
4.6.1 (1/7/2006)
All boundaries of water ballast tanks, deep tanks and cargo 4.8 Survey Program
holds used for water ballast within the cargo length area are
to be pressure tested. For fuel oil tanks, only representative 4.8.1 Basic information and particulars (1/1/2008)
tanks are to be pressure tested.
Basic information and particulars of the ship are indicated
4.6.2 (1/1/2005) in Tab 9.
The Surveyor may extend the tank testing as deemed neces-
sary. 4.8.2 Scope (1/1/2008)
Boundaries of fuel oil tanks are to be tested with a head of All documents used in the development of the survey pro-
liquid to the highest point that liquid will rise to under serv- gram are to be available on board during the survey as
ice conditions. Tank testing of fuel oil tanks may be spe- required in [1.2].
cially considered based on a satisfactory external
examination of the tank boundaries and confirmation from 4.8.4 Arrangement of tanks and spaces (1/1/2008)
the Master stating that pressure testing has been carried out This section of the survey program is to provide information
according to the requirements with satisfactory results. (either in the form of plans or text) on the arrangement of
4.6.6 (1/7/2006) cargo holds, tanks and spaces that fall within the scope of
the survey.
The testing of double bottom tanks and other spaces not
designed for the carriage of liquid may be omitted, provided 4.8.5 List of cargo holds, tanks and spaces with
a satisfactory internal examination is carried out together information on their use, extent of coatings
with an examination of the tank top. and corrosion protection system (1/1/2008)
For ships complying with the requirements of SOLAS XII/12 This section of the survey program is to provide information
for hold, ballast and dry space water level detectors, the on the conditions for survey, e.g. information regarding
class renewal survey is to include an examination and a test cargo hold and tank cleaning, gas freeing, ventilation, light-
of the water ingress detection systems and of their alarms. ing etc.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Length between perpendiculars (m):
Shipbuilder:
Hull number:
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Thickness measurement company:
Any other information which may be useful
4.8.8 List of equipment for survey (1/1/2008) 4.8.12 Minimum thickness of hull structures
(1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
This section of the survey program is to specify the mini-
equipment that will be made available for carrying out the
mum thickness for hull structures of the ship that are subject
survey and the required thickness measurements.
to survey, according to (a) or (b):
4.8.9 Survey requirements (1/1/2008) a) determined from the attached wastage allowance table
and the original thickness according to the hull structure
a) Overall survey plans of the ship (see Note 1);
This section of the survey program is to identify and list b) given in the following Tab 10:
the spaces that are to undergo an overall survey for the Note 1: The wastage allowance tables are to be attached to the sur-
ship in accordance with [4.3] and [4.4.1]. vey program.
4.8.10 Identification of tanks for tank testing 4.8.14 Damage experience related to the ship
(1/1/2008) (1/1/2008)
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the This section of the survey program, using Tab 11, shown
cargo holds and tanks that are to undergo tank testing for below, is to provide details of the hull damage for at least
the ship in accordance with [4.6]. the last three years in way of the cargo holds, ballast tanks
and void spaces within the cargo length area. This damage
is subject to survey.
4.8.11 Identification of areas and sections for
thickness measurements (1/1/2008)
4.8.15 Areas identified with substantial corrosion
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the from previous surveys (1/1/2008)
areas and sections where thickness measurements are to be This section of the survey program is to identify and list the
taken in accordance with [4.3.4] and [4.5]. areas of substantial corrosion from previous surveys.
Table 11 : Hull damage sorted by location for the ship concerned and for sister or similar ships (if available) in the
case of design related damage (1/1/2008)
4.8.16 Critical structural areas and suspect areas 4.8.18 Appendices to be provided (1/1/2008)
(1/1/2008)
The following appendices are to be attached to the survey
This section of the survey program is to identify and list the program:
critical structural areas and the suspect areas, if such infor-
mation is available. a) Appendix 1 - List of plans
b) Appendix 2 - Survey Planning Questionnaire ual inspection range of the attending Surveyor, i.e. normally
within reach of hand.
The Survey Planning Questionnaire (refer to [4.9]),
which has been submitted by the Owner.
4.9.4 History of cargo (1/1/2008)
c) Appendix 3 - Other documentation The Owner is to provide history of bulk cargoes of corrosive
This part of the survey program is to identify and list any nature, e.g. with high sulphur content.
other documentation that forms part of the plan.
4.9.5 Owner's inspections (1/1/2008)
4.8.19 Date and signature (1/1/2008) Using a format similar to that of Tab 14 (which is given as
The survey program is to be completed with the following an example), the Owner is to provide details of the results
wording: of their inspections for the last three years on all cargo holds
and ballast tanks and void spaces within the cargo area,
Prepared by the Owner in co-operation with the Society for including peak tanks.
compliance with [4.1.3] of Pt A, Ch 4, Sec 9 of the Rules.
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of 4.9.6 Reports of Port State Control
authorised Owner's representative) inspections (1/1/2008)
The Owner is to provide a list of any reports of Port State
Date:…………………………………. (name and signature of Control inspections containing hull structural related defi-
authorised representative of the Society) ciencies and relevant information on rectification of the
deficiencies.
4.9 Survey Planning Questionnaire
4.9.7 Safety Management System (1/1/2008)
4.9.1 General (1/1/2008) The Owner is to provide a list of any non-conformities
The following information will enable the Owner in co- related to hull maintenance, including the associated cor-
operation with the Society to develop a survey program rective actions.
complying with the requirements given in [4.8]. It is essen-
tial that, when completing the present questionnaire, the 4.9.8 Approved thickness measurement
Owner provides up-to-date information. The present ques- company (1/1/2008)
tionnaire, when completed, is to provide all information The Owner is to provide the name and address of the
and material required in [4.8]. approved thickness measurement company.
Name of ship:
IMO number:
Flag State:
Port of registry:
Gross tonnage:
Deadweight (metric tonnes):
Classification Society:
Register Number:
Date of build:
Owner:
Other means
Hold/Tank No. Temporary
Structure Rafts Ladders Direct access (please spec-
Other spaces staging
ify)
Fore Peak
Peaks
Aft Peak
Topside tanks
Hopper tanks
Upper stools
Lower stools
Fore peak
Aft peak
Miscellaneous other spaces:
2.1.1 The survey is to include: 3.2.2 The drainage, fodder and fresh water systems,
including piping and pumps, are to be surveyed to the same
• confirmation of the availability of instructions and ins-
truments for stowage of containers, as required or fitted extent as required for similar equipment at the class
renewal survey as indicated in Ch 3, Sec 5.
• examination of container supports welded to the ship’s
structure or on to the hatch covers The fresh water tanks are to be internally examined in
• examination of cell guides, if fitted. accordance with the periodicity given in Ch 3, Sec 5, Tab 5.
4.6.2 Washing system 5.2.1 The survey is to include the following items, as far as
required or fitted, according to the service notation of the
Where a washing system is fitted, piping, pumps, valves and
ship:
deck-mounted washing machines are to be examined and
tested for signs of leakage, and anchoring devices of deck- • for hopper dredger, hopper unit, visual examination of
mounted washing machines are to be checked to the Sur- hopper bottom doors or valves and accessories, such as
veyor's satisfaction. hinges, actuating rods, hydraulic systems, with disman-
tling as deemed necessary by the Surveyor
4.6.3 Cargo heating system • for split hopper unit, split hopper dredger, visual exam-
The apparent satisfactory condition of the cargo heating sys- ination, as far as practicable, of superstructure hinges
tem such as clamping, external condition of piping is to be and blocks, deck hinges, hydraulic jacks and associated
verified and, if deemed necessary by the Surveyor, the sys- piping systems and alarms, with dismantling and/or fur-
tem is to be pressure tested. ther checks as deemed necessary by the Surveyor
• for dredger, hopper dredger, split hopper dredger: having the service notation supply vessel assigned the addi-
- visual examination, as far as practicable, of attach- tional service features oil product or chemical product.
ments of suction piping and lifting systems to the
7.1.2 Annual survey - Hull items
structure and external examination of piping in
dredging machinery spaces for absence of corrosion a) Weather decks
and leakage The survey is to include:
- checking the condition of the dredging machinery • examination of cargo tank openings, including gas-
space and related equipment with regard to electri- kets, covers, coamings and screens
cal shocks, protection from rotating machinery, fire
• examination of cargo tank pressure/vacuum valves
and explosion hazards.
and flame screens
• examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker,
6 Tug, salvage tug, escort tug oily ballast and oily slop tanks
• examination of cargo, bunker, ballast and vent pip-
6.1 Annual survey ing systems, including remote control valves, safety
valves and various safety devices, as well as vent
6.1.1 The survey is to include a general external examina-
masts and headers
tion of the towing hook or towing winch, as fitted, and
unhooking device, as far as practicable. • confirmation that wheelhouse doors and windows,
sidescuttles and windows in superstructure and
6.1.2 In addition to [6.1.1] above, for salvage tug, the deckhouse ends facing the cargo area are in satisfac-
availability and satisfactory condition of specific equipment tory condition
as required in Pt E, Ch 14, Sec 2, [3] is to be verified. • confirmation that pumps, valves and pipelines are
identified and distinctively marked.
6.1.3 For tug - barge combined, an examination of the
accessible parts of the connection system is to be carried b) Cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels
out. The survey is to include:
• examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe
6.2 Class renewal survey tunnels (if any) for signs of oil or chemical product
leakage or fractures and, in particular, the sealing
6.2.1 The survey is to include:
arrangements of penetrations in pump room bulk-
• checking the condition of the connection of the towing heads
hook or towing winch to the structure, including related
• examination of the condition of all piping systems,
reinforcements of the structure
in cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any)
• checking the external condition of the towing hook or
• examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements
towing winch; when applicable, a no-load test of the
and confirmation that pumps and pipelines are iden-
unhooking device is to be carried out.
tified.
6.2.2 (1/7/2004)
7.1.3 Annual survey - Cargo machinery
In addition to [6.2.1] above, for salvage tug, the survey is to
items (1/1/2007)
include:
a) Cargo area and cargo pump rooms
• a check and working test of specific equipment as
required in Pt E, Ch 14, Sec 2, [3] The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
attending Surveyor that no modifications or alterations
• checking of the satisfactory condition of the towing
which might impair safety have been made to the vari-
line(s).
ous installations in dangerous zones without prior
6.2.3 For tug - barge combined, a visual examination of approval from the Society.
components of the connection system is to be carried out, The survey is to include:
completed by thickness measurements and non-destructive • confirmation that potential sources of ignition in or
tests as deemed necessary by the Surveyor. A connec- near the cargo pump rooms, such as loose gear,
tion/disconnection test is to be carried out, including a excessive product in bilge, excessive vapours, com-
check of related remote control, safety and alarm devices. bustible materials, etc., are eliminated and that
access ladders are in satisfactory condition
7 Supply vessel • examination, as far as practicable, of cargo, bilge,
ballast and stripping pumps for excessive gland seal
7.1 Supply vessel - Oil product or Supply leakage, verification of proper operation of electrical
vessel - Chemical product and mechanical remote operating and shutdown
devices and operation of pump room bilge system,
7.1.1 General and checking that pump foundations are intact
The additional survey items for annual survey, intermediate • confirmation that the ventilation system, including
survey and class renewal survey are applicable only to ships portable equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo
area (including cargo pump rooms) is operational, 7.1.6 Class renewal survey - Hull items
ducting is intact and screens are clean a) Piping
• confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous Piping for cargo, ballast, stripping and venting systems
zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in sat- is to be examined to the Surveyor's satisfaction. Dis-
isfactory condition and has been properly main- mantling and/or thickness measurements of these items
tained may be required. A hydraulic test is to be carried out in
• confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo the event of repair or dismantling of cargo or ballast
pump room bilge system, if fitted, is satisfactory piping, or where doubts arise.
• examination of the cargo heating system Vent line drainage arrangements are to be examined.
• examination of the cargo-transfer arrangement and b) Safety valves
confirmation that the ship's cargo hoses are suitable All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are
for their intended purpose and in satisfactory condi- to be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as
tion. applicable, resealed.
b) Instrumentation and safety devices c) Cargo pump rooms
The survey is to include the following items, as far as All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally
required or fitted: examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be
• examination of cargo tank gauging devices, high examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be
level alarms and valves associated with overflow presented clean for the examination of stripping
control devices and gutters.
• confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo 7.1.7 Class renewal survey - Cargo machinery
discharge lines are properly operational items
• confirmation that the required gas detection instru- a) Pumps
ments are on board and satisfactory arrangements Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally exam-
have been made for the supply of any required ined and prime movers checked. A working test is to be
vapour detection tubes carried out.
• confirmation that devices provided for measuring Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made
the temperature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfac- available to the Surveyor.
torily. b) Cargo heating system
7.1.4 Intermediate survey - Hull items The apparent satisfactory condition of the cargo heating
The survey is to include: system such as clamping, external condition of piping is
to be verified and, if deemed necessary by the Surveyor,
• examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, stripping, the system is to be pressure tested.
bunker, ballast, steam and vent piping systems as well
as vent masts and headers. If upon examination there is c) Remote controls
any doubt as to the condition of the piping, pressure An operating test of the emergency remote control of
testing, thickness measurement or both may be pumps and valves and of automatic closing valves is to
required. be carried out.
• confirmation that the pipelines are electrically bonded d) Electrical equipment in dangerous zones
to the hull A general examination of the electrical equipment and
• examination of vent line drainage arrangements. cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
7.1.5 Intermediate survey - Cargo machinery items defective and non-certified safe type electrical equip-
a) Electrical equipment in dangerous zones ment, non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improp-
erly installed or defective or dead-end wiring.
A general examination of the electrical equipment and
cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical
and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for equipment and circuits terminating in or passing
defective and non-certified safe type electrical equip- through the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in
ment, non-approved lighting and fixtures, and improp- cases where a proper record of testing is maintained,
erly installed or defective or dead-end wiring. consideration may be given to accepting recent test
readings effected by the ship’s personnel.
The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing
through the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in
7.2 Supply vessel - Anchor handling or Sup-
cases where a proper record of testing is maintained, ply vessel - Anchor handling stab
consideration may be given to accepting recent test
7.2.1 General (1/7/2011)
readings effected by the ship’s personnel.
The additional survey items for annual survey and class
b) Cargo heating system renewal survey are applicable only to ships having the serv-
The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating system is ice notation supply vessel assigned the additional service
to be verified. features anchor handling or anchor handling stab.
7.2.2 Annual Survey (1/7/2011) In addition, for fixed foam systems, the survey requirements
are to include:
The survey is to include:
• test to confirm that the minimum number of jets of water
a) a general external examination of the anchor handling at the required pressure in the fire main is obtained
winch and foundations, as fitted when the system is in operation
b) a function test of the winch, to the extent deemed nec- • checking the supplies of foam concentrate and receiving
essary by the Surveyor. confirmation that it is periodically tested (not later than
three years after manufacture and annually thereafter)
The Manufacturer's recommendations are to be taken into by the Manufacturer or an agent.
account.
8.1.4 Machinery installations, control room and
7.2.3 Class renewal survey (1/7/2011) other devices
• ships not equipped with a self-protection water-spraying • checking of firemen’s outfits, confirmation that they are
system: general examination of steel deadlights and stored in the appropriate locations, and checking of air
shutters. compressor and other equipment.
• examination of cargo tank openings, including gaskets, An insulation test of circuits is to be carried out; however,
covers, coamings and screens where a proper record of testing is maintained, considera-
tion may be given to accepting recent readings effected by
• general examination of cargo, ballast and vent piping the ship’s personnel.
systems, including control, gauging, alarm and safety
devices 9.2.6 Instrumentation and safety devices
• general examination of the cargo pump room, as The fixed cargo gas detection system, including related
regards ventilation systems, condition of pumps and alarms, portable gas detection equipment, and oil flash-
piping systems, and signs of any oil leakage point measurement equipment, is to be tested.
• confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous
9.2.7 Inert gas system
areas, cargo pump rooms and other spaces, if fitted, is in
If any inert gas system is fitted, the requirements for the
satisfactory condition; the Owner or his representative is
class renewal survey of such installations given in Sec 3,
to declare to the attending Surveyor that this equipment
[7.2] are applicable.
has been properly maintained
• confirmation of the availability and satisfactory condi-
tion of the fixed cargo gas detection system, including
10 Cable laying ship
related alarms, portable gas detection equipment, and
oil flash point measurement equipment. 10.1 Annual survey
If any inert gas system is fitted, the requirements for the 10.1.1 (1/1/2007)
annual survey of such installations given in Sec 3, [3.3] are The survey is to include a general examination of sheaves,
applicable. drums and tensioners for damage, cracks or wastage. The
connections of these appliances to the structure are also to
be checked.
9.2 Class renewal survey
9.2.1 Piping 10.2 Class renewal survey
Cargo, ballast, stripping and vent piping is to be examined 10.2.1 The equipment mentioned in [10.1.1] is to be dis-
to the Surveyor's satisfaction. Dismantling and/or thickness mantled, to the extent deemed necessary by the Surveyor, in
measurements may be required. Tightness or working tests order to check its condition. Clearances of sheaves and
are to be carried out. A hydraulic or hydropneumatic test is cable drum axles are to be ascertained.
to be carried out in the event of repair or dismantling of
cargo or ballast piping, or where doubts arise.
11 Fishing vessel
Vent line drainage arrangements are to be examined.
It is to be verified that cargo piping is electrically bonded to 11.1 Annual survey
the hull.
11.1.1 The survey is to include:
9.2.2 Safety valves
• general examination of areas subject to damage, corro-
Safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are to be sion or wastage, such as the stern ramp, weather deck in
dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as applicable, way of the working area of the nets, connections to hull
resealed. structure of masts, gantries, winches and traw gallows
(for side trawlers)
9.2.3 Pumps
• general examination of the measures for the protection
Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally examined of the crew against falling overboard, such as storm
and prime movers checked. A working test is to be carried rails, means of protection near stern ramp, etc.
out.
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made availa- 11.2 Class renewal survey
ble to the Surveyor.
11.2.1 For fishing vessels of 10 years age and over, the
9.2.4 Cargo pump rooms class renewal survey is to include thickness measurements
Cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally exam- of structural elements prone to rapid wastage, such as the
ined. Gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be examined. stern ramp, weather deck in way of the working area of the
The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be presented clean nets, connections to hull structure of masts, gantries,
for the examination of stripping devices and gutters. winches and traw gallows (for side trawlers).
(including cargo pump room) is operational, ducting is material and elements supporting and/or securing the cargo
intact and screens are clean tanks.
d) confirmation that electrical equipment in cargo pump
rooms and other spaces is in satisfactory condition and 15.5 Class renewal survey - Cargo machinery
has been properly maintained items
e) confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo
pump room bilge system is satisfactory 15.5.1 Pumps (1/7/2011)
Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally examined
f) examination of the cargo heating system
and prime movers checked. A working test is to be carried
g) examination of the cargo-transfer arrangement and con- out.
firmation that any hoses are suitable for their intended
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made availa-
purpose and, where appropriate, type approved or
ble to the Surveyor.
marked with the date of testing.
15.5.2 Cargo heating system (1/7/2011)
15.2.2 Instrumentation and safety devices (1/7/2011)
The survey is to include the following items, as far as The apparent satisfactory condition of the cargo heating sys-
required or fitted: tem such as clamping and piping is to be verified and, if
deemed necessary by the Surveyor, the system is to be pres-
a) examination of cargo tank gauging devices sure tested.
b) confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo dis-
charge lines are properly operational 16 Compressed natural gas carrier
c) confirmation that devices provided for measuring the
temperature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfactorily. 16.1 Annual and Class renewal survey
16.1.1 (1/7/2012)
15.3 Intermediate survey - Hull items
The survey is to include the examination, to the extent
15.3.1 (1/7/2011) deemed necessary by the Surveyor, of the equipment and
The survey is to include: arrangements specific to the compressed natural gas carrier
a) examination of weather decks, service notation, in accordance with the recommendations
of the manufacturers, the criteria of certification of the
b) examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, stripping, cargo tanks and any special safety item included in the clas-
bunker, ballast, steam and vent piping systems. If upon sification requirements of the ship.
examination there is any doubt as to the condition of
the piping, pressure testing, thickness measurement or
both may be required. 17 Barge
• testing operation of local and remote control (from the 17.3.2 Positional mooring systems (1/7/2014)
navigation bridge) of the watertight doors, and in partic- a) On units fitted with positional mooring equipment, the
ular, operation from each side of the bulkhead of audi- requirements for annual surveys in [17.2.4] are to be
ble alarms or visual signals and control handles, as complied with.
required or fitted
b) Where practicable, mooring cables, chains and anchors
• confirmation of operation of watertight doors in the are to be lifted to the surface for detailed inspection in
event of failure of main and emergency sources of accordance with c) and d) at each Special Survey.
power
Alternatively, in situ inspection, using acceptable tech-
• confirmation that notices are affixed at appropriate loca- niques, will be considered by the Society when
tions. requested.
17.2.2 Openings in shell plating (1/7/2014) c) As far as practicable, the surveyor is to determine the
The survey consists of: general condition of the mooring system including
cables, chains, fibre ropes, fittings, fairleads, connec-
• an examination of the arrangements for closing side- tions and equipment. Particular attention is to be given
scuttles and their deadlights, as well as scuppers, sani- to the following, as appropriate:
tary discharges and similar openings and other inlets
and discharges in the shell plating below the margin 1) Cable or chain in contact with fairleads, etc.
line 2) Cable or chain in way of winches and stoppers.
• confirmation that valves for closing the main and auxil- 3) Cable or chain in way of the splash zone.
iary sea inlets and discharges in the machinery spaces
4) Cable or chain in the contact zone of the sea bed.
are readily accessible, and that indicators showing the
status of the valves are provided, as required or fitted 5) Damage to mooring system.
• confirmation that gangway access and cargo ports fitted 6) Extent of marine growth.
below the margin line may be effectively closed and
7) Condition and performance of corrosion protection.
that the inboard ends of any ash or rubbish chutes are
fitted with an effective cover. d) Wire rope anchor cables are to be examined. If cables
are found to contain broken, badly corroded or bird
17.2.3 Lightweight survey (1/7/2014) caging wires they are to be renewed. Chain cables are
It is to be verified that the last lightweight survey was car- to be examined. Maximum acceptable diminution of
ried out not more than five years ago (refer to [17.1.1]). anchor chain in service will normally be limited to a
two per cent reduction from basic chain diameter.
17.2.4 Positional mooring system (1/7/2014) (Basic chain diameter can be taken as the diameter,
excluding any design corrosion allowance, which satis-
A periodic inspection program of the component parts of
fies the Rule requirement for minimum factors of safety).
the mooring system is to be developed by the Owners/oper-
ators and submitted to the Society for approval. e) The windlasses or winches are to be examined.
At each annual survey a part of such items is to be exam- f) Structure in way of anchor racks and anchor cable fair-
ined. leads is to be examined.
The scope of the annual survey is to determine the condi-
tion of the mooring system on the basis, as far as practica- 17.4 Barge-oil - Application
ble, of an examination of above water items in order to 17.4.1 (1/7/2014)
verify their satisfactory condition.
The requirements for hull surveys apply to the surveys of the
In particular the following items are to be examined, as hull structure and piping systems in way of cargo tanks,
appropriate: pump rooms, cofferdams, pipe tunnels and void spaces
a) Anchor chain stopper structural arrangements and rele- within the cargo area and all salt water ballast tanks, and
vant foundations are additional to those given in Chapter 3 for all ships.
d) Cable or chain in way of winches, stoppers and splash • the thickness measurement company is to be part of the
zone. survey planning meeting held prior to commencing the
survey.
17.5 Barge-oil - Annual survey (including cargo pump rooms) is operational, ducting is
intact and screens are clean
17.5.1 Hull and weather decks (1/7/2014) • confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous
The survey is to include: zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in satis-
factory condition and has been properly maintained
• examination of cargo tank openings, including gaskets,
covers, coamings and flame screens • confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo
pump room bilge system is satisfactory
• examination of cargo tank pressure/vacuum valves and
flame screens • examination of the cargo heating system
• examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker, • examination of the cargo-transfer arrangement and con-
tanks firmation that the ship's cargo hoses are suitable for
their intended purpose and in satisfactory condition
• examination of cargo, crude oil washing, bunker and
vent piping systems, including vent masts and headers • confirmation that any special arrangement made for
bow or stern loading/unloading is in satisfactory condi-
• confirmation that wheelhouse doors and windows, side- tion and test of the means of communication and
scuttles and windows in superstructure and deckhouse remote shutdown of the cargo pumps
ends facing the cargo area are in satisfactory condition.
• examination of the emergency lighting in all cargo
pump rooms.
17.5.2 Hull - Cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels
(1/7/2014)
17.5.4 Machinery - Instrumentation and safety
The survey is to include: devices (1/7/2014)
• examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe tun- The survey is to include:
nels (if any) for signs of oil leakage or fractures and, in
a) examination of cargo tank gauging devices, high level
particular, the sealing arrangements of penetrations in
alarms and valves associated with overflow control
these bulkheads
b) verification that installed pressure gauges on cargo dis-
• examination of the condition of all piping systems, in
charge lines are properly operational
cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any)
• examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements. c) confirmation that the required gas detection instruments
are on board and satisfactory arrangements have been
made for the supply of any required vapour detection
17.5.3 Machinery - Cargo pump rooms and pipe
tubes
tunnels (1/7/2014)
The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend- d) confirmation that devices provided to measure the tem-
ing Surveyor that no modifications or alterations which perature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfactorily
might impair safety have been made to the various installa- e) check of protection of the cargo pump room, and in par-
tions in dangerous zones without prior approval from the ticular of:
Society.
1) temperature sensing devices for bulkhead glands
The survey is to include: and alarms;
• confirmation that potential sources of ignition in or near 2) interlock between lighting and ventilation;
the cargo pump rooms, such as loose gear, excessive
product in bilge, excessive vapours, combustible mate- 3) gas detection system;
rials, etc., are eliminated and that access ladders are in
satisfactory condition 4) bilge level monitoring devices and alarms.
• examination, as far as practicable, of cargo, bilge, bal- 17.5.5 Machinery - Inert gas system (1/7/2014)
last and stripping pumps for excessive gland seal leak-
age The survey is to include:
• verification of proper operation of electrical and a) external examination of the whole system, to check the
mechanical remote operating and shutdown devices condition of all piping, including vent piping above the
and checking that pump foundations are intact upper deck in the cargo tank area and overboard dis-
charges through the shell so far as practicable, and asso-
• confirmation that the ventilation system, including port- ciated components to verify, in particular, the absence
able equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo area of signs of corrosion and leakage of gas, water or other
liquid from inert gas and water piping systems or from pressure testing, thickness measurement or both may be
the pressure/vacuum breaking device required
b) check of proper operation of both inert gas blowers • confirmation that pipelines are electrically bonded to
the hull or alternatively, verification of electrical resist-
c) check of proper operation of ventilation system required ance to the hull
for scrubber room (if any)
• examination of vent line drainage arrangements.
d) check of deck water seal for automatic water filling and
draining 17.6.2 Machinery - Cargo pump rooms and pipe
tunnels (1/7/2014)
e) check of absence of water carry over in the inert gas The survey is to include:
from the deck water seal and check of the condition of
• a general examination of the electrical equipment and
the non-return valve
cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms
f) check of proper operation of all remotely operated or and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for
automatically controlled valves and, in particular, of the defective and non-certified safe type electrical equip-
flue gas isolating valve located on the inert gas supply ment and fixtures, non-approved lighting and fixtures,
main after the blowers and improperly installed or defective or dead-end wir-
ing
g) check of proper operation of the interlocking feature fit-
ted to prevent soot blowers from operating when the • the verification of electrical insulation resistance of the
inert gas system is working electrical equipment and circuits terminating in or pass-
ing through the dangerous zones; however, in cases
h) check that the gas pressure regulating valve automati- where a proper record of testing is maintained, consid-
cally closes when gas blowers are stopped eration may be given to accepting recent test readings
i) check, as far as practicable and using simulated condi- effected by the ship's personnel
tions where necessary, of the following alarms and • verification of the satisfactory condition of the cargo
safety devices of the inert gas system: heating system.
1) high oxygen content of gas in the inert gas main 17.6.3 Machinery - Inert gas system (1/7/2014)
2) low gas pressure in the inert gas main For units over 10 years old at the time of the intermediate
survey due date, the following is to be carried out:
3) low pressure in the supply to the deck water seal
• main parts such as the scrubber, washing machines,
4) high temperature of gas in the inert gas main, blowers, deck water seal and non-return valve are to be
including automatic shutdown devices opened out as considered necessary and examined
5) low water pressure to the scrubber, including auto- • gas distribution lines and shut-off valves, including soot
matic shutdown devices blower interlocking devices, are to be examined as
deemed necessary
6) accuracy of portable and fixed oxygen measuring
• all automatic shutdown devices and alarms are to be
equipment by means of calibration gases
examined and tested.
7) high water level in the scrubber, including auto-
matic shutdown devices 17.7 Barge-oil - Renewal survey
8) failure of the inert gas blowers
17.7.1 General - Scope of survey (1/7/2014)
9) failure of the power supply to the automatic control In addition to the requirements of annual surveys, the class
system for the gas regulating valve and to the instru- renewal survey is to include examination, tests and checks
mentation for continuous indication and permanent of sufficient extent to ensure that the hull and related pip-
recording of pressure and oxygen content in the ing, as required in [17.7.2], [17.7.3] are in satisfactory con-
inert gas main dition and fit for their intended purpose for the new period
10) high pressure of gas in the inert gas main of class to be assigned, subject to proper maintenance and
operation and to periodical surveys being carried out at the
j) check, when practicable, of the proper operation of the due dates.
inert gas system on completion of the checks listed
above. 17.7.2 Hull - Cargo area and cargo pump rooms
(1/7/2014)
17.6 Barge-oil - Intermediate survey a) Cargo piping on deck, including crude oil washing
(cow) piping, and cargo and ballast piping within the
17.6.1 Hull and weather decks (1/7/2014) cargo area are to be examined and operationally tested
to working pressure to the attending Surveyor's satisfac-
The survey is to include: tion to ensure that their tightness and condition remain
• examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, crude oil satisfactory. Special attention is to be given to any bal-
washing, bunker, ballast, steam and vent piping systems last piping in cargo tanks and cargo piping in ballast
as well as vent masts and headers. If upon examination tanks and void spaces. Surveyors are to be advised on
there is any doubt as to the condition of the piping, all occasions when this piping, including valves and fit-
tings, is opened during repair periods and can be exam- a) an internal examination of:
ined internally. 1) the inert gas generator, where fitted
The Surveyor may require dismantling and/or thickness 2) the scrubber
measurements of piping. A hydraulic test is to be carried 3) the deck water seal including the non-return valve
out in the event of repair or dismantling of cargo, crude 4) the pressure/vacuum breaking device
oil washing, or ballast piping, or where doubts arise.
5) the cooling water systems including overboard dis-
It is to be confirmed that pipelines are electrically charge from the scrubber
bonded to the hull or, alternatively, electrical resistance 6) all valves
to the hull is to be verified.
b) a test to verify the proper operation of the system upon
b) All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are completion of all survey checks.
to be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as
applicable, resealed. 18 Oil Carrier, Palm Oil Carrier
c) All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally 18.1 Annual survey - Hull items
examined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be
examined. The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be 18.1.1 Weather decks (1/7/2014)
presented clean for the examination of stripping devices The survey is to include:
and gutters. • examination of cargo tank openings, including gaskets,
covers, coamings and screens
17.7.3 Machinery - Cargo area and cargo pump • examination of cargo tank pressure/vacuum valves and
rooms (1/7/2014) flame screens
a) Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally exam- • examination of flame screens on vents to all bunker, oily
ined and prime movers checked. A working test is to be ballast and oily slop tanks
carried out, as far as practicable. Maintenance records • examination of cargo, bunker, ballast and vent piping
of cargo pumps are to be made available to the Sur- systems, including remote control valves, safety valves
veyor. and various safety devices, as well as vent masts and
headers
b) Where a crude oil washing system is fitted, piping, • confirmation that wheelhouse doors and windows, side-
pumps, valves and deck-mounted washing machines scuttles and windows in superstructure and deckhouse
are to be examined and tested for signs of leakage, and ends facing the cargo area are in satisfactory condition
anchoring devices of deck-mounted washing machines • confirmation that pumps, valves and pipelines are iden-
are to be checked to the Surveyor's satisfaction. tified and distinctively marked.
c) The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating system is 18.1.2 Cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels
to be verified and, if deemed necessary by the Surveyor, (1/7/2014)
the system is to be pressure tested. The survey is to include:
• examination of all pump room bulkheads and pipe tun-
d) An operating test of the remote control of pumps and nels (if any) for signs of chemical cargo leakage or frac-
valves and of automatic closing valves is to be carried tures and, in particular, the sealing arrangements of
out. penetrations in pump room bulkheads
e) A general examination of the electrical equipment and • examination of the condition of all piping systems, in
cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms cargo pump rooms and pipe tunnels (if any)
and areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for • examination of the bilge and ballast arrangements and
defective and non-certified safe type electrical equip- confirmation that pumps and pipelines are identified.
ment and fixtures, non-approved lighting and fixtures,
and improperly installed or defective or dead-end wir- 18.2 Annual survey - Cargo machinery items
ing. The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical
18.2.1 Cargo area and cargo pump rooms (1/7/2014)
equipment and circuits terminating in or passing
through the dangerous zones is to be tested; however, in The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend-
ing Surveyor that no modifications or alterations which
cases where a proper record of testing is maintained,
might impair safety have been made to the various installa-
consideration may be given to accepting recent test
tions in dangerous zones without prior approval from the
readings effected by the ship's personnel.
Society.
The survey is to include:
17.7.4 Machinery - Inert gas system (1/7/2014)
• confirmation that potential sources of ignition in or near
In addition to the inspections required at the intermediate the cargo pump rooms, such as loose gear, excessive
survey, the following is to be carried out: product in bilge, excessive vapours, combustible mate-
rials, are eliminated and that access ladders are in satis- 18.4 Intermediate survey - Cargo machinery
factory condition items
• examination, as far as practicable, of cargo, bilge, bal-
last and stripping pumps for excessive gland seal leak- 18.4.1 Electrical equipment in dangerous
age, verification of proper operation of electrical and zones (1/7/2014)
mechanical remote operating and shutdown devices A general examination of the electrical equipment and
and operation of pump room bilge system, and check- cables in dangerous zones such as cargo pump rooms and
ing that pump foundations are intact areas adjacent to cargo tanks is to be carried out for defec-
• confirmation that the ventilation system, including port- tive and non-certified safe type electrical equipment, non-
able equipment, if any, of all spaces in the cargo area approved lighting and fixtures, and improperly installed or
(including cargo pump room) is operational, ducting is defective or dead-end wiring.
intact and screens are clean The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical equip-
• confirmation that electrical equipment in dangerous ment and circuits terminating in or passing through the dan-
zones, cargo pump rooms and other spaces is in satis- gerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases where a
factory condition and has been properly maintained proper record of testing is maintained, consideration may
be given to accepting recent test readings effected by the
• confirmation that the remote operation of the cargo ship's personnel.
pump room bilge system is satisfactory
• examination of the cargo heating system 18.4.2 Cargo heating system (1/7/2014)
• examination of the cargo-transfer arrangement and con- The satisfactory condition of the cargo heating system is to
firmation that the ship's cargo hoses are suitable for be verified.
their intended purpose and in satisfactory condition
18.4.3 Inert gas system (1/7/2014)
• confirmation that any special arrangement made for
bow or stern loading/unloading is in satisfactory condi- For ships over 10 years old at the time of the intermediate
tion. survey due date, if an inert gas system such as that installed
on board oil tankers is fitted, the requirements given in
18.2.2 Instrumentation and safety devices (1/7/2014) Sec 3, [5.2] for intermediate survey of oil tankers are to be
complied with.
The survey is to include the following items, as far as
required or fitted:
18.5 Class renewal survey - Hull items
• examination of cargo tank gauging devices, high level
alarms and valves associated with overflow control
18.5.1 Piping (1/7/2014)
• confirmation that installed pressure gauges on cargo Cargo piping on deck, including crude oil washing (cow)
discharge lines are properly operational piping, and cargo and ballast piping within the cargo area
• confirmation that the required gas detection instruments are to be examined and operationally tested to working
are on board and satisfactory arrangements have been pressure to the attending Surveyor's satisfaction to ensure
made for the supply of any required vapour detection that their tightness and condition remain satisfactory. Spe-
tubes cial attention is to be given to any ballast piping in cargo
• confirmation that devices provided to measure the tem- tanks and cargo piping in ballast tanks and void spaces. Sur-
perature of the cargo, if any, operate satisfactorily. veyors are to be advised on all occasions when this piping,
including valves and fittings, is opened during repair peri-
18.2.3 Inert gas system (1/7/2014) ods and can be examined internally.
If an inert gas system such as that installed on board oil The Surveyor may require dismantling and/or thickness
tankers is fitted, the requirements given in Sec 3, [3.3] are to measurements of piping. A hydraulic test is to be carried out
be complied with. in the event of repair or dismantling of cargo, crude oil
washing, or ballast piping, or where doubts arise. It is to be
confirmed that pipelines are electrically bonded to the hull
18.3 Intermediate survey - Hull items or, alternatively, electrical resistance to the hull is to be ver-
18.3.1 (1/7/2014) ified.
The survey is to include:
18.5.2 Safety valves (1/7/2014)
• examination, as far as applicable, of cargo, stripping,
All safety valves on cargo piping and of cargo tanks are to
cargo tank washing, bunker, ballast, steam and vent pip-
be dismantled for examination, adjusted and, as applicable,
ing systems as well as vent masts and headers. If upon
resealed.
examination there is any doubt as to the condition of
the piping, pressure testing, thickness measurement or
18.5.3 Cargo pump rooms (1/7/2014)
both may be required
All cargo pump room boundaries are to be generally exam-
• confirmation that the pipelines are electrically bonded ined. All gas-tight shaft sealing devices are to be examined.
to the hull The bottom of cargo pump rooms is to be presented clean
• examination of vent line drainage arrangements. for the examination of stripping devices and gutters.
18.6 Class renewal survey - Cargo machinery be paid to cargo handling arrangements passing in close
items proximity to accommodation and/or control stations
• verification that, when expected and fitted, special
18.6.1 Pumps (1/7/2014) arrangements to avoid unintentional release of lifted
Ballast and stripping pumps are to be internally examined cargo are maintained and unmodified
and prime movers checked. A working test is to be carried • general examination, as far as applicable, of cargo han-
out. dling system(s) with particular attention to the connec-
Maintenance records of cargo pumps are to be made availa- tion of their foundations to the hull structure
ble to the Surveyor. • general examination of the ship-to-unit mooring
arrangements, including winches, cables, fairleads and
18.6.2 Washing system (1/7/2014) mooring cleats, bumpers, fenders and relevant connec-
Where a crude oil or other kind of washing system is fitted, tion to the hull structures
piping, pumps, valves and deck-mounted washing
• for Transhipping units and Transhipping floating termi-
machines are to be examined and tested for signs of leak-
nals, which are intended to be moored alongside in
age, and anchoring devices of deck-mounted washing
between two other ships (e.g. a barge being discharged
machines are to be checked to the Surveyor's satisfaction.
and a bulk carrier being loaded), examination of the
means of access and verification that they are available
18.6.3 Cargo heating system (1/7/2014)
in all operational conditions.
The apparent satisfactory condition of the cargo heating sys-
tem such as clamping, external condition of piping is to be
verified and, if deemed necessary by the Surveyor, the sys- 19.2 Annual survey - Cargo handling sys-
tem is to be pressure tested. tem(s)
The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical equip- • chain elevators (buckets, pockets, etc..)
ment and circuits terminating in or passing through the dan- • cable elevators (buckets, pockets, etc..)
gerous zones is to be tested; however, in cases where a
• loading and discharging boom(s)
proper record of testing is maintained, consideration may
be given to accepting recent test readings effected by the and combinations of these, have to be annually inspected
ship's personnel. according to the provision in [18.2.2].
19.3 Renewal survey - Hull items 19.4 Renewal survey - Cargo handling sys-
tem(s)
19.3.1 (1/7/2014)
19.4.1 (1/7/2014)
The survey is to include
Survey of the Cargo Handling System(s), as listed in
• examination of cargo handling system(s) with particular [18.2.1], is to include:
attention to the structures pertaining to the system(s), • examination of components of the system(s) in order to
such as pillars, columns, girders, support trusses con- verify their satisfactory condition of maintenance. The
nection of their foundations to the hull structure. The inspections may be supplemented by dismantling of the
examination may be supported by thickness measure- system components as deemed necessary by the sur-
ments as deemed necessary by the surveyor veyor
• examination of hull structures underneath the founda- • examination and working test of the hydraulic oil sys-
tions of the cargo handling system(s) with particular tem, as applicable, pertaining to the cargo handling sys-
attention to the areas where stress concentration or tem(s)
increased corrosion are likely to develop • examination and test of all electrical systems related to
• a general examination of components of the system in the cargo handling system(s). Examination is to be sup-
order to verify their satisfactory condition of mainte- plemented by insulation tests of all electrical equipment
nance • overload test of the cargo handling system (s) to be per-
formed with test loads as expected by the System(s)
• examination of the ship-to-unit mooring arrangements, Manufacturer(s). In the absence of data, the test loads
including winches, cables, fairleads and mooring cleats, should be at least 1.1 times the Safety Working Load
bumpers, fenders and relevant connection to the hull (SWL) of the system. If a Cargo Handling System is
structures, with disassembly as deemed necessary to equipped with a gearing system(s) it is necessary to ver-
verify the condition of the equipment and control and ify, during the test, that each gear tooth is tested under
safety devices testing load(s).
• examination of hull structures underneath the founda- After testing, fixed structures and associated gear are to
tions of the ship-to-unit mooring arrangements with par- be disassembled and examined as deemed necessary by
ticular attention to the areas where stress concentration the surveyor. The tests and inspections are not to reveal
or increased corrosion are likely to develop. deformations or unacceptable defects.
1 Survey reporting principles testing carried out are also to be listed for the use of the next
Surveyors.
1.1 General
1.1.1 (1/7/2006)
1.5 Identification of spaces and areas
As a principle, for ships subject to the requirements of 1.5.1 (1/7/2006)
Sec 2, Sec 3, Sec 4, Sec 5 and Sec 9, the report for surveys The following spaces, locations, structures and systems, as
of hull structure and piping systems, as relevant for the sur- applicable, are to be identified:
vey, is to include the content indicated in this Appendix.
a) the compartments where an overall survey has been
carried out;
1.2 Issue of a survey report
1.2.1 (1/7/2006) b) the locations, in each ballast tank and cargo hold
including hatch covers and coamings, where a close-up
A survey report is to be issued in the following cases:
survey has been carried out, together with information
a) In connection with commencement, continuation and / of the means of access used (see Note 1);
or completion of periodical hull surveys, i.e. annual,
intermediate and class renewal surveys, as relevant c) the locations, in each ballast tank and cargo hold
including hatch covers and coamings, where thickness
b) When structural damage / defects have been found measurements have been carried out (see Note 1);
c) When repairs, renewals or modifications have been car- Note 1: As a minimum, the identification of locations of close-up
ried out survey and thickness measurements is to include a description
of individual structural members corresponding to the extent of
d) When condition of class (recommendation) has been
requirements stipulated in the pertinent Section of this Chapter
imposed or deleted.
based on the type of periodical survey and the ship's age.
Where only partial survey is required owing to the ship's age,
1.3 Purpose of reporting the identification is to include the location within each ballast
tank or cargo hold by reference to frame numbers.
1.3.1 (1/7/2006)
The purpose of reporting is to provide: d) the structures subject to special consideration for those
areas in ballast tanks or cargo holds where protective
a) Evidence that prescribed surveys have been carried out coating is found to be in good condition and the extent
in accordance with applicable classification Rules of close-up survey and / or thickness measurement has
b) Documentation of surveys carried out with findings, been specially considered;
repairs carried out and recommendations imposed or
e) the tanks subjected to tank testing;
deleted
c) Survey records, including actions taken, which are to f) the piping systems on deck, including cargo and crude
form an auditable documentary trail. Survey reports are oil washing (COW) piping and cargo and ballast piping
to be kept in the survey report file required to be on within cargo and ballast tanks and/or holds, as applica-
board ble, pipe tunnels, cofferdams and void spaces where:
d) Information for planning of future surveys 1) examination including internal examination of pip-
ing with valves and fittings and thickness measure-
e) Information which may be used as input for mainte- ment, as relevant, has been carried out;
nance of classification Rules and instructions.
2) an operational test to working pressure has been
1.4 Surveys split between different stations carried out.
1.4.1 (1/7/2006)
1.6 Items surveyed
When a survey is split between different survey stations, a
report is to be made for each portion of the survey. A list of 1.6.1 (1/7/2006)
items surveyed, relevant findings and an indication of
The following items of the survey are to be reported:
whether the item has been credited are to be made availa-
ble to the next attending Surveyor, prior to continuing or a) type, extent and condition of protective coating in each
completing the survey. Thickness measurement and tank tank, as relevant (rated good, fair or poor);
b) structural condition of each compartment with informa- 1.9 List of required repairs
tion on the identified findings, as relevant, such as:
1.9.1 (1/7/2012)
1) corrosion with description of location, type and Whenever the attending Surveyor is of the opinion that
extent repairs are required, each item to be repaired is to be identi-
2) areas with substantial corrosion fied in the survey report.
3) cracks / fractures with description of location and
extent 1.10 List of repairs carried out
4) buckling with description of location and extent 1.10.1 (1/7/2012)
5) indents with description of location and extent Whenever repairs are carried out, details of the repairs
c) compartments where no structural damage / defects effected are to be reported by making specific reference to
have been found the relevant items in the survey report. Repairs carried out
are to be reported with identification of:
The report may be supplemented by sketches and/or photos.
a) compartment
1.7 Thickness measurement report b) structural member
1.7.1 (1/7/2006) c) repair method (i.e. renewal or modification) including:
The thickness measurement report is to be verified and • steel grades and scantlings (if different from the orig-
signed by the Surveyor controlling the measurements on inal),
board. • sketches/photos, as appropriate,
d) repair extent
1.8 Longitudinal strength
e) NDT / Tests.
1.8.1 (1/7/2006)
For oil tankers of both single and double hull construction 1.11 List of repairs not completed
of 130 m in length and upwards and over 10 years of age,
for which the longitudinal strength of the hull girder is to be 1.11.1 (1/7/2006)
evaluated, the following data is to be included, as relevant: For repairs not completed at the time of survey, a recom-
a) measured and as-built transverse sectional areas of deck mendation is to be imposed with a specific time limit for the
and bottom flanges repairs. In order to provide correct and proper information
to the Surveyor attending for survey of the repairs, the rec-
b) diminution of transverse sectional areas of deck and ommendation is to be sufficiently detailed with identifica-
bottom flanges tion of each item to be repaired. For identification of
c) details of renewals or reinforcements carried out, as rel- extensive repairs, reference may be made to the survey
evant (as per [1.10.1]). report.
Chapter 5
SECTION 1 GENERAL
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Table 1 : Additional class notations for which specific survey requirements are applicable (1/7/2013)
PMS See Remarks See Remarks The scope and periodicity of surveys
PMS-CM(PROP) are stipulated by specific require-
PMS-CM(HVAC) ments given in Part F, Chapter 12
PMS-CM(CARGO)
PMS-CM(ELE)
PMS-CM(FDS)
1 General 2 STAR-HULL
2.1
1.1
2.1.1 At each annual survey the Owner or his representa-
1.1.1 (1/7/2008)
tive is to declare to the attending Surveyor that no modifica-
The requirements of this Section apply to ships which have tions have been made to the systems affecting the notations
been assigned one of the following additional class nota- without prior approval by the Society.
tions related to availability of machinery, as described in
Ch 1, Sec 2, [6.3] : 3 Class renewal survey
AVM-APS or AVM-APS-NS
3.1
AVM-IAPS
3.1.1 At each class renewal survey a test is to be con-
AVM-DPS or AVM-DPS-NS ducted in order to ascertain that the systems affecting the
notations operate satisfactorily. This test is usually to be car-
AVM-IPS. ried out during sea trials.
2.1 3.1.1 The requirements given in [2] for annual survey are
to be complied with. An additional program of examina-
2.1.1 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the tions, checks and tests is to be devised in agreement with
attending Surveyor that no significant modifications have the Owner and based on the operational data and experi-
been made without prior approval by the Society. ence of previous surveys. This program is to include verifi-
cation of the calibration of instruments and testing of
2.1.2 The annual survey is to include: control and safety functions of the machinery. The Owner is
• an examination of the engineers’ log-book to verify the to produce evidence that all these checks and tests have
proper operation of automation systems in the period been carried out and this will be verified by the Surveyor at
subsequent to the last survey and measures taken to random. In addition, the proper operation of the control
avoid repetition of any malfunctions or failures which system of propulsion machinery is to be checked during sea
have occurred during the same period trials.
3 Class renewal survey ence of previous surveys. This program is to include verifi-
cation of the calibration of instruments and testing of
control and safety functions of the installation. An addi-
3.1 All notations
tional program of random tests of the systems is to be per-
3.1.1 The requirements given in [2] for annual survey are formed during sea trials.
to be complied with. An additional program of examina- The Owner is to confirm that any modification to the hard-
tions, checks and tests is to be devised in agreement with ware and software is fully documented and properly
the Owner and based on the operational data and experi- recorded.
1 General 2 MON-HULL
• confirmation of the proper operation of the garbage b) for emissions of ozone depleting substances
treatment plant fitted on board • verification of the availability of the operating man-
• verification that the garbage record book is properly ual detailing the procedures to be followed to mini-
filled in mise the risk of releasing ozone depleting
• only for passenger ships other than ro-ro passenger, substances in all the operative and emergency con-
verification that the total quantity of wastes landed ditions
for recycling (Wr) is over the minimum limit fixed by • verification of the annual consumption figures of
CLEAN SEA regulation and of corrective actions refrigerants and of corrective actions undertaken if
undertaken if the minimum limit has not been the 10% limit has been exceeded
reached
c) for emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx)
f) for harmful aquatic organisms in ballast water
• verification of the proper operation of the devices to
• verification that the ballast water exchanges took control NOx emissions
place, during international voyages, at a distance of
more than 200 nautical miles from the nearest land • verification that engine parameters are as specified
or, if not possible, at a distance of more than 50 in the engine technical file
miles from the nearest land in a zone with water • verification of replacements of engine components
depth not less than 200 m with those specified in the engine technical file
• examination of the ballast water treatment system, d) for emissions of sulphur exhaust (SOx)
where fitted, based on the Manufacturer's mainte-
• examination of the exhaust gas cleaning system,
nance instructions
where fitted, based on the Manufacturer's mainte-
g) for harmful substances carried in packaged form nance instructions
• verification, to the Surveyor's satisfaction, that the
e) for emissions from incinerators
harmful substances are properly stowed as specified
in the above documentation • examination of the incinerators in working condi-
tions, including monitoring and control devices.
h) for ship recycling
• verification that the Green Passport is available on
board and verification, to the Surveyor's satisfaction, 4 GREEN PLUS
of proper updating, where the ship has undergone
modification work affecting the Green Passport. 4.1 Annual and class renewal survey
4.1.1 (1/7/2012)
3 CLEAN-AIR The survey is, as far as practicable, to include the following
checks:
3.1 Annual and class renewal survey
a) verification that a responsible person is appointed as
3.1.1 (1/7/2004) Ship Environmental Manager and is present on board,
The survey is, as far as applicable, to include: b) verification that all the additional systems and compo-
a) Certificates and documents nents involved in the ship's environmental index calcu-
• confirmation that the Ship Environmental Manage- lation (see Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1, Tab 2 and Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1,
ment Plan is available on board. [7], if any) are well maintained and in good working
condition;
• confirmation that the "Engine International Air Pollu-
tion Prevention Certificates " (EIAPP Certificate or c) verification that all the additional procedural means
Document of Compliance) are available on board as involved in the ship's environmental index calculation
applicable (see Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1, Tab 2 and Pt F, Ch 7, Sec 1, [7], if
• confirmation that the engine technical file and any) are followed and documented by appropriate
record book are available on board and properly recording;
updated d) verification that adequate training on environmental
• verification that the VCS notation is still granted to issues is planned, carried out and documented for all
the ship (this item applies to ships classed with one the persons on board having influence on the environ-
or more of the following service notations: oil tanker mental behavior of the ship.
- chemical tanker - FLS tanker - liquefied gas carrier
- combination carrier OOC - combination carrier 5 GREEN PLUS T
OBO)
• verification of the records kept on board of the pur-
chase orders and sulphur content check of the fuel
5.1 Annual survey
and of the management of fuels when fuels with dif- 5.1.1 (1/7/2013)
ferent sulphur contents are used The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend-
• confirmation that the Manufacturer's operating man- ing Surveyor that no significant alterations have been made
uals for incinerators are available on board without the prior approval of the Society.
REF-STORE
2.3 Refrigerated spaces
as well as the following specific notations:
2.1.2 The refrigeration installation log-book (or other simi- 2.4 Instrumentation and safety devices
lar record) is to be made available to the Surveyor for exam-
ination of the records since the last survey, and checking 2.4.1 Thermometers used for measurement of temperature
any unusual consumption of refrigerant, breakdown or in refrigerated spaces, air ducts and other elements of the
defective items. installation are to be examined and checked for their accu-
racy. The Surveyor may require the calibration of one or
2.1.3 Decks, bulkheads or ship sides adjacent to refriger- more thermometers and one or more automation devices to
ated spaces are to be checked as far as practicable in order be checked in his presence or, failing this, a certificate of
to verify the absence of cold spots. calibration is to be presented to him.
2.1.4 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the 2.4.2 The following alarm and safety devices are also to be
attending Surveyor that no significant modifications have checked, as required or fitted:
been made to the installations that could affect the class
notations without the prior approval by the Society. • alarm and emergency shutdown devices
2.2.1 Refrigerating machines and related accessories, • access to spaces, with regard to possibilities of escape
including compressors, condensers, pumps and piping are and prevention of personnel being trapped within
to be examined externally and in running condition. Insula- spaces.
2.5.1 The requirements of this item apply to installations 3.2.1 The equipment is to be dismantled to a sufficient
extent to enable the following examinations:
assigned the notation -AIRCONT. They are additional to the
requirements given in [2.1] to [2.4]. • reciprocating compressors: examination of cylinders,
valves, crankshaft, connecting rods, pistons, bearings
and safety devices
2.5.2 The installation is to be visually examined and tested
to verify that the controlled atmosphere system remains sat- • screw compressors, turbo compressors and pumps:
isfactory. The survey is to include the following items: parts subject to wear and tear; the equipment may not
need to be opened up if log-book records and a running
• examination of voyage logs, records of controlled test show proper functioning.
atmosphere zone air-tightness and calibration of instru-
ments 3.2.2 Prime movers of pumps, compressors and fans are to
be examined to the same extent as required in Ch 3, Sec 5,
• confirmation that an operating and safety manual is [3] for similar equipment for the class renewal survey of
available on board, complete and duly endorsed by the machinery.
officers responsible
3.2.3 Condensers and coolers are to be opened up for
• examination of controlled atmosphere zone sealing examination of tube plates, tubes and end covers.
arrangements including cleats and hinges, pressure/vac- Condensers are to be pressure tested to 1,2 times the rated
uum valves, door locks, ventilation of adjacent spaces, working pressure.
warning notices
3.2.4 Insulation of insulated parts (such as piping and pres-
• test to design pressure of controlled atmosphere zones sure vessels) may need to be removed at random, to ascer-
for air-tightness. Tests by ship's staff within one month tain the condition of such parts and of the insulation itself.
prior to the survey may be accepted, based on a written
report by the Master subject to visual inspection con- 3.2.5 The electrical installation of the plant is to be exam-
firming the air-tightness. ined and insulation tests checked.
• operation and performance test of the gas supply equip- 3.2.6 If independent from the electrical installation of the
ment, including controls, alarms, interlocks and safety ship, the generators supplying electrical power to the refrig-
devices erating installation are to be examined to the same extent as
described in Ch 3, Sec 5, [3.6].
• examination and test of ventilation arrangements
including fans as deemed necessary 3.2.7 Sea connections to condenser circulating pumps are
to be opened up and piping examined.
• examination of electrical supply arrangements
3.2.8 Other equipment, such as oil separators on refriger-
• check of gas analysers, analysing equipment and cali-
ant systems, filters and dehydrators, are to be examined to
bration the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
• check of relative humidity sensors and calibration
3.3 Refrigerated spaces
• check of permanent and portable gas monitoring, inclu-
ding calibration, and of personnel safety equipment. 3.3.1 The lining and insulation in the refrigerated spaces
may need to be partly removed for examination of its condi-
tion. The condition of the hull part under the insulation is
3 Class renewal survey then ascertained, as well as that of girders, meat rails, hooks
and coil/cooler supports.
3.1 General 3.3.2 Air coolers and coils are to be examined and pres-
sure tested at the rated working pressure and at 1,2 times
3.1.1 The installation is to be surveyed out of operation in such pressure in the case of hydraulic test after repairs.
order to enable examinations in opened condition of cer-
tain items. 3.3.3 Air cooler fans are to be examined and their prime
movers are to be checked to the same extent as stated in
3.1.2 After completion of these examinations, the installa- [3.2.2].
tion is to be checked while cooling down from the ambient
3.3.4 The electrical installation in the refrigerated spaces is
temperature to the lowest design temperature for the refrig- to be examined and insulation tests checked.
erated spaces. The plant is to be examined for ability to
maintain stable air temperatures and defrosting operation is 3.3.5 Defrosting and heating systems are to be examined
to be checked. to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
3.4 Instrumentation and safety devices 3.5.2 Air compressors, pressure vessels and other equip-
ment are to be examined to the same extent as required in
3.4.1 Pressure relief valves and safety disks are to be Ch 3, Sec 5, [3] for similar equipment for the class renewal
checked. Discharge piping is to be examined with regard to survey of machinery.
integrity and non-obstructed flow.
3.5.3 Each controlled atmosphere zone is to be subjected
3.5 Notation -AIRCONT to an air-tightness test.
1 General 4 SPM
( SAHARA, SAHARA
5 LASHING and ROUTE DEPENDENT
COMF NOISE. LASHING
2 STRENGTHBOTTOM 5.1 General
5.1.1 (1/11/2013)
2.1 Dry-docking survey For the additional class notation ROUTE DEPENDENT
LASHING the approved route or routes, for which the nota-
2.1.1 The reinforced area of bottom plating and internal
tion is granted, may by modified. In this case the Society is
associated structures are to be visually examined for possi-
to be informed in advance and the required modifications
ble deformations, fractures or other damage. If deemed nec-
are to be reflected in the approved documentation (see Pt F,
essary, thickness measurements may be required.
Ch 13, Sec 5, [1]) and are to be confirmed through an on-
board survey having the consistency of a Renewal Survey.
3 GRABLOADING and GRAB [X]
5.2 Class renewal survey
3.1 Class renewal survey 5.2.1 (1/11/2013)
The survey is to include:
3.1.1 The reinforced area of double bottom plating and
adjacent associated structures are to be visually examined a) a review of the required on board documentation (see
for possible deformations, fractures or other damage. If Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 5, [1])
deemed necessary, thickness measurements may be b) a check of the availability of computer and software in
required. the approved edition.
6.1 Annual survey • test of each thrust unit at different loads, pitches and
speeds, and check of monitoring devices
6.1.1 The program of the annual survey may be previously • test of the thrust controls in the different available
agreed with the Society. modes (automatic, semi-automatic, manual), and the
switch over between the different modes
The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend-
ing Surveyor that no significant alterations have been made • test of the different alarms and safety systems, using sim-
without the prior approval of the Society. ulated conditions as necessary
• test of power supply failure and verification of intended
6.1.2 The annual survey is to include: functioning in such cases
• an examination of the log-books to verify the proper • final test to verify the capacity of the system to keep the
operation of systems in the period subsequent to the last ship in the intended position and maintain the heading,
survey and measures taken to avoid repetition of any with related alarm and monitoring devices. The accu-
malfunctions or failures which have occurred during the racy of the system is to be checked and compared with
same period previous results for evaluation of drift
• general examination of visible parts of thrust units, • test of the power management system.
including their prime movers
• general examination of the electrical power system and 7 VCS
switchboards
• general examination of control, monitoring and alarm 7.1 Annual survey
devices
7.1.1 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
• running test of the installation, including random test by
attending Surveyor that no significant modifications have
simulation of different alarms and relevant backup sys-
been made without the prior approval of the Society.
tems and switching modes.
7.1.2 The annual survey is to include:
6.2 Class renewal survey • an examination of the instruction manual to verify the
layout of the complete system and confirm the corre-
6.2.1 In general, the class renewal survey consists of the spondence to the actual system fitted on board
checks detailed in [6.2.3] to [6.2.6]. However, a specific
• a general examination of components of the system
program of the class renewal survey prepared by the Owner
such as vapour piping (including manifold and hoses),
and taking into account the maintenance procedures of the
cargo tank gauging equipment, cargo tank level alarms,
Manufacturers of the system is to be submitted to the Soci-
vapour pressure alarms and vapour balancing, if any, to
ety prior to the survey.
verify their satisfactory condition.
6.2.2 The Owner is to confirm that any modification to the
software is fully documented and properly recorded. 7.2 Class renewal survey
6.2.3 Prime movers of thrust units, electrical installations 7.2.1 The requirements given in [7.1] for annual survey are
and electric power generators are to be surveyed and tested to be complied with. Additionally, the following is to be
to the same extent as required in Ch 3, Sec 5, [3] for similar carried out:
equipment for the class renewal survey of machinery. • a pressure test of the vapour piping, including manifold
and hoses
6.2.4 During the bottom survey in dry condition which is
• a check and test of the instrumentation (cargo tank
to be carried out concurrently with the class renewal survey
gauging equipment, cargo tank level alarms, vapour
(see Ch 3, Sec 5, [2.1]), the thrust units are to be generally
pressure alarms)
examined. Other checks are to be carried out, such as tak-
ing clearances, examination of the orientation device or • an inspection and test of the vapour balancing equip-
variable pitch system, if any, verifying tightness devices, ment, if any
examination of results of lube oil analysis for detection of • a running test of the system.
possible deterioration of internal gears and
bearings. Dismantling of internal parts may be required if
the above examinations are not satisfactory. 8 COVENT
6.2.5 Sensors and position reference systems are to be 8.1 Annual survey
tested to check their accuracy. Failure of sensors is to be
simulated in order to check the related alarm system and 8.1.1 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the
switching logic. Switch over to the different reference sys- attending Surveyor that no significant modifications have
tems is to be checked. been made without the prior approval of the Society.
8.1.2 The annual survey is to include a general examina- 10.2 Intermediate and class renewal surveys
tion of components of the system such as ventilation piping
10.2.1 (1/7/2006)
and fans.
The protective coatings of all water ballast tanks subject to
examination at intermediate and class renewal surveys are
8.2 Class renewal survey to be checked.
10.2.2 (1/7/2006)
8.2.1 The requirements given in [8.1] for annual survey are In addition, where any remarks or damage to the protective
to be complied with. Additionally, the following is to be
coatings have been recorded, the relevant areas inside
carried out:
water ballast tanks are also to be examined.
• an inspection of the components of the system to the 10.2.3 (1/7/2006)
same extent as required in Ch 3, Sec 5, [3] for similar When the coating is found to be in less than GOOD condi-
equipment for the class renewal survey of machinery tion, as defined in Ch 2, Sec 2, [2.2.12], the Owner is to
• a running test of the system. carry out those repairs as required by the attending Surveyor
to restore the coating condition to GOOD at the intermedi-
ate or class renewal surveys. Failure to carry out the above
9 CARGOCONTROL repairs will result in suspension of the additional class nota-
tion COAT-WBT.
9.1 Annual survey
10.3 Coating damage and repairs
9.1.1 The Owner or his representative is to declare to the 10.3.1 (1/7/2006)
attending Surveyor that no significant modifications have The Owner is to keep records and inform the attending Sur-
been made without the prior approval of the Society. veyor at the first subsequent attendance on board about any
damage to the protective coatings which has been found
9.1.2 The annual survey is to include: and left for further inspection or already repaired since the
date of first classification or last intermediate or class
• a general examination of the items of equipment regard-
renewal survey, as applicable. However, where the nature
ing remote control of operations and gauging/alarms
and/or extent of damage to the coating is significant, the
provided for all those parameters that are required to be
Owner is to inform the Society for the attendance of a Sur-
kept under control to verify their satisfactory condition
veyor before repairs are carried out.
• a running test which may be also performed by a spot 10.3.2 (1/7/2006)
check method.
Coating is to be repaired in accordance with the paint Man-
ufacturer's recommendations.
9.2 Class renewal survey The attending Surveyor is to check that damage to the coat-
ing has been properly repaired according to the technical
9.2.1 The requirements given in [9.1] for annual survey are specifications and that it has been restored to GOOD con-
to be complied with. Additionally, the following is to be dition; this may be done during the intermediate or class
carried out: renewal survey, or during an occasional survey, upon the
Owner's request or subject to the decision of the Society.
• a check and test of the instrumentation fitted to the com-
ponents of the system
11 DIVINGSUPPORT
• an overall running test of the system.
14.2 Class renewal survey damage stability and residual structural strength computer-
ized calculation programs.
14.2.1 (1/7/2013)
The class renewal survey is to include: 16 EFFICIENT SHIP (S, DWT)
a) all verifications required at the annual survey
16.1 Annual and class renewal survey
b) verification that the overload test of the equipment fitted
above the deck has been carried out and recorded in the 16.1.1 (1/2/2014)
dedicated certificates/document (applicable to equip- The survey is to include:
ment listed in the cargo gear booklet, "ILO Register", or
analogous document required by the "Rules for loading a) examination of the engineers' log book to ascertain the
and unloading arrangements and for other lifting appli- proper operation of monitoring system in the period
ances on board ships") and that the date of execution is subsequent to the last survey and to verify actions and
within the period of class of the ship. their effectiveness taken to:
c) a close-up examination of all components of the equip- 1) avoid repetition of any malfunctions or failures
ment fitted above the deck and related installation which have occurred during the same time
(applicable to equipment not listed in the cargo gear 2) restore the correct (and efficient) function of the
booklet, "ILO Register", or analogous document monitoring system in case this was necessary
rerquired by the "Rules for loading and unloading
arrangements and for other lifting appliances on board b) examination of the monitoring system, including a ran-
ships"), execution of the overload test. dom check of the proper operation of sensors and
equipment;
Disassembly may be required, depending on the type of
system, when needed to ensure their suitability for fur- c) examination of evidence that maintenance of monitor-
ther use after the overload test. ing system has been carried out in accordance with
maker's instruction.
Where deemed necessary by the Surveyor, non-destruc-
tive tests to measure thickness deterioration or check for In case the fuel consumption is measured through a peri-
fractures or other defects may be required. odic stocktakes of fuel tanks (see Pt F, Ch 13, Sec 19, [5.2]),
the survey is to include the examination of evidence that, in
d) verification of the electrical insulation of the electrical the period subsequent to the last survey, the checks have
devices associated with all the equipment (fitted on been carried out with the frequency and the methodology
deck and/or in cargo holds); described in the procedure previously examined and
accepted by the Society.
e) The electrical insulation resistance of the electrical
equipment and circuits in hazardous areas/dangerous
zones is to be measured. These measurements are only 17 MOORING
to be effected when the ship is in a gas-free or inerted
condition. Where a proper record of testing is main- 17.1 Annual survey
tained, consideration may be given to accepting recent
readings by the ship's personnel. 17.1.1 (1/7/2014)
Reference is also to be made to IACS Recommendation No. The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend-
35 - Inspection and maintenance of electrical equipment ing Surveyor that no significant alterations have been made
installed in hazardous areas without the prior approval of the Society.
17.1.2 (1/7/2014)
15 TAS Scope of the annual survey is to determine the condition of
the mooring system on the basis, as far as practicable, of an
examination of above water items in order to verify their
15.1 Annual survey satisfactory condition.
The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend- • Anchor chain stopper structural arrangements and rele-
ing Surveyor that no significant alterations to the ship's vant foundations
structures and geometry have been made without the prior • Anchor chain catenary angles to verify compliance with
approval of the Society and without updating the electronic design values. In the case of anchor cables, their ten-
format of geometry and structural data. sions are to be checked against allowable tensions
15.1.2 (1/7/2013) • Cable or chain in contact with fairleads, etc.
The annual survey is to include verification that arrange- • Cable or chain in way of winches, stoppers and splash
ments are in place to provide prompt access to shore-based zone.
During the test, it is necessary to verify that each gear The annual survey is to include:
tooth is subjected to stress. • examination, where fitted, of the wooden sheathing pro-
For travelling cranes, the test load is to be traversed tecting the cargo deck
slowly over the full length of the track. • verification from the on-board records that performance
The suspended load is to be as lateral as possible, and it of the fresh water generator(s) is regularly monitored
is to be tested for working on both port and starboard • visual examination of mechanical components used for
sides of the ship. cooling and maintaining an ambient temperature,
Following the overload test, the crane is to be subjected including the test of the audible and visual alarms fitted,
to testing of the brakes for all movements at maximum at a continually manned control station, to indicate any
speed with suspended load. For cranes slewing over a malfunction of the cooling units.
range of 360°, the slewing test includes two complete
turns from starting position. 19.2 Renewal survey
All limit switches are to be tested. 19.2.1 (1/7/2014)
The requirements for annual surveys in [19.1.1] are to be
complied with.
Table 1 (1/7/2014)
19.2.2 (1/7/2014)
Working load P, in kN Test load, in kN Internal examination and working test of fresh water gener-
ator (s), as applicable, pertaining to the cargo handling sys-
P ≤ 200 1,25 P
tem(s).
200 < P ≤ 500 P + 50
P > 500 1,10 P 20 COMF-NOISE
After testing, fixed structures and associated gear are to be 20.1 Renewal survey
disassembled and examined where necessary. The tests and 20.1.1 (1/7/2014)
inspections are not to reveal deformations or unacceptable Verification that the ship has not been subjected to modifi-
defects. cations, refitting or major repairs that may affect its level of
comfort.
19 ( SAHARA and SAHARA In particular, the following items have to be verified:
• main engine(s)
19.1 Annual survey • propulsion shafting and its components such as reduc-
19.1.1 (1/7/2014) tion gear (if fitted), intermediate bearings, etc.
The Owner or his representative is to declare to the attend- • propeller(s)
ing Surveyor that no significant alterations have been made • air-conditioning System(s) and Ventilation System(s),
without the prior approval of the Society. including their intake and delivery ducts or plenum.
Chapter 6
SECTION 1 GENERAL
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Section in
Service or additional notation Ship’s survey items or features concerned
Chapter 6
bulk carrier ESP Sec 2 - Scantlings of transverse bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds
- Allowable hold loading of the foremost cargo hold
- Damage stability
- Intermediate survey in lieu of annual survey in the foremost cargo hold
- Bilge well high water level alarms in all cargo holds
- Longitudinal strength of hull girder
- Scantlings of transverse bulkheads in all cargo holds
- Allowable hold loading in all cargo holds
- Loading conditions, loading manuals and loading instruments
- Strength and securing of small hatches on the exposed fore deck
- Strength requirements for fore deck fittings and equipment
- Cargo hatch cover securing arrangements
- Side shell frames and brackets in cargo holds of single side skin bulk carriers
combination carrier/OBO ESP Sec 2 - Loading conditions, loading manuals and loading instruments
- Strength and securing of small hatches on the exposed fore deck
- Strength requirements for fore deck fittings and equipment
- Side shell frames and brackets in cargo holds of single side skin combination
carriers/OBO
ore carrier ESP Sec 2 - Loading conditions, loading manuals and loading instruments
combination carrier/OOC ESP - Strength and securing of small hatches on the exposed fore deck
- Strength requirements for fore deck fittings and equipment
oil tanker ESP Sec 3 - Safe access to ship’s bow
combination carrier/OBO ESP
combination carrier/OOC ESP
chemical tanker ESP
FLS tanker
liquefied gas carrier
oil tanker ESP Sec 3 - Secondary means of flow in the cargo tank venting systems
combination carrier/OBO ESP
combination carrier/OOC ESP
chemical tanker ESP
FLS tanker
ro-ro passenger ship Sec 4 - Increased stability and watertight integrity
passenger ship - Side Shell Doors and Stern Doors
ro-ro cargo ship - Bow Doors and Inner Doors
general dry cargo ship Sec 5 - Strength and securing of small hatches on the exposed fore deck
- Strength requirements for fore deck fittings and equipment
Ice Class IASuper, IA, IB, IC Sec 6 - a warning triangle and an ice class draught mark at the maximum permissible
ice class draught amidships
1 Requirements for the foremost cargo class renewal survey after the date on which the ship
reaches 10 years of age, whichever occurs first
hold
• for ships which were less than 5 years of age on 1st July
1.1 Application 1998, the date on which the ship reaches 10 years of
age.
1.1.1 (1/7/2001)
The requirements in [1.3], [1.4] and [1.5] apply to all bulk 1.2.2 (1/7/2003)
carriers of 150 m in length and above, in the foremost cargo Completion, prior to 1st July 2003, of an intermediate or
hold, intending to carry solid bulk cargoes having a density class renewal survey with a due date after 1st July 2003,
of 1,78 t/m3, or above, with single deck, topside tanks and cannot be used to postpone compliance. However, comple-
hopper tanks and, for the requirements in [1.3], fitted with tion prior to 1 July 2003 of an intermediate survey whose
vertically corrugated transverse watertight bulkheads window straddles 1 July 2003 may be accepted.
between cargo holds No. 1 and 2 where:
a) the foremost cargo hold is bounded by the side shell 1.3 Scantlings of the transverse bulkhead
only for ships which were contracted for construction
between the two foremost cargo holds
prior to 1 July 1998, and have not been constructed in
compliance with the applicable requirements for new
buildings contracted after that date, and given in Pt E, 1.3.1 The net scantlings of the transverse bulkhead
Ch 4, Sec 3 between the two foremost cargo holds are to be assessed in
accordance with the method given in App 1, [2].
b) the foremost cargo hold is double side skin construction
of less than 760 mm breadth measured perpendicular to In these requirements, homogeneous loading condition
the side shell in ships, the keels of which were laid, or means a loading condition in which the ratio between the
which were at a similar stage of construction, before 1 highest and the lowest filling ratio, evaluated for the two
July 1999 and have not been constructed in compliance foremost cargo holds, does not exceed 1,20, to be corrected
with the applicable requirements for new buildings con- for different cargo densities.
tracted after that date, and given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3.
1.3.2 Thickness measurements are necessary to determine
1.2 Schedule for compliance the general condition of the structure and to define the
extent of possible repairs and/or reinforcements of the verti-
1.2.1 (1/1/2003) cally corrugated transverse watertight bulkhead for verifica-
The requirements in [1.3.1], [1.4.1] and [1.5.1] are to be tion of the compliance with the requirements given in
complied with by the following limit dates: App 1, [2].
• for ships which were 20 years of age or more on 1st July Thickness measurements and assessment of the scantlings
1998, the due date of the first intermediate survey or the are to be carried out for the initial evaluation at the limit
due date of the first class renewal survey, to be held after date as defined in [1.2.1], and thereafter at each subsequent
1st July 1998, whichever comes first class renewal survey for verification of continued compli-
ance with the above-mentioned requirements.
• for ships which were 15 years of age or more, but less
than 20 years on 1st July 1998, the due date of the first
class renewal survey to be held after 1st July 1998, but 1.3.3 Taking into account the buckling criteria applied in
not later than 1st July 2002 App 1, [2] in the evaluation of strength of the bulkhead, it is
essential to determine the thickness diminution at the criti-
• for ships which were 10 years of age or more, but less cal levels shown in Fig 1 and Fig 2.
than 15 years on 1st July 1998, the due date of the first
intermediate survey or the due date of the first class
1.3.4 Thickness measurements are to be carried out at the
renewal survey to be held after the date on which the
levels indicated in [1.3.5]. To adequately assess the scant-
ship reaches 15 years of age, but not later than the date
lings of each individual vertical corrugation, each corruga-
on which the ship reaches 17 years of age
tion flange, web, shedder plate (see App 1, Fig 4 and App 1,
• for ships which were 5 years of age or more, but less Fig 5) and gusset plate (see App 1, Fig 6, App 1, Fig 7 and
than 10 years of age on 1st July 1998, the due date, after App 1, Fig 8) within each of the levels indicated in [1.3.5] is
1st July 2003, of the first intermediate survey or the first to be measured.
1.3.5 The locations at which thickness measurements are 1.4 Allowable hold loading of the foremost
to be carried out are as follows for each of the prescribed cargo hold with the same hold flooded
levels a, b and c:
1.4.1 The loading in the foremost cargo hold is not to
• level a - bulkheads without lower stool (see Fig 1)
exceed the allowable hold loading in the flooded condition.
- the mid-breadth of the corrugation flanges and webs The method of calculation is laid down in App 1, [4].
at approximately 200 mm above the line of shedder In no case is the allowable hold loading in the flooding con-
plates dition to be taken greater than the design hold loading in
the intact condition.
- the middle of gusset plates between corrugation
flanges, where fitted
1.5 Damage stability
- the middle of the shedder plates
1.5.1 Bulk carriers which are subject to compliance with
Figure 1 : Thickness measurement areas of cargo the requirements laid down in [1.3.1] and [1.4.1] are, when
hold transverse bulkhead without lower stool loaded to the summer loadline, to be able to withstand
flooding of the foremost cargo hold in all loading condi-
tions and remain afloat in a satisfactory condition of equi-
librium, as specified in [1.5.2].
- the middle of gusset plates between corrugation 1.5.3 Bulk carriers which have been assigned a reduced
flanges, where fitted freeboard in compliance with the provisions of Regulation
27 of Part 3, Annex I, Chapter III of the International Con-
- the middle of the shedder plates vention on Load Lines, 1966 and Protocol of 1988, as
amended, may be considered as complying with [1.5.1].
Figure 2 : Thickness measurement areas of
cargo hold transverse bulkhead with lower stool 1.6 Alternative requirements
1.6.1 (1/1/2003)
Bulk carriers within the application limits of the provisions
in [1.5.2] which have been constructed with an insufficient
number of transverse watertight bulkheads to satisfy this
level c requirement may be exempted from the application of the
level b requirements given in [1.3.1], [1.4.1] and [1.5.1] provided
that they fulfil those stipulated in [1.6.2], [1.6.3] and
[1.6.4].
1.6.2 (1/7/2001)
For the foremost cargo hold, the additional survey require-
ments given in Ch 4, Sec 2, Tab 1B) are to be included in
the scope of the annual survey.
• level c - bulkheads with or without lower stool (see
Fig 1 and Fig 2) 1.6.3 In all cargo holds, or in cargo conveyor tunnels, as
appropriate, approved bilge well high water level alarms
- the mid-breadth of the corrugation flanges and webs are to be fitted, providing an audible and visual alarm on
at approximately the mid-height of the corrugation. the navigation bridge.
Where the thickness changes within the horizontal levels, 1.6.4 In addition to the bilge well high water level alarms
the thinner plate is to be measured. required as per [1.6.3], all bulk carriers described in [1.1.1]
and to which [1.6.1] applies are to be provided with an
1.3.6 Where necessary, steel renewal and/or reinforce- approved permanent means of detecting the presence of
ments are to meet the requirements given in App 1, [2.6]. water in cargo holds in excess of the small amounts which
may normally be expected in bilge wells. The features of 2 Requirements for all cargo holds
water ingress detectors and their installation on board are
described in [3].
2.1 Application
1.6.5 The requirement given in [1.6.4] is to be complied
2.1.1 (1/7/2001)
with according to the following implementation schedule:
The requirements in [2.2], [2.3], [2.4] are to be complied
• for ships of 20 years of age or more on 1st July 1998, the with in respect of the flooding of any cargo hold of bulk car-
due date of the first intermediate survey or the due date riers of 150 m in length and above, intending to carry solid
of the first class renewal survey, to be held after 1st July
bulk cargoes having a density of 1,0 t/m3, or above, with
1998, whichever comes first
single deck, topside tanks and hopper tanks and, for the
• for ships of 15 years of age or more, but less than 20 requirements in [2.3], fitted with vertically corrugated trans-
years on 1st July 1998, the due date of the first class verse watertight bulkheads, which are contracted for con-
renewal survey to be held after 1st July 1998, but not struction on or after 1 July 1998, except as stipulated below:
later than 1st July 2002
a) Cargo holds of double side skin construction in ships,
• for ships of 10 years of age or more, but less than 15 the keels of which were laid, or which were at a similar
years on 1st July 1998, the due date of the next class stage of construction, before 1 July 1999,
renewal survey after the date on which the ship reaches
b) Cargo holds of double side skin construction of not less
15 years of age, but not later than the date on which the
than 760 mm breadth at any location within the hold
ship reaches 17 years of age
length, measured perpendicular to the side shell in
• for ships less than 10 years of age on 1st July 1998, the ships, the keels of which were laid, or which were at a
date on which the ship reaches 15 years of age. similar stage of construction, before 1 January 2000,
In any event, ships which have already passed their due c) Cargo holds of double side skin construction of not less
date as specified herein are to fulfil this requirement not than 1,000 mm breadth at any location within the hold
later than the first intermediate survey or the first class length, measured perpendicular to the side shell in
renewal survey to be held after 1st January 1999, whichever ships, the keels of which are laid, or which are at a sim-
comes first. ilar stage of construction, on or after 1 January 2000.
1.7 Loading conditions, loading manuals 2.2 Longitudinal strength of hull girder
and loading instruments 2.2.1 (1/7/2001)
The hull girder strength is to be checked for specified
1.7.1 Bulk carriers, ore carriers and combination carriers,
flooded conditions, in each of the cargo and ballast condi-
which are assigned one of the following service notations:
tions considered in the intact longitudinal strength calcula-
• bulk carrier ESP tions.
lowing items located within the forward quarter length (the 6 Cargo hatch cover securing arrange-
ship’s length L is as defined in Pt B, Ch 1, Sec 2, [3.1]):
ments for bulk carriers not built in
• air pipes, accordance with Part B, Ch 9, Sec 7
• ventilator pipes and their closing devices,
• securing of windlasses. 6.1 General
6.1.1 (1/1/2005)
Note 1: If the nominal diameter of the air pipe is 40 or 50 mm (val-
This item provides the strength requirements, and schedule
ues not accepted for new ships), the minimum height of the brack-
for compliance, for steel hatch cover securing devices and
ets to be fitted is 520 mm.
stoppers for cargo hold hatchways No.1 and No.2 which
5.1.2 (1/1/2004) are wholly or partially within 0.25L of the fore perpendicu-
For windlasses, these requirements are additional to those lar, except pontoon type hatch covers (the ship’s length L is
for the anchor and chain performance criteria indicated in as defined in Pt B, Ch 1, Sec 2, [3.1]).
Pt B, Ch 10, Sec 4, [3].
6.2 Application
5.1.3 (1/1/2004)
6.2.1 (1/1/2004)
Where mooring winches are integral with the anchor wind- These requirements apply to all bulk carriers, as defined in
lass, they are to be considered as part of the windlass.
Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3.2], whose hatch covers were not built in
accordance with Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 7.
5.2 Application
5.2.1 (1/7/2005)
6.3 Implementation
6.3.1 (1/1/2004)
For ships that are contracted for construction prior to 1 Jan-
uary 2004, only for air pipes, ventilator pipes and their clos- Ships described in [6.2.1] are to comply with the require-
ing devices on the exposed deck serving spaces forward of ments of this item in accordance with the following sched-
the collision bulkhead, and spaces which extend over this ule:
line aftwards, the requirements are applicable to the follow- • for ships 15 years of age or more on 1 January 2004, by
ing ships of length 100m or more (the ship length is as the due date of the first intermediate or class renewal
defined in Pt B, Ch 1, Sec 2, [3.1]): survey after that date;
• bulk carriers, • for ships 10 years of age or more, but less than 15 years
on 1 January 2004, by the due date of the first class
• ore carriers, and renewal survey after that date;
• combination carriers (see Note 1) • for ships less than 10 years of age on 1 January 2004, by
the date on which the ship reaches 10 years of age.
as defined in Ch 1, Sec 2, [4.3].
Completion prior to 1 January 2004 of an intermediate or
Note 1: This does not apply to the cargo tank venting systems and class renewal survey with a due date after 1 January 2004
the inert gas systems of these ships.
cannot be used to postpone compliance. However, comple-
tion prior to 1 January 2004 of an intermediate survey
5.3 Implementation whose window straddles 1 January 2004 can be accepted.
5.3.1 (1/1/2004)
6.4 Securing Devices
Ships described in [5.2.1] that are contracted for construc-
6.4.1 (1/1/2004)
tion prior to 1 January 2004 are to comply with the require-
ments indicated above in accordance with the following The strength of securing devices is to comply with the fol-
schedule: lowing requirements:
a) Panel hatch covers are to be secured by appropriate
• for ships 15 years of age or more on 1 January 2004, by
devices (bolts, wedges or similar) suitably spaced along-
the due date of the first intermediate or class renewal
side the coamings and between cover elements.
survey after that date;
Arrangement and spacing are to be determined with
• for ships 10 years of age or more, but less than 15 years due attention to the effectiveness for weather-tightness,
on 1 January 2004, by the due date of the first class depending upon the type and the size of the hatch
renewal survey after that date; cover, as well as on the stiffness of the cover edges
• for ships less than 10 years of age on 1 January 2004, by between the securing devices.
the date on which the ship reaches 10 years of age. b) The net sectional area of each securing device is to be
not less than:
Completion prior to 1 January 2004 of an intermediate or
A =1,4 a /f (cm2)
class renewal survey with a due date after 1 January 2004
cannot be used to postpone compliance. However, comple- where:
tion prior to 1 January 2004 of an intermediate survey a : spacing between securing devices not to be
whose window straddles 1 January 2004 can be accepted. taken less than 2 m
Completion prior to 1 July 2005 of an intermediate or 7.5.2 Criteria for webs (shear and other
renewal survey with a due date after 1 July 2005 cannot be checks) (1/7/2008)
used to postpone compliance. However, completion prior The webs of side shell frames and brackets are to be
to 1 July 2005 of an intermediate survey the window for renewed when the measured thickness (tM) is equal to or
which straddles 1 July 2005 can be accepted. less than the thickness (tREN) as defined below:
tREN is the greatest of:
7.4 Ice strengthened ships • tCOAT - tC
7.4.1 (1/7/2005) • 0,75 tAB
Where ships are reinforced to comply with an ice class • tREN,d/t (applicable to zones A and B only)
notation, the intermediate frames are not to be included • tREN,S (where required by [7.5.2] b).
when considering compliance with the requirements of this
item. a) Thickness criteria based on d/t ratio:
Subject to (2) and (3) below, tREN,d/t is given by the fol- of inertia is such as to avoid undesirable flexibility of
lowing equation: the side shell, when their web as-built thickness tAB
tREN,d/t = (web depth in mm) / R is greater than 1,65 .tREN,S, the thickness tREN,d/t may
be taken as the value t'REN,d/t obtained from the fol-
where R is equal to:
lowing equation:
• 65 k0,5 for symmetrically flanged frames
3 2
• 55 k0,5 for asymmetrically flanged frames t′ REN, d ⁄ t = t REN, d ⁄ t t REN, S
and for the lower brackets (see (1) below): where tREN,S is obtained from [7.6.6].
• 87 k0,5 for symmetrically flanged frames b) Thickness criteria based on shear strength check
• 73 k0,5 for asymmetrically flanged frames Where tM in the lower part of side frames, as defined in
where k = 1,0 for ordinary hull structural steel and Fig 3, is equal to or less than tCOAT, tREN,S is to be deter-
according to Pt B, Ch 4, Sec 1, [2.3] for higher tensile mined in accordance with [7.6.6].
steel.
c) Thickness of renewed webs of frames and lower brack-
In no instance is tREN,d/t for lower integral brackets to be ets
taken as less than tREN,d/t for the frames they support.
Where steel renewal is required, the renewed webs are
1) Lower brackets to be of a thickness not less than tAB , 1,2tCOAT or 1,2 tREN,
Lower brackets are to be flanged or a face plate is to whichever is the greatest.
be fitted, refer to [7.5.3].
d) Criteria for other measures
In calculating the web depth of the lower brackets,
the following will apply: When tREN < tM = tCOAT, measures are to be taken, con-
sisting of all the following:
• The web depth of lower bracket may be meas-
ured from the intersection of the sloped bulk- 1) sandblasting, or equivalent, and coating (see
head of the hopper tank and the side shell plate, [7.5.4]),
perpendicularly to the face plate of the lower 2) fitting tripping brackets (see [7.5.5]), when the above
bracket (see Fig 5). condition occurs for any of the side frame zones A,
• Where stiffeners are fitted on the lower bracket B, C and D, shown in Fig 3. Tripping brackets not
plate, the web depth may be taken as the dis- connected to flanges are to have soft toe, and the
tance between the side shell and the stiffener, distance between the bracket toe and the frame
between the stiffeners, or between the outermost flange is not to be greater than about 50 mm; see
stiffener and the face plate of the brackets, Fig 6.
whichever is the greatest.
3) maintaining the coating in "as-new" condition (i.e.
2) Tripping bracket alternative without breakdown or rusting) at class renewal and
When tM is less than tREN,d/t at section b) of the side intermediate surveys.
frames, tripping brackets in accordance with [7.5.5] The above measures may be waived if the structural
may be fitted as an alternative to the requirements members show no thickness diminution with respect to
for the web depth to thickness ratio of side frames, in the as-built thicknesses and coating is in "as-new" con-
which case tREN,d/t may be disregarded in the deter- dition (i.e. without breakdown or rusting).
mination of tREN in accordance with [7.5.2]. The
When the measured frame web thickness tM is such that
value of tM is to be based on zone B according to
tREN < tM ≤ tCOAT and the coating is in good condition,
Appendix 2 (see Fig 3).
sand blasting and coating as required in d) 1) above may
3) Immediately abaft collision bulkhead be waived even if not found in "as-new" condition, as
For side frames, including the lower bracket, located defined above, provided that tripping brackets are fitted
immediately abaft the collision bulkhead, whose and the coating damaged in way of the tripping bracket
scantlings are increased in order that their moment welding is repaired.
Figure 3 : Lower part of side frames (1/1/2004) In the case of integral brackets, when the criteria in [7.5.1]
to [7.5.3] are not satisfied for zone A or B, steel renewal,
sandblasting and coating, as applicable, are to be carried
out for both zones A and B.
In the case of separate brackets, when the criteria in [7.5.1]
to [7.5.3] are not satisfied for zone A or B, steel renewal,
sandblasting and coating are to be carried out for each of
0,25 h
D these zones, as applicable.
When steel renewal is required for zone C according to
[7.5.1] to [7.5.3], it is to be done for both zones B and C.
When sandblasting and coating are required for zone C
according to [7.5.1] to [7.5.3], they are to be carried out for
zones B, C and D.
h
C
When steel renewal is required for zone D according to
[7.5.1] to [7.5.3], it needs only to be carried out for this
zone. When sandblasting and coating are required for zone
D according to [7.5.1] to [7.5.3], they are to be carried out
0,25 h
Representative thickness measurements are to be taken for The thickness of the tripping brackets is to be not less than
each zone and they are to be assessed against the criteria in the as-built thickness of the side frame webs to which they
[7.5.1] to [7.5.3]. are connected.
When zone B is made up of different plate thicknesses, the Double continuous welding is to be adopted for the con-
lesser thickness is to be used for the application of the nections of tripping brackets to the side shell frames and
requirements in item [7]. shell plating.
Where side frames and side shell are made of Higher 7.6.2 Load model - Loading conditions (1/7/2008)
Strength Steel (HSS), Normal Strength Steel (NSS) tripping The following loading conditions are to be considered:
brackets may be accepted, provided the electrodes used for
a) Homogeneous heavy cargo (density greater than 1,78
welding are those required for the particular HSS grade, and
t/m3)
the thickness of the tripping brackets is equal to the frame
web thickness, regardless of the frame web material. b) Homogeneous light cargo (density less than 1,78 t/m3)
c) Non-homogeneous heavy cargo, if allowed
7.5.6 Weld throat thickness (1/1/2004)
d) Multiport loading/unloading conditions need not be
In the case of steel renewal, the welded connections are to
considered.
comply with the requirements in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [10.1].
7.6.3 Load model - Forces (1/1/2004)
7.5.7 Pitting and grooving (1/1/2004)
The forces Pfr,a and Pfr,b, in kN, to be considered for the
If pitting intensity is higher than 15% in an area (see Fig 7),
thickness measurement is to be taken to check pitting corro- strength checks at sections a) and b) of side frames (speci-
sion. fied in Fig 4; in the case of separate lower brackets, section
b) is at the top of the lower brackets), are given by:
The minimum acceptable remaining thickness in pits or
grooves is equal to: P fr, a = P S + max ( P1, P 2 )
• 75% of the as-built thickness, for pitting or grooving in h – 2h
P fr, b = P fr, a ------------------B
the frame and brackets, webs and flanges h
• 70% of the as-built thickness, for pitting or grooving in where:
the side shell, hopper tank and topside tank plating PS : still water force, in kN given by:
attached to the side frame, over a width up to 30 mm
p S, U + p S, L
from each side of it. • p S = sh ------------------------
- when the upper end of
2
7.5.8 Renewal of all frames in one or more cargo the side frame span h (see Fig 3) is below the
holds (1/7/2006) load waterline
When all frames in one or more holds are required to be
p S, L
renewed according to item [7], compliance with the • p S = sh′ -------- when the upper end of the
2
requirements in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [3.2] and Pt E, Ch 4,
Sec 3, [6.2] may be accepted in lieu of compliance with the side frame span h (see Fig 3) is at or above
requirements in item [7], provided that: the load waterline
• it is applied at least to all the frames of the hold(s) p1 : wave force, in kN, in head sea given by:
• the coating requirements for side frames of "new ships" p 1, U + p 1, L
sh = ------------------------
-
are complied with 2
• the section modulus of side frames is calculated accord- p2 : wave force, in kN, in beam sea given by:
ing to the requirements in Pt B, Ch 7, Sec 2 or Pt B,
p 2, U + p 2, L
Ch 8, Sec 4, as applicable. sh = ------------------------
-
2
7.5.9 Renewal of damaged frames (1/7/2008)
h, hB : side frame span and lower bracket length, in m,
In the event of renewal of a damaged frame already com- defined in Fig 3 and Fig 4, respectively
plying with item [7], the following requirements apply:
h’ : distance, in m, between the lower end of side
a) The conditions accepted in compliance with item [7] frame span h (see Fig 7) and the load waterline
are to be restored as a minimum.
s : frame spacing, in m
b) For localised damage, the extension of the renewal is to
pS,U, p2,L : still water pressure, in kN/m2, at the upper and
be carried out according to the standard practice of the
lower ends of the side frame span h (see Fig 3),
Society.
respectively
p1,U, p1,L : wave pressure, in kN/m2, as defined in [7.6.4] a)
7.6 Strength check criteria
below for the upper and lower ends of the side
7.6.1 General (1/1/2004) frame span h, respectively
In general, loads are to be calculated and strength checks p2,U, p2,L : wave pressure, in kN/m2, as defined in [7.6.4] b)
are to be carried out for the aft, middle and forward frames below for the upper and lower ends of the side
of each hold. The scantlings required for frames in interme- frame span h, respectively.
diate positions are to be obtained by linear interpolation
between the results obtained for the above frames. 7.6.4 Load model - Wave pressure (1/1/2004)
When scantlings of side frames vary within a hold, the a) Wave pressure p1
required scantlings are also to be calculated for the mid- The wave pressure p1, in kN/m2, at and below the water-
frame of each group of frames having the same scantlings. line is given by:
The scantlings required for frames in intermediate positions
B
are to be obtained by linear interpolation between the p 1 = 1, 50 p 11 + 135 ------------------------- – 1, 2 ( T – z )
2 ( B + 75 )
results obtained for the calculated frames.
50c r 0, 5B + k
- + C B ------------------------f 0, 7 + 2 ---
z
p 2 = 13, 0 0, 5B ------------------------
2 ( B + 75 ) 14 T Between the above specified points, ks is to
be interpolated linearly
The wave pressure p2, in kN/m2, above the waterline is
given by: kf : 0,8 C
2k f
1, 25 – 0, 025 -------------
Cr :
- k 1000k P
GM
s fr, b
• at section b): t REN, Sb = ---------------------------
-
d b sin φτ a
k : • 1,2 for ships without bilge keel
where:
• 1,0 for ships with bilge keel
kS : shear force distribution factor, to be taken equal
kr : roll radius of gyration. If the actual value of to 0,6
kr is not available:
Pfr,a, Pfr,b : forces defined in [7.6.3]
• 0,39 B for ships with even distribution of
mass in transverse section (e.g. alternate da, db : bracket and frame web depth, in mm, at sec-
heavy cargo loading or homogeneous tions a) and b), respectively (see Fig 4); in the
light cargo loading) case of separate (non integral) brackets, db is to
be taken as the minimum web depth deducting
• 0,25 B for ships with uneven distribution possible scallops
of mass in transverse section (e.g. homo-
genous heavy cargo distribution) φ : angle between frame web and shell plate
GM : 0,12 B if the actual value of GM is not avail- τa : allowable shear stress, in N/mm2, defined in
able [7.6.5].
hB
da d b = frame web depth
Section a)
Figure 5 : Definition of the lower bracket web depth section modulus, in cm3, of the brackets and side frames at
for determining tREN,S (1/1/2004) sections a) and b) is to be not less than:
1000P h fr, a
• at section a): Z a = --------------------------
-
m a σa
1000P fr, a h
• at section b): Z b = ---------------------------
m b σa
where:
LOWER BRACKET Pfr,a : force defined in [7.6.3]
90° WEB DEPTH
h : side frame span, in m, defined in Fig 3
σa : allowable normal stress, in N/mm2, defined in
[7.6.5]
ma, mb : bending moment coefficients defined inTab 3.
The actual section modulus of the brackets and side frames
is to be calculated about an axis parallel to the attached
SOFT T OE plate, based on the measured thicknesses. For pre-calcula-
tions, alternative thickness values may be used, provided
they are not less than:
• tREN, for the web thickness
• the minimum thicknesses allowed by the Society
renewal criteria for flange and attached plating.
ma mb
Tripping brackets
- 50 mm
15% SCATTERED
3 Side Shell Doors, Stern Doors, Bow 3.2 Bow Doors and Inner Doors
Doors and Inner Doors 3.2.1 (1/7/2001)
The structural condition of bow doors and inner doors,
3.1 Side Shell Doors and Stern Doors especially the primary structure, the securing and support-
ing arrangements and the hull structure alongside and
3.1.1 (1/7/2001) above the doors, are to be specially examined and any
defects rectified.
The structural condition of side shell doors and stern doors,
especially the primary structure, the securing and support- 3.2.2 (1/7/2001)
ing arrangements and the hull structure alongside and
above the doors, are to be specially examined and any The requirements of Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [8] concerning oper-
ating procedures of the bow doors and inner doors are to be
defects rectified.
complied with.
3.1.2 (1/1/2005)
3.2.3 (1/1/2005)
The following measures are to be complied with by all The following measures are to be complied with by all
existing ro-ro passenger ships with the date of building existing ro-ro passenger ships with the date of building
before 30th June 1996, including ships only engaged on before the 30th June 1996 including ships only engaged on
domestic sea voyages unless otherwise decided by the com- domestic sea voyages, unless otherwise decided by the
petent flag Administrations. competent flag Administrations.
a) The structural arrangement of securing devices and sup- a) The location and arrangement of inner doors are to
porting devices of inwards opening doors in way of comply with the applicable requirements of the SOLAS
these securing devices and, where applicable, of the Convention and with Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [1.3.4].
surrounding hull structure is to be re-assessed in accord-
b) Ships with visor door are to comply with Pt B, Ch 9,
ance with the applicable requirements of Pt B, Ch 9,
Sec 5, [5.2.7] requiring redundant provision of securing
Sec 6, [4] and modified accordingly.
devices preventing the upward opening of the bow
b) The securing and locking arrangements for side shell door. In addition, where the visor door is not self-clos-
ing under external loads (i.e. the closing moment My
doors and stern doors which may lead to the flooding of
calculated in accordance with Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [2.1.3]
a special category space or ro-ro cargo space as defined
is less than zero) then the opening moment Mo is not to
in Pt E, Ch 12, Sec 2, [1.2.7] are to comply with the fol-
be taken less than -My. If drainage arrangements in the
lowing requirements:
space between the inner and bow doors are not fitted,
- separate indicator lights and audible alarms are to the value of Mo is to be specially considered. Where
be provided on the navigation bridge and on each available space above the tank top does not enable the
operating panel to indicate that the doors are closed full application of Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [5.2.7], equivalent
and that their securing and locking devices are prop- measures are to be taken to ensure that the door has
erly positioned, positive means for being kept closed during seagoing
operation.
- the indication panel is to be provided with a lamp
c) Ships with visor door are to comply with Pt B, Ch 9,
test function. It is not to be possible to turn off the
Sec 5, [5.2.8] requiring securing and supporting devices
indicator light,
excluding hinges to be capable of bearing the vertical
- the indication panel on the navigation bridge is to design force (Fz - 10W) without exceeding the permissi-
be equipped with a mode selection function "har- ble stresses given in Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5, [6.1.1].
bour/sea voyage", so arranged that audible alarm is d) For side-opening doors, the structural arrangements for
given if the vessel leaves harbour with side shell or supporting vertical loads, including securing devices,
stern doors not closed or with any of the securing supporting devices and, where applicable, hull structure
devices not in the correct position, above the door, are to be re-assessed in accordance
with the applicable requirements of Pt B, Ch 9, Sec 5,
- a water leakage detection system with audible alarm
[5] and modified accordingly.
and television surveillance is to be arranged to pro-
vide an indication to the navigation bridge and to e) The securing and locking arrangements for bow doors
the engine control room of any leakage through the and inner doors which may lead to the flooding of a
doors. special category space or ro-ro space as defined in Pt E,
Ch 12, Sec 2, [1.2.7] are to comply with the following
3.1.3 (1/7/2001) requirements:
Documented operating procedures for closing and securing • Separate indicator lights and audible alarms are to
side shell and stern doors are to be kept on board and be provided on the navigation bridge and on each
posted at the appropriate places. panel to indicate that the doors are closed and that
their securing and locking devices are properly posi- given if the vessel leaves harbour with the bow
tioned. doors or inner doors not closed or with any of the
• The indication panel is to be provided with a lamp securing devices not in the correct position.
test function. It is not to be possible to turn off the • A water leakage detection system with audible
indicator light. alarm and television surveillance is to be arranged
• The indication panel on the navigation bridge is to to provide an indication to the navigation bridge and
be equipped with a mode selection function "har- to the engine control station of any leakage through
bour/sea voyage", so arranged that audible alarm is the doors.
• for ships less than 10 years of age on 1 January 2004, by the due date of the end of the five-year class period, which-
the date on which the ship reaches 10 years of age. ever comes first after 1 July 2005. In this connection:
• all items credited for continuous survey within the 15
Completion prior to 1 January 2004 of an intermediate or months prior to the date of changeover may be accepted
class renewal survey with a due date after 1 January 2004 without further survey at the Surveyor's discretion; and
cannot be used to postpone compliance. However, comple-
• all other items are to be surveyed and credited at the
tion prior to 1 January 2004 of an intermediate survey
date of changeover.
whose window for straddles 1 January 2004 can be
accepted.
3.1 General
3.1.1 (1/7/2005)
The changeover from the continuous survey system to the
normal class renewal survey system is to be carried out no
later than the due date of the next intermediate survey, or
1 General For ICE CLASS IA SUPER, for ships without a bulb, C1 and
C2 are to be calculated as follows:
1.1 Definitions
BL
1.1.1 (1/7/2005) C 1 = f 1 ----------------- + 1, 84 ( f 2 B + f 3 L + f 4 BL )
T
For general information and definitions, see Pt F, Ch 9, 2 --- + 1
B
Sec 1, [3.1.1]
2
C 2 = 3, 52 ( g 1 + g 2 B ) + g 3 1 + 1, 2 --- -------
1.2 Application T B
B L
1.2.1 (1/7/2005)
Ships which have been assigned the additional class nota- For ICE CLASS IA SUPER, for ships with a bulb, C1 and C2
tions ICE CLASS IB or ICE CLASS IC, the keel of which was are to be calculated as follows:
laid or was at a similar stage of construction before 1st Sep-
tember 2003, are to comply with the requirements indi- BL
cated in [2.1.1]. C 1 = f 1 ----------------- + 2, 89 ( f 2 B + f 3 L + f 4 BL )
T
2 --- + 1
1.2.2 (1/7/2005) B
Ships which have been assigned the additional class nota-
tions ICE CLASS IA SUPER or ICE CLASS IA, the keel of 2
C 2 = 6, 67 ( g 1 + g 2 B ) + g 3 1 + 1, 2 --- -------
T B
which was laid or was at a similar stage of construction B L
before 1st September 2003, are to comply with the require-
ments indicated in [2.1.2]. C3= 460 kg/m2s2
C4= 18,7 kg/m2s2
2 Requirements to retain ICE CLASS
C5= 825 kg/s2
notations
f1 = 10,3 N/m2
2.1 General f2 = 45,8 N/m
2.1.1 (1/7/2005) f3 = 2,94 N/m
Ships referred to in [1.2.1] are to comply with the provi- f4= 5,8 N/m2
sions of Pt F, Ch 9, Sec 1, [3.1.2] of RINA Rules, 2000 edi-
tion, in order to retain their additional class notations ICE g1 = 1530 N
CLASS IB or ICE CLASS IC. g2 = 170 N/m
2.1.2 (1/7/2005) g3 = 400 N/m 1,5
Ships referred to in [1.2.2] are to comply with the provi-
sions of Pt F, Ch 9, Sec 1, [3.1.2], in order to retain their
3
additional class notations ICE CLASS IA SUPER or ICE LT
------ is not to be taken less than 5 or more than 20
B2
CLASS IA, no later than the following dates:
• 1st January 2005 or The other parameters are those defined in Pt F, Ch 9, Sec 1
• 1st January in the year when 20 years have elapsed
since the ship was delivered, 3 Other methods of determining KC or
whichever occurs the later. RCH
When, for an existing ship, the values for some of the hull
form parameters required for the calculation method in Pt F, 3.1 General
Ch 9, Sec 1, [3.1.2] are difficult to obtain, the following
alternative formulae can be used: 3.1.1 (1/7/2005)
For an individual ship, in lieu of the KC or RCH values
R CH = C 1 + C 2 + C 3 ( H F + H M ) 2 ( B + 0, 658H F ) defined in Pt F, Ch 9, Sec 1, [3.1.2], the Society may
LT 3 B
approve the use of KC values based on more exact calcula-
+ C 4 LH 2F + C 5 ------2 --- tions or RCH values based on model tests. Such approval will
B 4
be given on the understanding that it may be revoked if
The parameters in the above formula are given below. experience of the ship's performance in practice warrants
For ICE CLASS IA, C1 and C2 are to be taken as zero. this.
4 Draught limitation in ice The upper edge of the warning triangle is to be located ver-
tically above the "ICE" mark, 1000 mm higher than the sum-
mer load line in fresh water but in no case higher than the
4.1 Warning triangle
deck line. The sides of the triangle are to be 300 mm in
4.1.1 (1/7/2007) length.
For ships built before 1 July 2007, if the UIWL (see Pt F,
The ice class draught mark is to be located 540 mm abaft
Ch 9, Sec 1, [2.1.1]) is below the summer load line, the
the centre of the load line ring or 540 mm abaft the vertical
ship's sides are to be provided with a warning triangle and
line of the timber load line mark, if applicable.
with an ice class draught mark at the maximum permissible
ice class draught amidships (see Fig 1), not later than the The marks and figures are to be cut out of 5 - 8 mm plate
first scheduled dry docking after 1 July 2007. The purpose and then welded to the ship's side. The marks and figures
of the warning triangle is to provide information on the are to be painted in a red or yellow reflecting colour so that
draught limitation of the ship when it is sailing in ice for they are plainly visible even in ice conditions.
Masters of icebreakers and for inspection personnel in The dimensions of all figures are to be the same as those
ports. used in the load line mark.
300
ICE 25
1000
540 mm aft
F
R I S
ICE
25
230
hf
D
df
hl
V
dl
P
V = Volume of cargo
P = Calculation point
2.2.3 Pressure in the flooded hold: bulk cargo ρc : Bulk cargo density, in t/m3
loaded hold perm : Permeability of cargo, to be taken as 0,3 for
Two cases are to be considered, depending on the values of ore (corresponding bulk cargo density for
dl and df , dl (see Fig 1) being a distance from the base line iron ore may generally be taken as 3,0 t/m3)
given, in m, by: hl : Vertical distance, in m, from the calculation
Mc v LS b HT point to a level located at a distance dl , as
d l = ------------ - + ( h H T – h DB ) -------
- + ------ - + h DB
ρc l c B lc B B defined above, from the base line (see Fig 1)
where: γ : γ = 45° - (φ/2)
Mc : Mass of cargo, in t, in the foremost cargo hold φ : Angle of repose of the cargo, in degrees,
and may generally be taken as 35° for iron
ρc : Bulk cargo density, in t/m3
ore.
lc : Length of the foremost cargo hold, in m
The force Fc,f , in kN, acting on a corrugation is given by:
B : Ship’s breadth amidships, in m
( d f -d l ) 2 ρg ( df -d l ) + ( p c, f ) le
vLS : Volume, in m3, of the bottom stool above the F c, f =s 1 ρg ------------------
- + ---------------------------------------------- ( d l -h DB -h LS )
2 2
inner bottom
where:
hHT : Height of the hopper tanks amidships, in m,
from the base line s1 : Spacing of corrugations, in m (see Fig 2)
hDB : Height of the double bottom, in m ρ, g, dl, hDB : As given above
bHT : Breadth of the hopper tanks amidships, in m. df : As given in [2.2.2]
(pc,f)le : Pressure, in kN/m2, at the lower end of the
a) Case when df ≥ dl
corrugation
At each point of the bulkhead located at a distance
hLS : Height of the lower stool, in m, from the
between dl and df from the base line, the pressure pc,f , in
inner bottom.
kN/m2, is given by:
b) Case when df < dl
p c, f = ρgh f
At each point of the bulkhead located at a distance
where: between df and dl from the base line, the pressure pc,f , in
ρ : Sea water density, in t/m3 kN/m2, is given by:
g : 9,81 m/s2, gravity acceleration p c, f = ρ c gh l tan2 γ
hf : Flooding head as defined in [2.2.2]. where:
At each point of the bulkhead located at a distance ρc, g, hl, γ : as given in a) above
lower than dl from the base line, the pressure pc,f , in At each point of the bulkhead located at a distance
kN/m2, is given by: lower than df from the base line, the pressure pc,f , in
p c, f = ρgh f + [ ρ c – ρ ( 1 – perm ) ]ghl tan2 γ kN/m2, is given by:
where: p c, f = ρgh f + [ ρ c h l – ρ ( 1 – perm )h f ]g tan2 γ
ρ, g, hf : As given above where:
ρ, g, hf, ρc, hl, perm, γ : as given in a) above 2.2.7 Resultant pressure in non-homogeneous
loading conditions
The force Fc,f , in kN, acting on a corrugation is given by:
At each point of the bulkhead structures, the resultant pres-
( dl – df )2
- tan2 γ
F c, f = s 1 ρ c g --------------------- sure p, in kN/m2, to be considered for the scantlings of the
2
bulkhead is given by:
ρ c g ( d l – d f ) tan2 γ + ( p c, f )
+s 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------le- ( d f – h DB – h LS )
2 p = pc,f
where: F = Ff
Shedder Plates
When 50
n
S1 tf
(∗): For the definition of , the internal end of the upper stool is not to be taken more than a distance from the deck at the centreline equal to:
- three times the depth of corrugations, in general
- twice the depth of corrugations, for rectangular stool.
Requirements for local net plate thickness are given in the section modulus Zle , in cm3, is to be taken not larger
[2.4.8]. than the value Z’le , in cm3, given by:
In addition, the criteria given in [2.4.2] and [2.4.5] are to be
′ Qh g – 0, 5h g2 s 1 p g
complied with. Z le = Z g + 10 3 ------------------------------------------
-
σa
Where the corrugation angle φ shown in Fig 2 is less than
50°, a horizontal row of staggered shedder plates is to be fit- where:
ted at approximately mid-depth of the corrugations (see Zg : Section modulus of one half pitch corrugation,
Fig 2) to help preserve dimensional stability of the bulkhead in cm3, according to [2.4.4], in way of the upper
under flooding loads. The shedder plates are to be welded end of shedder or gusset plates, as applicable
to the corrugations by double continuous welding, but they
are not to be welded to the side shell. Q : Shear force, in kN, as given in [2.3.3]
The thicknesses of the lower part of corrugations considered hg : Height, in m, of shedders or gusset plates, as
in the application of [2.4.2] and [2.4.3] are to be main- applicable (see Fig 4, Fig 5, Fig 6, Fig 7 and
tained for a distance from the inner bottom (if no lower Fig 8)
stool is fitted) or the top of the lower stool not less than
s1 : As given in [2.2.3] a)
0,15.
pg : Resultant pressure, in kN/m2, as defined in
The thicknesses of the middle part of corrugations consid-
[2.2.6] and [2.2.7], calculated in way of the
ered in the application of [2.4.2] and [2.4.4] are to be main-
middle of the shedders or gusset plates, as
tained to a distance from the deck (if no upper stool is fitted)
applicable
or the bottom of the upper stool not greater than 0,3.
σa : Allowable stress, in N/mm2, as given in [2.4.5].
2.4.2 Bending capacity and shear stress τ
Stresses τ are obtained by dividing the shear force Q by the
The bending capacity is to comply with the following rela- shear area. The shear area is to be reduced in order to
tionship: account for possible non-perpendicularity between the cor-
rugation webs and flanges. In general, the reduced shear
M
10 3 --------------------------------------------------- ≤ 1, 0 area may be obtained by multiplying the web sectional area
0, 5Z le σ a, le + Z m σ a, m
by (sinφ), φ being the angle between the web and the flange.
where:
When calculating the section moduli and the shear area,
M : Bending moment, in kN.m, as given in [2.3.2] the net plate thicknesses are to be used.
Zle : Section modulus of one half pitch corrugation, The section moduli of corrugations are to be calculated on
in cm3, at the lower end of corrugations, to be the basis of the requirements given in [2.4.3] and [2.4.4].
calculated according to [2.4.3]
Zm : Section modulus of one half pitch corrugation, 2.4.3 Section modulus at the lower end of
in cm3, at the mid-span of corrugations, to be corrugations
calculated according to [2.4.4]. The section modulus is to be calculated with the compres-
σa,le 2
: Allowable stress, in N/mm , as given in [2.4.5], sion flange having an effective flange width, bef , not larger
for the lower end of corrugations than as given in [2.4.6].
σa,m : Allowable stress, in N/mm2, as given in [2.4.5], If the corrugation webs are not supported by local brackets
for the mid-span of corrugations. below the stool top (or below the inner bottom) in the lower
part, the section modulus of the corrugations is to be calcu-
In no case is Zm to be taken greater than the lesser of 1,15Zle lated considering the corrugation webs 30% effective.
and 1,15Z’le for calculation of the bending capacity, Z’le
being defined below. a) Provided that effective shedder plates, as defined in
[2.4.2], are fitted (see Fig 4 and Fig 5), when calculating
Where effective shedders plates are fitted which: the section modulus of corrugations at the lower end
- are not knuckled (cross-section 1 in Fig 4 and Fig 5, the area of flange
plates, in cm2, may be increased by the following value
- are welded to the corrugations and the top of the lower (which is not to be taken greater than: 2,5 a tf )
stool by one side penetration welds or equivalent
- are fitted with a minimum slope of 45° and their lower σ Fsh
2, 5a t f t sh --------
-
edge is in line with the stool side plating, σ Ffl
Figure 4 : Symmetrical shedder plates tgu : Net gusset plate thickness, in mm, not to be
taken greater than tf
tf : Net flange thickness, in mm, based on the
as-built condition.
c) If the corrugation webs are welded to a sloping stool top
plate, which is at an angle not less than 45° with the
shedder
plate horizontal plane, the section modulus of the corruga-
hg tions may be calculated considering the corrugation
webs fully effective. Where effective gusset plates are
fitted, when calculating the section modulus of corruga-
1 tions the area of flange plates may be increased as spec-
ified in b) above. No credit can be given to shedder
Lower plates only.
stool
For angles less than 45°, the effectiveness of the web
may be obtained by linear interporation between 30%
for 0° and 100% for 45°.
gusset
plate
shedder
plate
hg
hg
1
1
Lower
stool Lower
stool
where:
a : Width, in m, of the corrugation flange (see
Fig 2) Figure 7 : Asymmetrical gusset/shedder plates
where: where:
σF : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm , of the 2 σF : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm2, of the
material. material
2
τ E = 0, 9k t E ----------------
t
Figure 8 : Asymmetrical gusset/shedder plates 1000c
Sloping stool top plate k t = 6 ,34
E : Modulus of elasticity, in N/mm2, as given in
[2.4.6]
t : Net thickness, in mm, of corrugation web
c : Width, in m, of corrugation web (see Fig 2).
hg = where:
1 sw : Plate width, in m, to be taken equal to the width
= of the corrugation flange or web, whichever is
the greater (see Fig 2)
lower
stool p : Resultant pressure, in kN/m2, as defined in
[2.2.6] and [2.2.7], at the bottom of each strake
of plating; in all cases, the net thickness of the
lowest strake is to be determined using the
resultant pressure at the top of the lower stool or
at the inner bottom, if no lower stool is fitted, or
at the top of shedders, if shedder or gusset/shed-
2.4.6 Effective width of the compression flange of
der plates are fitted
corrugations
The effective width bef , in m, of the corrugation flange is σF : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm2, of the
given by: material.
For built-up corrugation bulkheads, when the thicknesses of
bef = Ce a
the flange and web are different, the net thickness of the
where: narrower plating is to be not less than tn , in mm, given by:
2, 25 1, 25 p
C e = ------------- – ------------
- for β > 1, 25 t n = 14, 9s n -----
β β2 σF
Ce = 1 for β ≤ 1, 25 where:
a σ sn : Width, in m, of the narrower plating.
β = 10 3 --- -----F
tf E The net thickness of the wider plating, in mm, is not to be
tf : Net flange thickness, in mm taken less than the maximum of the following values:
a : As given in [2.4.3] p-
t w = 14, 9s w ----
σF : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm2, of the σF
material 440s w2 p 2
tw = ------------------- – t np
E : Modulus of elasticity, in N/mm2, to be assumed σF
equal to 206000 N/mm2 for steel. where:
tnp : thickness, in mm, less than or equal to the fitted) are to be made at least by deep penetration welds
actual net thickness of the narrower plating and (see Fig 9).
not to be greater than: Where the gauged thickness is within the range (tnet+0,5)
p
mm and (tnet+1,0) mm, coating (applied in accordance with
14, 9s w ----- the coating Manufacturer’s specifications) or annual gaug-
σF
ing may be adopted as an alternative to steel renewal.
T T
f
f
3.1.2 In addition to Rule requirements, the assessment of 3.1.6 Fig 10 gives a general arrangement of structural
the transverse corrugated bulkhead based on the criteria reinforcement. When such reinforcement is carried out, the
given in [2] will take into account the following: following applies:
• scantlings of individual vertical corrugations will be • square or trapezoidal corrugations are to be reinforced
assessed for reinforcement/renewal based on thickness with plate strips fitted to each corrugation flange suffi-
measurements obtained in accordance with Sec 2, [1.3] cient to meet the requirements given in [2]
at their lower end, at mid-depth and in way of plate • the number of strips fitted to each corrugation flange is
thickness changes in the lower 70%. These considera- to be sufficient to meet the requirements given in [2]
tions will take into account the provision of gussets and
shedder plates and the benefits they offer, provided that • the shedder plate may be fitted in one piece or prefabri-
they comply with [2.4.2] and [2.6]. cated with a welded knuckle (gusset plate)
• taking into account the scantlings and arrangements for • gusset plates, where fitted, are to be welded to the shelf
each case, permissible levels of diminution will be plate in line with the flange of the corrugation, to
determined and appropriate measures taken in accord- reduce the stress concentrations at the corrugation cor-
ance with [2.6]. ners. Good alignment is to be ensured between gusset
plates, corrugation flanges and lower stool sloping
3.1.3 Where renewal is required, its extent is to be shown plates. Deep penetration welding is to be used at all
clearly in plans. The vertical distance of each renewal zone connections. Start and stop of welding are to be as far
is to be determined by considering the criteria given in [2] away as possible from corners of corrugations
and is generally to be not less than 15% of the vertical dis-
• shedder plates are to be attached by one side full pene-
tance between the upper and lower end of the corrugation
tration welds onto backing bars
measured at the ship’s centreline.
• shedder and gusset plates are to have a thickness equal
3.1.4 Where the reinforcement is accepted by adding to or greater than the original bulkhead thickness. Gus-
strips, the length of the reinforcing strips is to be sufficient to set plates are to have a minimum height (on the vertical
extend over the whole depth of the diminished plating. In part) equal to half of the width of the corrugation flange.
general, the width and thickness of strips are to be sufficient Shedders and gussets are to be of the same material as
to comply with the criteria given in [2]. The material of the that of the flange.
Reinforcement strips with shedder plate Weld of reinforcement strip to shelf plate
Upper end to be
suitably tapered
Reinforcement
strip
Gusset
plate
Gusset plate
- D in general
4.1.1 These requirements apply to bulk carriers:
• of single side skin construction - 0,95D for ships less than 50000 tonnes deadweight with
• of 150 metres in length and above type B freeboard,
• intended to carry solid bulk cargoes having a bulk den-
D being the distance, in m, from the base line to the free-
sity of 1,78 t/m3 or above
board deck at side amidships (see Fig 11).
• contracted for construction prior to 1st July 1998, and
not constructed in compliance with the applicable
requirements for new buildings contracted after that 4.3 Shear capacity of the double bottom of
date, and given in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3. the foremost cargo hold
4.1.2 The loading in the foremost cargo hold is not to
exceed the allowable hold loading in the flooded condition, 4.3.1 General
calculated as per [4.4], using the loads given in [4.2] and The shear capacity C of the double bottom of the foremost
the shear capacity of the double bottom given in [4.3]. cargo hold is defined as the sum of the shear strength at
In no case is the allowable hold loading in flooding condi- each end of:
tion to be taken greater than the design hold loading in
• all floors adjacent to both hoppers, less one half of the
intact condition.
strength of the two floors adjacent to each stool, or
transverse bulkhead if no stool is fitted (see Fig 12)
4.2 Load model
• all double bottom girders adjacent to both stools, or
4.2.1 General transverse bulkheads if no stool is fitted.
The loads to be considered as acting on the double bottom
of the foremost cargo hold are those given by the external The strength of girders or floors which run out and are not
sea pressures and the combination of the cargo loads with directly attached to the boundary stool or hopper girder is
those induced by the flooding of the foremost cargo hold to be evaluated for the one end only.
itself.
Note 1: The floors and girders to be considered are those inside the
The most severe combinations of cargo induced loads and hold boundaries formed by the hoppers and stools (or transverse
flooding loads are to be used, depending on the loading bulkheads if no stool is fitted). The hopper side girders and the
conditions included in the loading manual: floors directly below the connection of the bulkhead stools (or
• homogeneous loading conditions transverse bulkheads if no stool is fitted) to the inner bottom are not
to be included.
• non-homogeneous loading conditions
• packed cargo conditions, such as steel mill products. Note 2: When the geometry and/or the structural arrangement of
the double bottom is such as to make the above assumptions inad-
For each loading condition, the maximum bulk cargo den- equate, at the Society’s discretion, the shear capacity C of the dou-
sity to be carried is to be considered in calculating the ble bottom is to be calculated by means of direct calculations to be
allowable hold limit. carried out according to Pt B, Ch 7, App 1, as far as applicable.
Figure 11 : Calculation of pressure on the inner bottom in the flooded cargo hold
hf
D df
hl
V
V = Volume of cargo
Lower stool
Transverse bulkhead
Girders
Floors
In calculating the shear strength, the net thicknesses of σF : Minimum upper yield stress, in N/mm2, of the
floors and girders are to be used. The net thickness tnet , in material
mm, is given by:
η1 : η1 = 1,10
tnet = t - tC
η2 : η2 = 1,20
where:
η2 may be reduced, at the Society’s discretion,
t : As-built thickness, in mm, of floors and girders
down to 1,10 where appropriate reinforcements
tC : Corrosion diminution, equal to 2 mm, in gen- are fitted to the Society’s satisfaction.
eral; a lower value of tC may be adopted, pro-
vided that measures are taken, to the Society’s 4.3.3 Girder shear strength
satisfaction, to justify the assumption made. The girder shear strength in way of the girder panel adjacent
to stools (or transverse bulkheads, if no stool is fitted) Sg1 , in
4.3.2 Floor shear strength
kN, and the girder shear strength in way of the largest open-
The floor shear strength in way of the floor panel adjacent to
ing in the outermost bay (i.e. that bay which is closest to the
hoppers Sf1 , in kN, and the floor shear strength in way of
stool, or transverse bulkhead, if no stool is fitted) Sg2 , in kN,
the openings in the outermost bay (i.e. that bay which is
are given by the following expressions:
closest to the hopper) Sf2 , in kN, are given by the following
expressions: τ
S g1 = 10 –3 A g -----a
η1
τ
S f1 = 10 –3 A f ----a- τ
η1 S g2 = 10 –3 A g, h -----a
η2
τ
S f2 = 10 –3 A f, h ----a-
η2 where:
where: Ag : Minimum sectional area, in mm2, of the girder
Af 2
: Sectional area, in mm , of the floor panel adja- panel adjacent to stools (or transverse bulk-
cent to hoppers heads if no stools are fitted)
Af,h : Net sectional area, in mm2, of the floor panels Ag,h : Net sectional area, in mm2, of the girder panel
in way of the openings in the outermost bay (i.e. in way of the largest opening in the outermost
that bay which is closest to the hopper) bay (i.e. that bay which is closest to the stool, or
τa : Allowable shear stress, in N/mm2, to be taken transverse bulkhead, if no stool is fitted)
equal to : τa : Allowable shear stress, in N/mm2, as given in
σ [4.3.2]
τ a = ------F-
3 η1 : η1 = 1,10
η2 : η2 = 1,15 with:
η2 may be reduced, at the Society’s discretion, Ch : Shear capacity of the double bottom, in kN, as
down to 1,10 where appropriate reinforcements defined in [4.3], considering, for each floor, the
are fitted to the Society’s satisfaction. lesser of the shear strengths Sf1 and Sf2 (see
[4.3.2]) and, for each girder, the lesser of the
4.4 Allowable hold loading shear strengths Sg1 and Sg2 (see [4.3.3])
Ce : Shear capacity of the double bottom, in kN, as
4.4.1 The allowable hold loading W, in t, is given by: defined in [4.3], considering, for each floor, the
1 shear strength Sf1 (see [4.3.2]) and, for each
W = ρ c V ---
F girder, the lesser of the shear strengths Sg1 and
where: Sg2 (see [4.3.3])
F : equal to 1,05 in general (for steel mill products, i=n
F = 1) ADB,h : A D B, h = S B i DB, i
X where:
h 1 = --------
ρc g n : number of floors between stools (or transverse
where: bulkheads, if no stools are fitted)
X : for bulk cargoes, is the lesser of X1 and X2 given Si : Space of ith-floor, in m
by: BDB,i : • for floors whose shear strength is given by
Sf1 (see [4.3.2]) : BDB,i = BDB - s
Z + ρg ( E – h f )
X 1 = -------------------------------------------
- • for floors whose shear strength is given by
ρ
1 + ----- ( perm – 1 ) Sf2 (see [4.3.2]) : BDB,i = BDB,h
ρc
X 2 = Z + ρg ( E – h f perm ) where BDB,h is the distance, in m, between the
Note 1: For steel products, X may be taken equal to X1, using
two openings considered (see Fig 13)
perm=0. BDB : Breadth of double bottom, in m, between hop-
ρ : Sea water density, in t/m3 pers (see Fig 13)
g : 9,81 m/s2, gravity acceleration s : Spacing, in m, of double bottom longitudinals
adjacent to hoppers.
E : E = df - 0,1 D
with df and D as given in [4.2.2] Figure 13 : Dimensions BDB and BDB,h
hf : Flooding head, in m, as defined in [4.2.2]
perm : Permeability of cargo, to be taken as 0,3 for ore B DB,h
(corresponding bulk cargo density for iron ore
may generally be taken as 3,0 t/m3)
Z : The lesser of Z1 and Z2 given by:
Ch
Z 1 = ------------
-
A DB, h B DB
Ce
Z 2 = ------------
A DB, e
3.1 General
3.1.1 (2/4/2004)
0 ,2 5 h
D
Pits can grow in a variety of shapes, some of which would
need to be ground before assessment. Pitting corrosion may
be found under coating blisters, which are to be removed
before inspection. To measure the remaining thickness of
pits or grooving the normal ultrasonic transducer (generally
10mm diameter) will not suffice. A miniature transducer (3
h
B
3.2.1 (1/7/2006) Lower part of
A
This is the method specified in Sec 2, [7.5.7] and is based side frame
upon the intensity determined from Figure 2.
If pitting intensity is higher than 15% in an area (see Fig 2),
then thickness measurements are to be taken to check the
extent of the pitting corrosion. The 15% is based upon pit-
ting or grooving on only one side of the plate.
15% SCATTERED
is to be compared with the allowable thickness. If the web shell plating is to be taken on each side of the frame (i.e.
plating has general corrosion then this pattern should be fore and aft) in way of section a) and section b).
expanded to a five-point pattern as noted above.
5 Report on thickness measurements
4.4 Gauging for sections a) and b) (flanges of cargo hold frames
and side shell plating)
4.4.1 (2/4/2004) 5.1
Where the lower bracket length or depth does not meet the
requirements in Pt E, Ch 4, Sec 3, [6.2], gauging readings 5.1.1 (2/4/2004)
are to be taken at sections a) and b) to calculate the actual The thickness measurements of the cargo hold frames taken
section modulus required in Sec 2, [7.6.7] (see Fig 4). At as required above for verification of compliance with the
least 2 readings on the flange/faceplate are to be taken in requirements of Sec 2, [7] are recorded in the appropriate
way of each section. At least one reading of the attached form where the four zones A, B, C and D are indicated.
hB
da d b = frame web depth
Section a)